SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
Current Report Pursuant
to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported) September 17, 1999
-------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
United States
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
333-998 34-1610866
(Commission File Number) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
800 Techcenter Drive, Gahanna, Ohio 43230
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(614) 729-4712
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Not Applicable
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)
Form 8-K page 1
<PAGE>
Item 5. Other Events.
The Registrant has securitized in the ordinary course of its
business a pool of private label credit card receivables. The Registrant is
filing final forms of important documents from this securitization
transaction as exhibits listed in Item 7(c) below.
Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(c) Exhibits.
Exhibit
No. Document Description
- ------- --------------------
4.1 Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "PSA") among World
Financial Network National Bank as transferor (the
"Transferor") and servicer (the "Servicer") and Harris
Trust and Savings Bank as successor trustee (the
"Trustee") dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and
restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.2 Series 1996-A Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated January 17, 1996 and amended
and restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.3 Series 1996-B Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated January 17, 1996 and amended
and restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.4 Series 1999-A Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated as of September 17, 1999.
8.1 Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt with respect to tax
matters dated September 17, 1999.
23.1 Consent of Mayer Brown and Platt to the use of its name
in the opinion as to tax matters and to the use of the
opinion itself (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
Form 8-K page 2
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
(Registrant)
Dated: September 17, 1999 By: /s/Daniel T. Groomes
----------------------------
Daniel T. Groomes
President
Form 8-K page 3
<PAGE>
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
No. Document Description
- ------- --------------------
4.1 Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "PSA") among World
Financial Network National Bank as transferor (the
"Transferor") and servicer (the "Servicer") and Harris
Trust and Savings Bank as successor trustee (the
"Trustee") dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and
restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.2 Series 1996-A Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated January 17, 1996 and amended
and restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.3 Series 1996-B Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated January 17, 1996 and amended
and restated as of September 17, 1999.
4.4 Series 1999-A Supplement to the PSA among Transferor,
Servicer and Trustee dated as of September 17, 1999.
8.1 Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt with respect to tax
matters dated September 17, 1999.
23.1 Consent of Mayer Brown and Platt to the use of its name
in the opinion as to tax matters and to the use of the
opinion itself (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
Form 8-K page 4
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK,
Transferor and Servicer
and
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
Trustee
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 17, 1996 and hereby
amended and restated as of September 17, 1999.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|| Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.......................................................1
SECTION 1.1. Definitions............................................1
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions.........................22
ARTICLE II CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.......................................23
SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Receivables.............................23
SECTION 2.2. Acceptance by Trustee.................................25
SECTION 2.3. Representations and Warranties of Transferor
Relating to Transferor..........................25
SECTION 2.4. Representations and Warranties of Transferor
Relating to Transaction Documents and the
Receivables.....................................27
SECTION 2.5. Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables................29
SECTION 2.6. Reassignment of Receivables in Trust Portfolio........30
SECTION 2.7. Covenants of Transferor...............................31
SECTION 2.8. Addition of Accounts.................................35
SECTION 2.9. Removal of Accounts...................................40
SECTION 2.10. Discount Option......................................43
SECTION 2.11. Additional Transferors...............................43
SECTION 2.12. Additional Credit Card Originators...................43
ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING...................................44
SECTION 3.1. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters
Relating to Servicer............................44
SECTION 3.2. Servicing Compensation................................45
SECTION 3.3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of
Servicer........................................45
SECTION 3.4. Reports to Trustee....................................49
SECTION 3.5. Annual Certificate of Servicer........................50
SECTION 3.6. Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public
Accountants; Copies of Reports Available........50
SECTION 3.7. Tax Treatment.........................................51
SECTION 3.8. Notices to WFN........................................51
SECTION 3.9. Adjustments...........................................51
ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS..................................53
SECTION 4.1. Rights of Holders.....................................53
SECTION 4.2. Establishment of Collection Account and Excess
Funding Account.................................53
i
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.3. Collections and Allocations...........................55
SECTION 4.4. Shared Principal Collections..........................56
SECTION 4.5. Excess Finance Charge Collections.....................57
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS........................................57
ARTICLE VI THE CERTIFICATES.................................................57
SECTION 6.1. The Certificates......................................57
SECTION 6.2. Authentication of Certificates........................58
SECTION 6.3. New Issuances.........................................58
SECTION 6.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of
Certificates..........................................60
SECTION 6.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.....65
SECTION 6.6. Persons Deemed Owners.................................66
SECTION 6.7. Appointment of Paying Agent...........................66
SECTION 6.8. Access to List of Registered Holders' Names and
Addresses.............................................67
SECTION 6.9. Authenticating Agent..................................67
SECTION 6.10. Book-Entry Certificates..............................68
SECTION 6.11. Notices to Clearing Agency...........................69
SECTION 6.12. Definitive Certificates..............................69
SECTION 6.13. Global Certificate...................................70
SECTION 6.14. Uncertificated Classes...............................70
SECTION 6.15. CUSIP Numbers.......................................70
ARTICLE VII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO TRANSFEROR...........................71
SECTION 7.1. Liability of Transferor...............................71
SECTION 7.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of
the Obligations of, Transferor..................71
SECTION 7.3. Limitations on Liability of Transferor................72
SECTION 7.4. Liabilities...........................................73
ARTICLE VIII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO SERVICER............................73
SECTION 8.1. Liability of Servicer.................................73
SECTION 8.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of
the Obligations of, Servicer....................73
SECTION 8.3. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others........74
SECTION 8.4. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and Trustee.....75
SECTION 8.5. Servicer Not to Resign................................75
SECTION 8.6. Access to Certain Documentation and Information
Regarding the Receivables.......................76
SECTION 8.7. Delegation of Duties..................................76
ARTICLE IX EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS.......................................76
SECTION 9.1. Early Amortization Events.............................76
ii
<PAGE>
SECTION 9.2. Additional Rights upon Certain Events.................77
ARTICLE X SERVICER DEFAULTS................................................78
SECTION 10.1. Servicer Defaults....................................78
SECTION 10.2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor.............81
SECTION 10.3. Notification to Holders..............................83
SECTION 10.4. Waiver of Past Defaults..............................83
ARTICLE XI TRUSTEE.........................................................83
SECTION 11.1. Duties of Trustee....................................83
SECTION 11.2. Certain Matters Affecting Trustee....................85
SECTION 11.3. Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates......87
SECTION 11.4. Trustee Not to Own Certificates......................87
SECTION 11.5. Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses..........87
SECTION 11.6. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee.................88
SECTION 11.7. Resignation or Removal of Trustee....................88
SECTION 11.8. Successor Trustee....................................89
SECTION 11.9. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee...................89
SECTION 11.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.......89
SECTION 11.11. Tax Return..........................................91
SECTION 11.12. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession
of Certificates..............................91
SECTION 11.13. Suits for Enforcement...............................91
SECTION 11.14. Rights of Holders to Direct Trustee.................92
SECTION 11.15. Representations and Warranties of Trustee...........92
SECTION 11.16. Maintenance of Office or Agency.....................92
SECTION 11.17. Confidentiality.....................................93
ARTICLE XII TERMINATION....................................................94
SECTION 12.1. Termination of Trust.................................94
SECTION 12.2. Final Distribution...................................94
SECTION 12.3. Transferor's Termination Rights......................95
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS......................................96
SECTION 13.1. Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults...................96
SECTION 13.2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust.....98
SECTION 13.3. Limitation on Rights of Holders......................99
SECTION 13.4. GOVERNING LAW.......................................100
SECTION 13.5. Notices, Payments...................................100
SECTION 13.6. Rule 144A Information...............................100
SECTION 13.7. Severability of Provisions..........................101
SECTION 13.8. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid...........101
SECTION 13.9. Further Assurances..................................101
SECTION 13.10. Nonpetition Covenant...............................101
iii
<PAGE>
SECTION 13.11. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.....................101
SECTION 13.12. Counterparts.......................................102
SECTION 13.13. Third-Party Beneficiaries..........................102
SECTION 13.14. Actions by Holders.................................102
SECTION 13.15. Merger and Integration.............................102
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A Form of Transferor Certificate
Exhibit B Form of Assignment of Receivables in
Supplemental Accounts
Exhibit C Form of Reassignment of Receivables in
Removed Accounts
Exhibit D Form of Annual Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit E-1 Private Placement Legend
Exhibit E-2 Form of Undertaking Letter
Exhibit E-3 ERISA Legend
Exhibit F-1 Form of Opinion of Counsel with respect
to Amendments
Exhibit F-2 Form of Opinion of Counsel with respect
to Addition of Supplemental Accounts
||
iv
<PAGE>
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of January 17, 1996 and
amended and restated as of September 17, 1999 between WORLD FINANCIAL
NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association ("WFN"), as
Transferor and as Servicer, and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, an Illinois
banking corporation replacing the Bank of New York, as Trustee.
Background
World Financial Network National Bank, as Transferor and Servicer,
originally entered into this Agreement (the "Existing Agreement") with The
Bank of New York, as trustee, as of January 17, 1997. Pursuant to Section
11.7 of the Existing Agreement, The Bank of New York is resigning as
trustee, and Servicer is appointing Harris Trust and Savings Bank as the
replacement trustee.
Transferor also wishes to amend certain terms of the Existing
Agreement, in accordance with the requirements of Section 13.1(a) thereof,
and the conditions specified in such Section have been satisfied.
In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each
party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties, the Holders
and any Enhancement Provider to the extent provided herein and in any
Supplement, and the Existing Agreement is amended and restated as follows:
Agreement
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. When used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases have the following meanings. The definitions of
such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of
such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter
genders of such terms.
"Account" means each Initial Account, each Automatic Additional
Account and each Supplemental Account, but excludes any Account all the
Receivables in which are either reassigned or assigned to Transferor or its
designee or Servicer in accordance with this Agreement and any inactive
Accounts which in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines have been
removed from the computer records of the Credit Card Originator. The term
"Account" includes each account into which an Account is transferred (a
"Transferred Account") so long as (a) such transfer is made in accordance
with the Credit Card Guidelines and (b) such Transferred Account can be
traced or identified, by reference to or by way of the Account Schedule
delivered to Trustee pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.8(d), as an account into
which an Account has been transferred. The term "Account" includes an
1
<PAGE>
Automatic Additional Account or a Supplemental Account only from and after
its Addition Date and includes any Removed Account only prior to its
Removal Date.
"Account Schedule" means a computer file or microfiche list
containing a true and complete list of Accounts, identified by account
number and setting forth the Receivable balance as of (a) the Trust Cut Off
Date (for the Account Schedule delivered on the Initial Closing Date), (b)
the end of the related Monthly Period (for any Account Schedule relating to
Automatic Additional Accounts) or (c) the related Addition Cut Off Date
(for any Account Schedule delivered in connection with any designation of
Supplemental Accounts).
"Acquired Portfolio Receivable" means any receivable acquired by
Transferor from an Other Originator in connection with Transferor's
acquisition of a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts from such
Other Originator (prior to the transfer of such receivable to the Trust
pursuant to this Agreement).
"Addition" means the designation of additional Eligible Accounts
to be included as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.8(a), (b) or (c) or of
Participation Interests to be included as Trust Assets pursuant to Section
2.8(b) or (c), as applicable.
"Addition Cut Off Date" means the date as of which any
Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests are designated for
inclusion in the Trust, as specified in the related Assignment.
"Addition Date" means (a) as to Supplemental Accounts, the date on
which the Receivables in such Supplemental Accounts are conveyed to the
Trust pursuant to Section 2.8(b) or (c), as applicable, (b) as to Automatic
Additional Accounts, the date on which such accounts are created or
otherwise become Automatic Additional Accounts and (c) as to Participation
Interests, the date from and after which such Participation Interests are
to be included as Trust Assets pursuant to Section 2.8(b) or (c).
"Additional Account" means an Automatic Additional Account or a
Supplemental Account.
"Additional Limitation Event" means the occurrence of either of
the following events on any Determination Date:
(1) the average of the default ratio for that
Determination Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is
greater than 1.25%, where the "default ratio" for any
Determination Date equals the percentage equivalent of a fraction
(A) the numerator of which is the aggregate of the Default Amounts
for all Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during the related
2
<PAGE>
Monthly Period and (B) the denominator of which is the total
Receivables as of the end of the sixth preceding Monthly Period; or
(2) the average of the payment rate for that
Determination Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is
less than 10%, where the "payment rate" for any Determination Date
equals the percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator
of which is the aggregate Collections received during the related
Monthly Period and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the
total Receivables held by the Trust at the close of business for
the Monthly Period immediately prior to such related Monthly
Period.
"Adjusted Invested Amount" is defined, as to any Series, in the
related Supplement.
"Affiliate" means, as to any specified Person, any other Person
controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person. For this purpose, "control" means the power to direct the
management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and
"controlling" and "controlled" have correlative meanings.
"Agreement" means this Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, for
purposes of any Series, the related Supplement.
"Amortization Period" means, as to any Series or any Class within
a Series, any period specified in the related Supplement during which a
share of principal collections is set aside to repay the principal
investment in that Series (excluding repayments of a Variable Interest
during its revolving period).
"Applicants" is defined in Section 6.8.
"Appointment Date" is defined in Section 9.2(a).
"Approved Portfolio" means any Identified Portfolio and any
additional portfolio that is designated as an Approved Portfolio pursuant
to Section 2.8(e).
"Assignment" is defined in Section 2.8(d)(ii).
"Authorized Newspaper" means any newspaper or newspapers of
general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York
printed in the English language (and, with respect to any Series or Class,
if and so long as the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class are
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require,
in Luxembourg, printed in any language satisfying the requirements of such
3
<PAGE>
exchange) and customarily published on each business day at such place,
whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays.
"Automatic Addition Suspension Date" is defined in Section 2.8(a).
"Automatic Addition Termination Date" is defined in Section 2.8(a).
"Automatic Additional Account" means each open end credit card
account in any Approved Portfolio that is established pursuant to a Credit
Card Agreement coming into existence after (a) the Trust Cut Off Date (in
the case of an account in the Identified Portfolio) or (b) the Addition Cut
Off Date relating to the first Addition Date on which receivables from
accounts in the applicable portfolio are transferred to the Trust (in the
case of an account in any other Approved Portfolio) and, in either case,
prior to the Automatic Addition Termination Date or an Automatic Addition
Suspension Date, or subsequent to a Restart Date. In addition, accounts in
an Approved Portfolio that were in existence, but were not Eligible
Accounts, on (x) the Trust Cut Off Date (in the case of an account in the
Identified Portfolio) or (y) the Addition Cut Off Date relating to the
first Addition Date on which receivables from accounts in the applicable
portfolio are transferred to the Trust (in the case of an account in any
other Approved Portfolio) but which, in either case, become Eligible
Accounts prior to the Automatic Addition Termination Date or an Automatic
Addition Suspension Date, or subsequent to a Restart Date, shall also be
"Automatic Additional Accounts" and shall be deemed, for purposes of the
definition of "Eligible Account" and Section 2.8(a), to have been created
on the first day after the Trust Cut Off Date or applicable Addition Cut
Off Date on which they are Eligible Accounts.
"Automatic Addition Limitation Event" means the occurrence of
either of the following events on any Determination Date:
(1) the average of the default ratio for that
Determination Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is
greater than 1%, where the "default ratio" for any Determination
Date equals the percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the
numerator of which is the aggregate of the Default Amounts for all
Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during the related Monthly
Period and (B) the denominator of which is the total Receivables
as of the end of the sixth preceding Monthly Period; or
(2) the average of the payment rate for that
Determination Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is
less than 10%, where the "payment rate" for any Determination Date
equals the percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator
of which is the aggregate Collections received during the related
Monthly Period and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the
total Receivables held by the Trust
4
<PAGE>
at the close of business for the Monthly Period immediately prior
to such related Monthly Period.
"Base Rate" is defined, as to any Series, in the related Supplement.
"Bearer Certificate" is defined in Section 6.1.
"Benefit Plan" is defined in Section 6.4(c).
"Book-Entry Certificates" means beneficial interests in the
Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers of which shall be made
through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 6.10.
"Business Day" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday,
(b) any other day on which national banking associations or state banking
institutions in New York, New York, Chicago, Illinois or Columbus, Ohio are
authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to
be closed or (c) for purposes of any particular Series, any other day
specified in the related Supplement.
"Certificate" means an Investor Certificate, a Supplemental
Certificate or the Transferor Certificate.
"Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry
Certificate, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as
reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person
maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an
indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing
Agency).
"Certificate Register" is defined in Section 6.4.
"Class" means any class of Investor Certificates of any Series.
"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited
with the Clearing Agency.
"Closing Date" means, as to any Series, the date on which that Series
is issued.
"Collection Account" is defined in Section 4.2.
5
<PAGE>
"Collections" means all payments (including Recoveries of
Principal Receivables or Finance Charge Receivables and Insurance Proceeds,
whether or not treated as Recoveries) received by Servicer with respect to
the Receivables, including In-Store Payments, in the form of cash, checks
(to the extent collected), wire transfers or other form of payment in
accordance with the Credit Card Agree ment in effect from time to time on
any Receivables. If so specified in any Supplement, Collections shall also
include any payments received by Servicer with respect to Participation
Interests.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Corporate Trust Office" is defined in Section 11.16.
"Coupon" is defined in Section 6.1.
"Credit Card Agreement" means, as to any Account, the agreements
between the Credit Card Originator that owns the Account (including WFN as
assignee of an Other Originator) and the related Obligor that govern the
Account, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Credit Card Guidelines" means the written policies and procedures
of the Credit Card Originator relating to the operation of its consumer
revolving lending business, including written policies and procedures for
determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers, the extension of
credit to credit card customers and the maintenance of credit card accounts
and collection of related receivables, as amended or otherwise modified
from time to time.
"Credit Card Originator" means (i) WFN and/or any transferee of
the Accounts from WFN or (ii) any other originator of Accounts which is
designated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.12 and, directly or
indirectly, enters into a receivables purchase agreement with Transferor.
"Credit Card Processing Agreement" means one or more agreements
between the Credit Card Originator (including WFN as assignee of an Other
Originator) and a Merchant pursuant to which the Credit Card Originator
agrees to extend open end credit card accounts to customers of the Merchant
and the Merchant agrees to allow purchases to be made at its retail
establishments, or in its catalogue sales business, under such accounts.
"Daily Report" is defined in Section 3.4(a).
"Date of Processing" means, as to any transaction, the Business
Day on which the transaction is first recorded on Servicer's computer file
of consumer revolving accounts (without regard to the effective date of
such recordation).
6
<PAGE>
"Debtor Relief Laws" means Title 11 of the United States Code and
all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium,
rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of
payments, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets or similar debtor
relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from
time to time in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally.
"Defaulted Receivable" means, as to any date of determination, all
Principal Receivables in any Account which are charged off as uncollectible
on that date in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and Servicer's
customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing open end credit card
account receivables comparable to the Receivables. A Principal Receivable
in any Account shall become a Defaulted Receivable on the day on which such
Principal Receivable is recorded as charged off in accordance with the
Credit Card Guidelines.
"Definitive Certificates" is defined in Section 6.10.
"Definitive Euro-Certificates" is defined in Section 6.13.
"Depository Agreement" means, as to any Series or Class, any
agreement among Transferor, Trustee and any applicable Clearing Agency.
"Determination Date" means, unless otherwise specified in any
Supplement with respect to the related Series, the second Business Day
preceding each Distribution Date.
"Discount Option Receivables" means, on any Date of Processing on
and after the date on which Transferor's exercise of its discount option
pursuant to Section 2.10 takes effect, the sum of (a) the aggregate
Discount Option Receivables at the end of the prior day (which amount,
prior to the date on which Transferor's exercise of its discount option
takes effect and with respect to Receivables generated prior to such date,
shall be zero), plus (b) any New Discount Option Receivables created on
such day, minus (c) any Discount Option Receivables Collections received on
such Date of Processing.
"Discount Option Receivables Collections" means on any Date of
Processing on and after the date on which Transferor's exercise of its
discount option pursuant to Section 2.10 takes effect, the product of (a) a
fraction the numerator of which is the amount of the Discount Option
Receivables and the denominator of which is the sum of the Principal
Receivables plus the amount of Discount Option Receivables in each case
(for both numerator and denominator) at the end of the prior Monthly Period
and (b) Collections of Principal Receivables, prior to any reduction for
Finance Charge Receivables which are Discount Option Receivables, received
on such Date of Processing.
7
<PAGE>
"Discount Percentage" is defined in Section 2.10.
"Distribution Date" means, with respect to any Series, the date
specified in the related Supplement.
"Document Delivery Date" means the Initial Closing Date in the
case of Initial Accounts, the Addition Date in the case of Supplemental
Accounts and the Removal Date in the case of Removed Accounts.
"Early Amortization Event" means, as to any Series, each event
specified in Section 9.1 and each additional event, if any, specified in
the relevant Supplement as an Early Amortization Event for that Series.
"Eligible Account" means an open end credit card account in an
Approved Portfolio owned by the Credit Card Originator that, as of the
Trust Cut Off Date (in the case of an Initial Account), the date of
creation thereof (in the case of an Automatic Additional Account) or the
related Addition Cut Off Date (in the case of a Supplemental Account):
(a) is in existence and is serviced by the Credit Card
Originator or any Affiliate of the Credit Card Originator;
(b) is payable in United States dollars;
(c) except as provided below, has not been identified as
an account (i) the credit cards for which have been reported to
the Credit Card Originator or the related Other Originator (if
any) as lost or stolen or (ii) the Obligor of which is the subject
of a bankruptcy proceeding;
(d) none of the Receivables in which have been, sold,
pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person (except by
an Other Originator to Transferor or otherwise pursuant to this
Agreement), unless any such pledge or assignment is released on or
before the Initial Closing Date or the Addition Date, as
applicable;
(e) except as provided below, none of the Receivables in
which are Defaulted Receivables or have been identified by the
Credit Card Originator or the related Other Originator (if any),
or by the relevant Obligor to the Credit Card Originator or the
related Other Originator (if any), as having been incurred as a
result of fraudulent use of a credit card; and
(f) has an Obligor who has provided as his or her most
recent billing address, an address located in the United States or
a United States military address, provided that an account shall
not fail to be an "Eligible Account"
8
<PAGE>
solely due to the Obligor having provided a billing address not
satisfying the foregoing if as of the Trust Cut Off Date (in the
case of an Initial Account), the end of the most recently ended
Monthly Period (in the case of an Automatic Additional Account) or
the related Addition Cut Off Date (in the case of a Supplemental
Account) the aggregate Principal Receivables in Accounts the most
recent billing address for which does not satisfy the foregoing
made up less than 2% (or any higher percentage as to which the
Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied) of the aggregate
Principal Receivables.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Accounts may include accounts, the
receivables in which have been written off, or as to which the Credit Card
Originator or related Other Originator (if any) believes the related
Obligor is bankrupt and certain receivables that have been identified by
the Obligor as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use of credit
cards or any credit cards have been reported to the Credit Card Originator
or the related Other Originator (if any) as lost or stolen, so long as (1)
the balance of all receivables included in such accounts is reflected on
the books and records of the Credit Card Originator (and is treated for
purposes of this Agreement) as "zero" and (2) charging privileges with
respect to all such accounts have been canceled and are not reinstated.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account
with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the
corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the
laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the
District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and acting
as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the
securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from
each of Moody's, S&P and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch in one of its generic
credit rating categories that signifies investment grade.
"Eligible Institution" means (a) a depository institution (which
may be Trustee or an affiliate) organized under the laws of the United
States or any one of the states thereof (i) that has either (A) a long-term
unsecured debt rating of "A2" or better by Moody's or (B) a certificate of
deposit rating of "P-1" by Moody's, (ii) that has either (A) a long-term
unsecured debt rating of "AAA" by S&P or (B) a certificate of deposit
rating of at least "A-1+" by S&P, (iii) that, if rated by Fitch, has either
(A) a long-term unsecured debt rating of "AAA" by Fitch or (B) a
certificate of deposit rating of at least "F-1+" by Fitch and (iv) the
deposits of which are insured by the FDIC or (b) any other institution that
is acceptable to each Rating Agency, Servicer and Trustee.
"Eligible Investments" means book-entry securities, negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or
registered form which evidence:
9
<PAGE>
(a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully
guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the
United States of America;
(b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of
deposit (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) of
depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or
domestic branches of foreign banks) and subject to supervision and
examination by federal or state banking or depository institution
authorities; provided that at the time of the Trust's investment
or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt
rating of such depository institution or trust company shall be in
the highest investment category of each of Moody's, S&P and, if
rated by Fitch, Fitch;
(c) commercial paper or other short-term obligations
having, at the time of the Trust's investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a rating from each of Moody's, S&P
and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch in its highest investment category;
(d) demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of
deposit which are fully insured by the FDIC, with a Person the
commercial paper of which has a credit rating from each of
Moody's, S&P and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch in its highest
investment category;
(e) notes or bankers acceptances (having original
maturities of no more than 365 days) issued by any depository
institution or trust company referred to in clause (b);
(f) investments in money market funds (including funds of
Trustee or its affiliates as well as funds for which Trustee and
its affiliates may receive compensation) rated in the highest
investment category by each of Moody's, S&P and, if rated by
Fitch, Fitch or otherwise approved in writing by each Rating
Agency;
(g) time deposits, other than as referred to in clause
(d), with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit
rating from each of Moody's, S&P and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch in
its highest investment category; or
(h) any other investments approved in writing by each
Rating Agency, provided that making such investments shall not
cause the Trust to be required to register as an investment
company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.
10
<PAGE>
"Eligible Receivable" means a Receivable:
(a) that has arisen under an Eligible Account;
(b) that was created in compliance with the Credit Card
Guidelines and all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit
Card Originator (or, in the case of an Acquired Portfolio
Receivable, the related Other Originator) the failure to comply
with which would have a material adverse effect on Investor
Holders, and pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement that complies
with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit Card
Originator (and, in the case of an Acquired Portfolio Receivable,
the related Other Originator during the time prior to the transfer
of such Acquired Portfolio Receivable to Transferor), the failure
to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on
Investor Holders;
(c) with respect to which all consents, licenses,
approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any
Governmental Authority required to be obtained or made by the
Credit Card Originator (and, in the case of an Acquired Portfolio
Receivable, the related Other Originator with respect to such
actions prior to the transfer of such Acquired Portfolio
Receivable to Transferor) in connection with the creation of such
Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by the
Credit Card Originator (and, in the case of an Acquired Portfolio
Receivable, the related Other Originator with respect to such
actions prior to the transfer of such Acquired Portfolio
Receivable to Transferor) of the related Credit Card Agreement,
have been duly obtained or made and are in full force and effect
as of the date of creation of such Receivable, but failure to
comply with this clause (c) shall not cause a Receivable not to be
an Eligible Receivable if, and to the extent that, the failure to
so obtain or make any such consent, license, approval,
authorization or registration would not have a material adverse
effect on the Investor Holders;
(d) as to which, at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, Transferor or the Trust will have good and marketable title
free and clear of all Liens (other than any Lien permitted by
Section 2.7(b));
(e) that is the subject of a valid transfer and
assignment (or the grant of a security interest) from Transferor
to the Trust of all Transferor's right, title and interest
therein;
(f) that at and after the time of transfer to the Trust
is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor
thereof, legally enforceable against such Obligor in accordance
with its terms, except as enforceability
11
<PAGE>
may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, and by general
principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
equity);
(g) that constitutes an account, a general intangible or
chattel paper;
(h) as to which, at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, Transferor has not taken any action which, or failed to
take any action the omission of which, would, at the time of
transfer to the Trust, impair the rights therein of the Trust or
the Holders;
(i) that, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, has
not been waived or modified except as permitted in accordance with
Section 3.3(h);
(j) that, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, is
not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or
any other defense of the Obligor (including the defense of usury),
other than defenses arising out of Debtor Relief Laws and except
as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of
equity (whether considered in a suit at law or equity) or as to
which Servicer makes an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.9; and
(k) as to which, at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, the Transferor has satisfied all obligations to be
fulfilled at the time it is transferred to the Trust.
"Eligible Servicer" means Trustee, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Trustee or an entity that, at the time of its appointment as Servicer: (a)
is servicing a portfolio of consumer open end credit card accounts or other
consumer open end credit accounts; (b) is legally qualified and has the
capacity to service the Accounts; (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the
software that is then being used to service the Accounts or obtains the
right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its
duties under this Agreement; (d) has, in the reasonable judgment of
Trustee, the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio
of similar accounts; and (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of
the end of its most recent fiscal quarter.
"Enhancement" means the rights and benefits provided to the
Investor Holders of any Series or Class pursuant to any letter of credit,
surety bond, cash collateral account, guaranty collateral invested amount,
spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty facility, tax
protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement or other similar arrangement. The subordination of any Class to
another Class, or a cross support feature which requires collections on
Receivables allocated to one Series to be paid as principal and/or interest
with respect to another Series shall be deemed to be an Enhancement for the
Class or Series benefitting from the subordination or cross support
feature.
12
<PAGE>
"Enhancement Agreement" means any agreement, instrument or
document governing any Enhancement or pursuant to which any Enhancement is
issued or outstanding.
"Enhancement Provider" means the Person or Persons providing any
Enhancement, other than the Investor Holders of any Class which is
subordinated to another Class.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
"Excess Finance Charge Collections" means all amounts that any
Supplement designates as "Excess Finance Charge Collections."
"Excess Funding Account" is defined in Section 4.2.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
"Finance Charge Receivables" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the sum of (a) all amounts billed to the Obligors on any Account at
the beginning of such Monthly Period in respect of Periodic Finance
Charges, (b) Late Fees, return check fees and any other fees that may after
the Trust Cut Off Date be charged with respect to any Account, to the
extent that Servicer designates such fees to be treated as Finance Charge
Receivables in an Officer's Certificate delivered to Trustee and (c)
Discount Option Receivables. Except as otherwise specified in any
Supplement as to the related Series, Recoveries shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables .
"Finance Charge Shortfalls" is defined, as to any Series, in the
related Supplement.
"Fitch" means Fitch IBCA, Inc.
"Global Certificate" is defined in Section 6.13.
"Governmental Authority" means the United States of America, any
state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of
or pertaining to government.
"Group" means, with respect to any Series, the group of Series, if
any, in which the related Supplement specifies such Series is to be
included.
13
<PAGE>
"Holding" means Alliance Data Systems Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.
"Holder" means an Investor Holder or a Person in whose name the
Transferor Certificate is registered.
"Identified Portfolio" means any Accounts owned from time to time
by WFN and included in the private label credit card programs of Lane
Bryant, Inc., Lerner New York, Inc., Express, Inc., Structure, Inc.,
Victoria's Secret Stores, Inc., Victoria's Secret Catalogue, Inc., The
Limited, Abercrombie & Fitch, Inc., Henri Bendel, Inc. and Brylane, L.P.
(but limited, in the case of Brylane, L.P., to accounts related to the Lane
Bryant, Lerner New York and Roamans catalogues). To avoid doubt, the
foregoing programs include all cards issued under the insignia of "Limited
Fashion Group."
"Ineligible Receivables" is defined in Section 2.5(a).
"Initial Account" means each open end credit card account in the
Identified Portfolio existing on the Trust Cut Off Date and identified in
the Account Schedule delivered on the Initial Closing Date.
"Initial Closing Date" means January 17, 1996.
"Insolvency Event" is defined in Section 9.1(a).
"Insolvency Proceeds" is defined in Section 9.2(b).
"Insurance Proceeds" means any amounts recovered by Servicer
pursuant to any credit insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect
to Receivables under such Obligor's Account.
"Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
"Invested Amount" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940.
"Investor Certificate" means any one of the certificates
(including the Bearer Certificates, the Registered Certificates or any
Global Certificate) executed by Transferor and authenticated by or on
behalf of Trustee, substantially in the form attached to the related
Supplement, other than the Transferor Certificate and the Supplemental
Certificates, if any.
14
<PAGE>
"Investor Holder" means the Person in whose name a Registered
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register or the holder of any
Bearer Certificate (or the Global Certificate, as the case may be) or
Coupon.
"Investor Interest" is defined in Section 4.1.
"Investor Percentage" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
"Investor Servicing Fee" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
"Involuntary Removal" is defined in Section 2.9(a).
"In-Store Payments" is defined in Section 2.1.
"Late Fees" means the fees specified in the Credit Card Agreement
applicable to each Account for late fees with respect to such Account.
"Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, participation or equity interest, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other
security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever, including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, excluding any lien or filing pursuant to this Agreement;
provided that any assignment or transfer pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or (d)
or Section 7.2 shall not constitute a Lien.
"Majority Holders" means the Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
outstanding Investor Certificates.
"Merchant" means each of (a) Bath & Body Works, Inc., Brylane,
L.P., Cacique, Inc., Lane Bryant, Inc., Lerner New York, Inc., Express,
Inc., Structure, Inc., Victoria's Secret Stores, Inc., Victoria's Secret
Catalogue, Inc., The Limited Stores, Inc., Limited Too, Inc., Abercrombie &
Fitch, Inc., and Henri Bendel, Inc. and (b) any other Person that operates
retail establishments at which, or a catalogue sales business in which,
goods or services may be purchased under an Account.
"Merchant Adjustment Payments" is defined in Section 3.9(a).
"Minimum Transferor Amount" means, as of any date of
determination, the sum of (a) the product of (i) the sum of (A) the
aggregate Principal Receivables and (B) the amounts on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account and (ii) the Required Retained Transferor Percentage
plus (b) any additional amounts specified in the Supplement for any
outstanding Series.
15
<PAGE>
"Monthly Period" means as to each Distribution Date, the
immediately preceding calendar month, unless otherwise defined in any
Supplement.
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
"New Discount Option Receivables" means, as of any date of
determination, the product of the Discount Percentage and the amount of
Principal Receivables (before subtracting Finance Charge Receivables which
are Discount Option Receivables) arising on such date of determination.
"Notice Date" is defined in Section 2.8(d)(i).
"Notices" is defined in Section 13.5(a).
"Obligor" means, as to any Account, the Person or Persons
obligated to make payments on such Account, including any guarantor.
"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate delivered to Trustee
signed by the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice President or the
Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of Transferor or Servicer, as the case
may be.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may
be counsel for, or an employee of, the Person providing the opinion and
which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to Trustee.
"Other Originator" means any Person from which Transferor acquires
a portfolio of credit card accounts any or all of which are subsequently
designated as Additional Accounts.
"Participation Interests" is defined in Section 2.8(b).
"Paying Agent" means any paying agent and co-paying agent
appointed pursuant to Section 6.7.
"Periodic Finance Charges" means any finance charges (due to
periodic rate) applicable to any Account.
"Person" means any legal person, including any individual,
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
governmental entity or other entity of similar nature.
"Portfolio Yield" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
16
<PAGE>
"Principal Receivable" means all Receivables other than Finance
Charge Receivables. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables shall not
include Defaulted Receivables and shall be reduced by the aggregate amount
of credit balances in the Accounts on such day.
"Principal Sharing Series" means a Series that, pursuant to the
Supplement therefor, is entitled to receive Shared Principal Collections.
"Principal Shortfalls" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
"Principal Terms" means, with respect to any Series: (a) its name
or designation; (b) its initial principal amount (or method for calculating
such amount) and its invested amount in the Trust; (c) its interest rate
(or method for the determination thereof); (d) the payment date or dates
and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue; (e) the method for
allocating Collections to Holders of such Series; (f) the designation of
any Series Accounts and the terms governing the operation of any such
Series Accounts; (g) the percentage used to calculate the servicing fee
with respect thereto; (h) the provider, if any, and the terms of any form
of Enhancement with respect thereto; (i) the terms on which the Investor
Certificates of such Series may be repurchased by Transferor or any
Affiliate of Transferor or remarketed to other investors; (j) the Series
Termination Date; (k) the number of Classes of Investor Certificates of
such Series and, if such Series consists of more than one Class, the rights
and priorities of each such Class; (l) the extent to which the Investor
Certificates of such Series will be issuable in temporary or permanent
global form (and, in such case, the depositary for such Global Certificate
or Certificates, the conditions, if any, upon which such Global
Certificates may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive
Certificates, and the manner in which any interest payable on a Global
Certificate will be paid); (m) whether the Investor Certificates of such
Series may be issued as Bearer Certificates and any limitation imposed
thereon; (n) the priority of such Series with respect to any other Series;
(o) the Group, if any, to which such Series belongs; (p) whether or not
such Series is acting as a paired Series with another existing Series; and
(q) any other terms of such Series.
"Rating Agency" means, as to each Series, the rating agency or
agencies, if any, specified in the related Supplement.
"Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that
each Rating Agency, if any, shall have notified Transferor, Servicer and
Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or
withdrawal of the rating, if any, of any outstanding Series or Class with
respect to which it is a Rating Agency.
"Reassignment" is defined in Section 2.9.
17
<PAGE>
"Receivable" means any amount owing from time to time by an
Obligor under an Account, including amounts owing for purchases of goods
and services, and amounts payable as Finance Charge Receivables. A
Receivable shall be deemed to have been created at the end of the day on
the Date of Processing of such Receivable. Receivables which become
Defaulted Receivables shall not be shown on Servicer's records as amounts
payable (and shall cease to be included as Receivables) on the day on which
they become Defaulted Receivables.
"Record Date" means, as to any Distribution Date, the date specified
in the related Supplement.
"Recoveries" means (a) all amounts received by Servicer with
respect to Principal Receivables that have previously become Defaulted
Receivables and with respect to Finance Charge Receivables that have been
charged off as uncollectible (including Insurance Proceeds) and (b)
proceeds of any collateral securing any Receivable, in each case less
related collection expenses.
"Registered Certificates" is defined in Section 6.1.
"Registered Holder" means the Holder of a Registered Certificate.
"Removal Date" is defined in Section 2.9(a).
"Removal Notice Date" is defined in Section 2.9(a).
"Removed Accounts" is defined in Section 2.9.
"Required Principal Balance" means, as of any date of
determination, the sum of the numerators used at such date to calculate the
Investor Percentage with respect to Principal Receivables for all Series
outstanding on such date, less the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding
Account as of the date of determination.
"Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, as of any date of
determination, 4% or, if less, the highest of the Required Retained
Transferor Percentages specified in the Supplements for all outstanding
Series.
"Requirements of Law" means, as to any Person, the certificate of
incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty,
rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental
Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to
which such Person is subject, whether Federal, state or local.
18
<PAGE>
"Responsible Officer" means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Office, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
secretary or any other officer of Trustee customarily performing functions
similar to those performed by any of the above-designated officers and
having direct responsibility for the administration of this Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and also, with respect to a particular matter, any
other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at Trustee's
Corporate Trust Office because of such officer's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.
"Restart Date" is defined in Section 2.8(a).
"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time.
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of the
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933.
"Series" means any series of Investor Certificates established
pursuant to a Supplement.
"Series Account" means any deposit, trust, escrow or similar
account maintained for the benefit of the Investor Holders of any Series or
Class, as specified in any Supplement.
"Series Servicing Fee Percentage" is defined, as to any Series, in
the related Supplement.
"Series Termination Date" is defined, as to any Series, in the related
Supplement.
"Service Transfer" is defined in Section 10.1.
"Servicer" means WFN, in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this
Agreement, and, after any Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer.
"Servicer Default" is defined in Section 10.1.
"Servicing Fee" means, as to any Series, the servicing fee specified
in Section 3.2.
"Servicing Officer" means any officer of Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Receivables whose
19
<PAGE>
name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished to Trustee by
Servicer on the Initial Closing Date, as such list may from time to time be
amended.
"Shared Principal Collections" means all amounts that any Supplement
designates as "Shared Principal Collections."
"Specified Portfolio" means each of the portfolios of Accounts
relating to each of the following private label credit card programs:
Samuel's Jewelers, Inc., BryLane Home, La Redoute, Ashley Stewart or
Colombia Emeralds; provided that each such portfolio shall cease to be
included as a Specified Portfolio if the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied as to that portfolio.
"Specified Transferor Amount" means, as of any date of
determination, 0 or, if more, the highest amount identified as the
"Specified Transferor Amount" in the Supplement for any outstanding Series.
"Subject Certificate" is defined in Section 6.4(d).
"Successor Servicer" is defined in Section 10.2(a).
"Supplement" means, as to any Series, a supplement to this
Agreement, executed and delivered in connection with the original issuance
of the Investor Certificates of such Series pursuant to Section 6.3, and
all amendments thereof and supplements thereto.
"Supplemental Account" is defined in Section 2.8(b).
"Supplemental Certificate" is defined in Section 6.3(c).
"Tax Opinion" means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that, for Federal income tax purposes, (a) such
action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of
Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series or Class with respect to
which an Opinion of Counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance
that such Investor Certificates would be characterized as debt, (b) such
actions will not cause the Trust to be classified, for federal income tax
purposes, as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation and (c) such action will not cause or constitute an event in
which gain or loss would be recognized by any Investor Holder.
"Termination Notice" is defined in Section 10.1.
"The Limited" means The Limited, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
20
<PAGE>
"Transaction Documents" means, at any time, this Agreement, the
Supplement for each outstanding Series, any document pursuant to which any
outstanding purchased interest is sold as permitted by Section 6.3(b) and
any other document designated as a Transaction Document in any Supplement
or any document pursuant to which any outstanding purchased interest is
sold as permitted by Section 6.3(b).
"Transfer Agent and Registrar" is defined in Section 6.4.
"Transfer Date" means the Business Day immediately preceding each
Distribution Date.
"Transferor" means WFN and additional transferors, if any,
designated in accordance with Section 2.11 or 6.3(d).
"Transferor Amount" means, on any date of determination, the
result of (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on such day,
plus the principal amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on such
day, minus (b) the sum of the Invested Amounts (or, as to any Series that
has an Adjusted Invested Amount, the Adjusted Invested Amount) with respect
to all Series (but not of any Supplemental Certificates) then outstanding
(and of any purchased interest sold pursuant to Section 6.3(b)), plus (c)
the principal amount on deposit in the Principal Accounts (as defined in
the various Supplements) for each Series, to the extent not deducted in
calculating an Adjusted Invested Amount for the related Series.
"Transferor Certificate" means the certificate executed by
Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of Trustee, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A.
"Transferor Interest" is defined in Section 4.1.
"Transferor Percentage" means as to Finance Charge Receivables,
Defaulted Receivables and Principal Receivables, 100% less the sum of the
applicable Investor Percentages for all outstanding Series.
"Transferor Retained Certificate" means any Certificate in any
Class of Investor Certificates that is designated as a "Transferor Retained
Class" in any Supplement.
"Transferred Account" is defined in the definition of "Account."
"Trust" means the Trust created by this Agreement, which shall be
known as the World Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust.
"Trust Assets" is defined in Section 2.1.
21
<PAGE>
"Trust Cut Off Date" means January 12, 1996.
"Trustee" means Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois banking
corporation, in its capacity as trustee of the Trust, or any successor
trustee appointed as herein provided.
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State
of Ohio and in any other State where the filing of a financing statement is
required to perfect Transferor's or the Trust's interest in the Receivables
and the proceeds thereof or in any other specified jurisdiction.
"United States" means the United States of America (including the
States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and
other areas subject to its jurisdiction.
"Variable Interest" means either of (a) any Investor Certificate
that is designated as a variable funding certificate in the related
Supplement and (b) any purchased interest sold as permitted by Section
6.3(b).
"Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stoe Partnerships" means each Welsh,
Carson, Anderson & Stowe limited partnership, as now constituted or as the
same may be constituted in the future and any partner, partnership or
affiliate of any of them.
"WFN" is defined in the preamble.
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions. With respect to any
Series, all terms used and not defined herein are used as defined in the
related Supplement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the
defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. For purposes of this
Agreement and all such certificates and other documents, unless the context
otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this
Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the
extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
generally accepted accounting principles; (b) terms defined in Article 9 of
the UCC and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used as defined in
that Article; (c) any reference to each Rating Agency shall only apply to
any specific rating agency if such rating agency is then rating any
outstanding Series; (d) references to any amount as on deposit or
outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of
business on such day; (e) the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and
words of similar import refer to this Agreement (or the certificate or
other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement (or such certificate or document); (f)
references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement (or the certificate or other
22
<PAGE>
document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition
refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such
Section or definition; (g) the term "including" means "including without
limitation"; (h) references to any law or regulation refer to that law or
regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or
regulation; (i) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as
amended from time to time; (j) references to any Person include that
Person's permitted successors and assigns; and (k) headings are for
purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provision hereof. The agreements, representations and
warranties of WFN in this Agreement, in its respective capacities as
Transferor and Servicer, shall be deemed to be the separate agreements,
representations and warranties of WFN only so long as it remains a party to
this Agreement in such capacity (but the foregoing shall not impair rights
arising during or with respect to the time that such Person was a party to
this Agreement in such capacity).
ARTICLE II CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES
SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Receivables. (a) By execution of this
Agreement, Transferor transfers, assigns, sets over and otherwise conveys
to the Trust, for the benefit of the Holders, all of its right, title and
interest in, to and under (i) the Receivables existing at the close of
business on the Trust Cut Off Date and thereafter arising from time to time
in the Initial Accounts and the Receivables existing on each applicable
Addition Date and thereafter arising from time to time in the Automatic
Additional Accounts, all Recoveries allocable to the Trust as provided
herein, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with
respect to, and proceeds of, any of the foregoing, and (ii) without
limiting the generality of the foregoing or the following, all of
Transferor's rights to receive payments made by any Merchant under any
Credit Card Processing Agreement on account of amounts received by such
Merchant in payment of Receivables ("In-Store Payments") and all proceeds
of such rights. Such property, together with all moneys on deposit in the
Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account, the Series Accounts, any
Enhancement and the security interest granted pursuant to Section 3.9(a)
shall constitute the assets of the Trust (the "Trust Assets"). The
foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation
or assumption by the Trust, Trustee, any Investor Holders or any
Enhancement Provider of any obligation of the Credit Card Originator,
Servicer, Transferor or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or
the Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating there to,
including any obligation to obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance
systems or insurers. If the foregoing transfer, assignment, setover and
conveyance is not deemed to be an absolute assignment of the subject
property to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, then it
shall be deemed to constitute a grant of a security interest in such
property to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, and the
Transferor Interest shall be deemed to represent Transferor's equity in the
collateral granted.
23
<PAGE>
(b) Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense,
financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with
respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in Accounts
owned by the Credit Card Originator and other Trust Assets meeting the
requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such
jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain the perfection of,
the assignment of such Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver a file
stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such
filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.1 consist of telephone
confirmation of such filing promptly followed by delivery to Trustee of a
file-stamped copy) to Trustee on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, in
the case of such Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts and Automatic
Additional Accounts included in the Identified Portfolio, and (if any
additional filing is so necessary) the applicable Addition Date, in the
case of such Receivables arising in Supplemental Accounts and any related
Automatic Additional Accounts. Trustee shall be under no obligation
whatsoever to file or maintain such financing or continuation statements or
to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such assignment.
(c) Transferor further agrees, at its own expense, (i) on or prior
to (A) the Automatic Addition Termination Date or any Automatic Addition
Suspension Date, or subsequent to a Restart Date, in the case of the
Initial Accounts and any Additional Accounts designated pursuant hereto
prior to such date, (B) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of
Supplemental Accounts and (C) the applicable Removal Date, in the case of
Removed Accounts, to indicate in the appropriate computer files that
Receivables created in connection with the Accounts owned by the Credit
Card Originator (other than Removed Accounts) have been conveyed to the
Trust pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the Holders (or
conveyed to Transferor or its designee in accordance with Section 2.9, in
the case of Removed Accounts) by including in such computer files the code
identifying each such Account (or, in the case of Removed Accounts, either
including such a code identifying the Removed Accounts only if the removal
occurs prior to the Automatic Addition Termination Date or an Automatic
Addition Suspension Date, or subsequent to a Restart Date, or deleting such
code thereafter) and (ii) on or prior to the date referred to in clauses
(i)(A), (B) or (C), as applicable, to deliver to Trustee an Account
Schedule (provided that such Account Schedule shall be provided in respect
of Automatic Additional Accounts on or prior to the Determination Date
relating to the Monthly Period during which their respective Addition Dates
occur), specifying for each such Account, as of the Automatic Addition
Termination Date or Automatic Addition Suspension Date, in the case of
clause (i)(B), the applicable Addition Cut Off Date, in the case of
Supplemental Accounts, and the Removal Date, in the case of Removed
Accounts, its account number, the aggregate amount outstanding in such
Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in
such Account. Such Account Schedule shall be supplemented from time to time
to reflect Supplemental Accounts and Removed Accounts. Once the code
referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph has been included with respect
24
<PAGE>
to any Account, Transferor further agrees not to alter such code during the
remaining term of this Agreement unless and until (x) such Account becomes
a Removed Account, (y) a Restart Date has occurred on which the Transferor
starts including Automatic Additional Accounts as Accounts or (z)
Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee at least 30 days' prior written
notice of its intention to do so and has taken such action as is necessary
or advisable to cause the interest of Trustee in the Receivables and other
Trust Assets to continue to be perfected with the priority required by this
Agreement.
SECTION 2.2. Acceptance by Trustee. (a) Trustee accepts on behalf
of the Trust all right, title and interest to the property, now existing
and hereafter created, conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1 and
declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the
trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Holders.
(b) Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur
indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as
contemplated in this Agreement or any Supplement.
SECTION 2.3. Representations and Warranties of Transferor Relating
to Transferor. Transferor represents and warrants to the Trust as of each
Closing Date as follows:
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Transferor is a
national banking association validly existing in good standing
under the laws of the United States, and has full corporate power,
authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its
business as presently owned and conducted, to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under each Transaction Document and to
execute and deliver to Trustee the Certificates. Transferor's
deposits are insured by the FDIC.
(b) Due Qualification. Transferor is duly qualified to do
business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or is
exempt from such requirements), and has obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which failure to so
qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would render any
Credit Card Agreement or any Receivable transferred to the Trust
by Transferor unenforceable by the Credit Card Originator,
Transferor, Servicer or Trustee and would have a material adverse
effect on the interests of the Holders hereunder or under any
Supplement.
(c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and each Supplement by Transferor,
the execution and delivery to Trustee of the Certificates by
Transferor and the consummation by Transferor of the transactions
provided for in each Transaction Document have been duly
authorized by Transferor by all necessary corporate action on
the part of Transferor.
25
<PAGE>
(d) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by Transferor
of each Transaction Document and the Certificates, the performance
by Transferor of the transactions contemplated by each Transaction
Document and the fulfillment by Transferor of the terms hereof and
thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
instrument to which Transferor is a party or by which it or any of
its properties are bound.
(e) No Violation. The execution and delivery by
Transferor of each Transaction Document and the Certificates, the
performance by Transferor of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and each Supplement and the fulfillment by Transferor of
the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with or violate any
Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor.
(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of Transferor,
threatened against Transferor, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of any Transaction
Document or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance
of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contem plated by any Transaction Document or the Certificates,
(iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable
judgment of Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the
performance by Transferor of its obligations under any Transaction
Document, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would
materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of
any Transaction Document or the Certificates or (v) seeking to
affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust under the
Federal or applicable state income or franchise tax systems.
(g) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations,
consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any
governmental body or official required in connection with the
execution and delivery by Transferor of each Transaction Document
and the Certificates, the performance by Transferor of the
transactions contemplated by each Transaction Document and the
fulfillment by Transferor of the terms hereof and thereof, have
been obtained.
(h) Insolvency. No Insolvency Event with respect to
Transferor has occurred. Transferor did not (i) execute the
Transaction Documents, (ii) grant to the Trustee the security
interests described in Sections 2.1 and 3.9, (iii) cause, permit,
or suffer the perfection or attachment of such a security
interest, (iv) otherwise effectuate or consummate any transfer
to Trustee pursuant to any Transaction Document or (v) acquire
its interest in the Trust, in each case:
(A) in contemplation of insolvency;
(B) with a view to preferring one creditor over
another or to preventing the application of its assets in
the manner required by applicable law or regulations;
26
<PAGE>
(C) after committing an act of insolvency; or
(D) with any intent to hinder, delay, or defraud
itself or its creditors.
(i) Trustee. Trustee is not an insider or Affiliate of
Transferor.
The representations and warranties of Transferor set forth in this
Section 2.3 shall survive the transfer and assignment by Transferor of the
respective Receivables to the Trust. Upon discovery by Transferor, Servicer
or Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties by
Transferor set forth in this Section 2.3, the party discovering such breach
shall give prompt written notice to the others and to each Enhancement
Provider, if any, entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement.
Transferor agrees to cooperate with Servicer and Trustee in attempting to
cure any such breach. For purposes of the representations and warranties
set forth in this Section 2.3, each reference to a Supplement shall be
deemed to refer only to those Supplements in effect as of the relevant
Closing Date.
SECTION 2.4. Representations and Warranties of Transferor Relating
to Transaction Documents and the Receivables. (a) Representations and
Warranties. Transferor represents and warrants to the Trust as of the date
of this Agreement, each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional
Accounts, the related Addition Date that:
(i) each Transaction Document and, in the case of
Supplemental Accounts, the related Assignment, each constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor, enforceable
against Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws now
or hereafter in effect and by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);
(ii) as of the Automatic Addition Termination Date or any
Automatic Addition Suspension Date and as of each subsequent
Addition Date with re spect to Supplemental Accounts, and as of
the applicable Removal Date with respect to the Removed Accounts,
the Account Schedule delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as
supplemented to such date, is an accurate and complete listing in
all material respects of all the Accounts as of such Automatic
Addition Termination Date, such Automatic Addition Suspension
Date, the related Addition Cut Off Date or such Removal Date, as
the case may be, and the information contained therein with
respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables
existing in such Accounts is true and correct in all material
respects as of such specified date;
(iii) Transferor is the legal and beneficial owner of all
right, title and interest in each Receivable and Transferor has
the full right to transfer such Receivables to the Trust, and each
Receivable conveyed to the Trust by Transferor has been conveyed
to the Trust free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming
through or under Transferor or any of its Affiliates (other than
Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b)) and in compliance, in all
material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to
Transferor;
(iv) all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of
or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority
required to be obtained, effected or given by Transferor in
connection with the conveyance by Transferor of Receivables to the
Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full
force and effect;
27
<PAGE>
(v) this Agreement or, in the case of Supplemental
Accounts, the related Assignment constitutes either a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and
interest of Transferor in the Receivables and other Trust Assets
conveyed to the Trust by Transferor and all monies due or to
become due with respect thereto and the proceeds thereof or a
grant of a security interest in such property to the Trustee, for
the benefit of the Investor Holders, which, in the case of
existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon
execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, with respect to then
existing Receivables in Additional Accounts, as of the applicable
Addition Date, and which will be enforceable with respect to such
Receivables hereafter and thereafter created and the proceeds
thereof upon such creation, in each case except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws,
now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). Upon the
filing of the financing statements pursuant to Section 2.1 and, in
the case of Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds
thereof, upon the creation thereof, the Trust shall have a first
priority security interest in such property and proceeds except
for Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b);
(vi) except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement or any Supplement, neither Transferor nor any Person
claiming through or under Transferor has any claim to or interest
in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account, any Series
Account or any Enhancement;
(vii) on the Trust Cut Off Date, with respect to each
Initial Account, on the date of its creation or the date it
otherwise becomes an Automatic Additional Account, with respect to
each Automatic Additional Account and, on the applicable Addition
Cut Off Date, with respect to each related Supplemental Account,
each such Account is an Eligible Account;
(viii) on the Trust Cut Off Date, each Receivable then
existing is an Eligible Receivable, on the date of creation of
each Automatic Additional Account or the date the related account
otherwise becomes an Automatic Additional Account, each Receivable
contained in such Automatic Additional Account is an Eligible
Receivable and, on the applicable Addition Cut Off Date, each
Receivable contained in any related Supplemental Account is an
Eligible Receivable; and
(ix) as of the date of the creation of any new
Receivable, such Receivable is an Eligible Receivable.
(b) Notice of Breach. The representations and warranties of
Transferor set forth in this Section 2.4 shall survive the transfer and
assignment by Transferor of Receivables to the Trust. Upon discovery by
Transferor, Servicer or Trustee of a breach of any of the representations
and warranties by Transferor set forth in this Section 2.4, the party
discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others and
to each Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled thereto pursuant to the
relevant Supplement. Transferor agrees to cooperate with Servicer and
Trustee in attempting to cure any such breach. For purposes of the
representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.4, each
reference to a Supplement shall be deemed to refer only to those
Supplements in effect as of the date of the relevant representations or
warranties.
28
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.5. Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables. (a)
Reassignment of Receivables. If (i) any representation or warranty of
Transferor contained in Section 2.4(a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (vii), (viii) or
(ix) is not true and correct in any material respect as of the date
specified therein with respect to any Receivable transferred to the Trust
by Transferor or any Account and as a result of such breach any Receivables
in the related Account become Defaulted Receivables or the Trust's rights
in, to or under such Receivables or the proceeds of such Receivables are
impaired or such proceeds are not available for any reason to the Trust
free and clear of any Lien, unless cured within 60 days (or such longer
period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by Trustee) after
the earlier to occur of the discovery thereof by Transferor or
receipt by Transferor or a designee of Transferor of notice thereof given
by Trustee, or (ii) it is so provided in Section 2.7(a) with respect to any
Receivables transferred to the Trust by Transferor, then such Receivable
shall be designated an "Ineligible Receivable" and shall be assigned a
principal balance of zero for the purpose of determining the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables on any day; provided that such Receivables
will not be deemed to be Ineligible Receivables but will be deemed Eligible
Receivables and such Principal Receivables shall be included in determining
the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust if, on any day prior to
the end of such 60-day or longer period, (x) either (A) in the case of an
event described in clause (i), the relevant representation and warranty
shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on such day
or (B) in the case of an event described in clause (ii), the circumstances
causing such Receivable to become an Ineligible Receivable shall no longer
exist and (y) Transferor shall have delivered an Officer's Certificate
describing the nature of such breach and the manner in which the relevant
representation and warranty became true and correct.
(b) Price of Reassignment. On and after the date of its
designation as an Ineligible Receivable, each Ineligible Receivable shall
not be given credit in determining the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Amount or the Investor
Percentages applicable to any Series. If, following the exclusion of such
Principal Receivables from the calculation of the Transferor Amount, the
Transferor Amount would be less than the Specified Transferor Amount,
Transferor shall make a deposit into the Excess Funding Account in
immediately available funds prior to the next succeeding Business Day in an
amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Amount would be less
than the Specified Transferor Amount (up to the amount of such Principal
Receivables). The payment of such deposit amount in immediately available
funds shall otherwise be considered payment in full of all of the
Ineligible Receivables.
The obligation of Transferor to make the deposits, if any,
required to be made to the Excess Funding Account as provided in this
Section, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise
to such obligation available to Holders (or Trustee on behalf of the
Holders) or any Enhancement Provider.
SECTION 2.6. Reassignment of Receivables in Trust Portfolio. If
any representation or warranty of Transferor set forth in Section 2.3(a),
(b) or (c) or Section 2.4(a)(i), (v) or (vi) is not true and correct in any
material respect and such breach has a material adverse effect on the
Investor Interest in the Receivables transferred to the Trust by
Transferor, then either Trustee or the Majority Holders, by notice then
given to Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Investor
Holders), may direct Transferor to accept a reassignment of the Receivables
transferred to the Trust by Transferor if such breach and any material
adverse effect caused by such breach is not cured within 60 days of such
notice (or within such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be
29
<PAGE>
specified in such notice), and upon those conditions Transferor shall be
obligated to accept such reassignment on the terms set forth below;
provided that such Receivables will not be reassigned to Transferor if, on
any day prior to the end of such 60-day or longer period (i) the relevant
representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material
respects as if made on such day and (ii) Transferor shall have delivered an
Officer's Certificate describing the nature of such breach and the manner
in which the relevant representation and warranty became true and correct.
Transferor shall deposit in the Collection Account in immediately
available funds not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the first
Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which such reassignment
obligation arises, in payment for such reassignment, an amount equal to the
sum of the amounts specified therefor with respect to each outstanding
Series in the related Supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, such amounts shall be distributed on such Distribution
Date in accordance with Article IV and each Supplement. The payment of such
deposit amount in immediately available funds shall otherwise be considered
payment in full of all of the Receivables.
Upon the deposit, if any, required to be made to the Collection
Account as provided in this Section or Section 2.5, Trustee, on behalf of
the Trust, shall automatically and without further action be deemed to
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Transferor or its
designee, without recourse, representation or warranty (except for the
warranty that since the date of transfer by Transferor, Trustee has not
sold, transferred or encumbered any such Receivables or interest therein),
all the right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the applicable
Receivables, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with
respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. Trustee shall execute such
documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other
actions as shall reasonably be requested by Transferor to effect the
conveyance of such Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of
Transferor to accept reassignment of any Receivables, and to make the
deposits, if any, required to be made to the Collection Account as provided
in this Section, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event
giving rise to such obligation available to Holders (or Trustee on behalf
of the Holders).
SECTION 2.7. Covenants of Transferor. Transferor covenants as follows:
(a) Receivables to be Accounts, General Intangibles or
Chattel Paper. Except in connection with the enforcement or
collection of an Account, Transferor will take no action to cause
any Receivable transferred by it to the Trust to be evidenced by
any instrument and, if any such Receivable is so evidenced
(whether or not in connection with the enforcement or collection
of an Account), it shall be deemed to be an Ineligible Receivable
in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and shall be reassigned to
Transferor in accordance with Section 2.5(b).
30
<PAGE>
(b) Security Interests. Except for the conveyances
hereunder, Transferor will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer or
otherwise convey to any other Person, or grant, create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now
existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; Transferor
will immediately notify Trustee of the existence of any Lien on
any Receivable of which Transferor has knowledge; and Transferor
shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and
under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created,
against all claims of third parties claiming through or under
Transferor; provided that nothing in this Section 2.7(b) shall
prevent or be deemed to prohibit Transferor from suffering to
exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for taxes if such
taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if Transferor
shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books
adequate reserves with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing in this Section 2.7(b) shall be construed to
prevent or be deemed to prohibit the transfer of the Transferor
Certificate and certain other rights of Transferor in accordance
with this Agreement and any related Supplement.
(c) Transferor Interest. Except as otherwise permitted
herein, including in Sections 2.11, 6.3 and 7.2, Transferor agrees
not to transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise convey or pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise grant a security interest in the
Transferor Interest (or any interest therein) represented by the
Transferor Certificate (or any interest therein) or any
Supplemental Certificate (or any interest therein) and any such
attempted transfer, assignment, exchange, conveyance, pledge,
hypothecation or grant shall be void.
(d) Delivery of Collections or Recoveries. If Transferor
is not Servicer, and Transferor receives Collections or
Recoveries, then Transferor agrees to pay Servicer all such
Collections and Recoveries as soon as practicable after receipt
thereof but in no event later than two Business Days after the
Date of Processing by Transferor.
(e) Notice of Liens. Transferor shall notify Trustee and
each Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled to such notice
pursuant to the relevant Supplement promptly after becoming aware
of any Lien on any Receivable other than the conveyances hereunder
or Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b).
(f) Continuous Perfection. Transferor shall not change
its name, identity or structure in any manner that might cause any
financing or continuation statement filed pursuant to this
Agreement to be misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402(7)
of the UCC (or any other then
31
<PAGE>
applicable provision of the UCC) unless Transferor shall have
delivered to Trustee at least 30 days prior written notice thereof
and, no later than 30 days after making such change, shall have
taken all action necessary or advisable to amend such financing
statement or continuation statement so that it is not misleading.
Transferor shall not change its chief executive office or change
the location of its principal records concerning the Receivables,
the Trust Assets or the Collections unless it has delivered to
Trustee at least 30 days prior written notice of its intention to
do so and has taken such action as is necessary or advisable to
cause the interest of Trustee in the Receivables and other Trust
Assets to continue to be perfected with the priority required by
this Agreement.
(g) Credit Card Agreement and Guidelines. Transferor
shall comply with and perform its obligations under the Credit
Card Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card
Guidelines except insofar as any failure to comply or perform
would not materially or adversely affect the rights of the Trust
or the Holders under any Transaction Document or the Certificates.
Transferor may change the terms and provisions of the Credit Card
Agreements or the Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including
the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the
calculation of the amount, or the timing, of charge offs and
Periodic Finance Charges and other fees assessed thereon), but
only if such change is made applicable to any comparable segment
of the revolving credit card accounts owned and serviced by
Transferor which have characteristics the same as, or
substantially similar to, the Accounts that are the subject of
such change, except as otherwise restricted by an endorsement,
sponsorship or other agreement between Transferor and an unrelated
third party or by the terms of the Credit Card Agreements.
(h) Official Records. The resolutions of Transferor's
Board of Directors approving each of the Transaction Documents and
all documents relating thereto are and shall be continuously
reflected in the minutes of Transferor's Board of Directors. Each
of the Transaction Documents and all documents relating thereto
are and shall, continuously from the time of their respective
execution by Transferor, be official records of Transferor.
(i) Account Allocations. If Transferor is unable for any
reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement (including by reason of the
application of the provisions of Section 9.2 or an order by any
Federal governmental agency having regulatory authority over
Transferor or any court of competent jurisdiction that Transferor
not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trust)
then, in any such event: (A) Transferor agrees to allocate and pay
to the Trust, after the date of such inability, all Collections
with respect to Principal
32
<PAGE>
Receivables, all Discount Option Receivables Collections, and all
amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to
Principal Receivables and all Discount Option Receivables
Collections but for Transferor's inability to transfer such
Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of
Principal Receivables and the Discount Option Receivables Amount
in the Trust on such date); (B) Transferor agrees to have such
amounts applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV; and
(C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which
would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in
accordance with clauses (A) and (B), Principal Receivables and
Discount Option Receivables (and all amounts which would have
constituted Principal Receivables or Discount Option Receivables,
as the case may be, but for Transferor's inability to transfer
Receivables to the Trust) that are charged off as uncollectible in
accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in
accordance with Article IV, and all amounts that would have
constituted Principal Receivables or Discount Option Receivables,
as the case may be, but for Transferor's inability to transfer
Receivables to the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal
Receivables or Discount Option Receivables, as the case may be,
for the purpose of calculating the applicable Investor Percentage
with respect to any Series. If Transferor is unable pursuant to
any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above,
Transferor agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after
the occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with
respect to the principal balance of such Account first to the
oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments
applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties
hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created,
accrued in respect of Principal Receivables that have been
conveyed to the Trust, or that would have been conveyed to the
Trust but for the above described inability to transfer such
Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust
notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional
Principal Receivables and Discount Option Receivables to the
Trust, and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be
allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV.
(j) Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees. Transferor
hereby agrees that, except as otherwise required by any
Requirement of Law, or as is deemed by Transferor to be necessary
in order for Transferor to maintain its credit card business,
based upon a good faith assessment by Transferor, in its sole
discretion, of the nature of the competition in the credit card
business, it shall not at any time reduce the Periodic Finance
Charges assessed on any Receivable or other fees on any Account
if, as a result of such reduction, Transferor's reasonable
expectation of the Portfolio Yield for any Series as of such date
would be less than the then Base Rate for that Series.
33
<PAGE>
(k) Notices of Certain Events. Transferor shall promptly
notify each Rating Agency after Transferor obtains knowledge that:
(i) the Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe Partnerships and The
Limited and its Affiliates (in the aggregate) fail to own a
majority of the outstanding common stock of Holding (provided that
common stock owned by employees, either individually or through
employee stock ownership or other stock based benefit plans, shall
not be included in the calculation of ownership interests for this
purpose); (ii) any Merchant whose program gives rise to more than
10% of the Principal Receivables (measured as of the end of the
most recent Monthly Period) terminates its private label credit
card program with the Bank; (iii) the Trustee gives a resignation
notice pursuant to Section 11.7; or (iv) an Additional Limitation
Event or an Automatic Addition Limitation Event occurs.
SECTION 2.8. Addition of Accounts. (a) Automatic Additional
Accounts. Subject to the limitations specified below in this Section 2.8(a)
and to any further limitations specified in any Supplement, Automatic
Additional Accounts shall be included as Accounts from and after the date
upon which they are created, and all Receivables in Automatic Additional
Accounts, whether such Receivables are then existing or thereafter created,
shall be transferred automatically to the Trust upon their creation. For
all purposes of this Agreement, all receivables relating to Automatic
Additional Accounts shall be treated as Receivables upon their creation and
shall be subject to the eligibility criteria specified in the definitions
of "Eligible Receivable" and "Eligible Account." Transferor may elect at
any time to terminate the inclusion in Accounts of new accounts which would
otherwise be Automatic Additional Accounts as of any Business Day (the
"Automatic Addition Termination Date"), or suspend any such inclusion as of
any Business Day (an "Automatic Addition Suspension Date") until a date
(the "Restart Date") to be notified in writing by Transferor to Trustee by
delivering to Trustee, Servicer and each Rating Agency ten days prior
written notice of such election at least 10 days prior to such Automatic
Addition Termination Date, Automatic Addition Suspension Date or Restart
Date, as the case may be. Promptly after each of an Automatic Addition
Termination Date, an Automatic Addition Suspension Date and a Restart Date,
Transferor and Trustee agree to execute, and Transferor agrees to record
and file at its own expense, an amendment to the financing statements
referred to in Section 2.1 to specify the accounts then subject to this
Agreement (which specification may incorporate a list of accounts by
reference) and, except in connection with any such filing made after a
Restart Date, to release any security interest in any accounts created
after the Automatic Addition Termination Date or Automatic Addition
Suspension Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period after an
Automatic Addition Limitation Event has occurred and before the Rating
Agency Condition has been satisfied as to the resumption of treating new
accounts as Automatic Additional Accounts, no new accounts that would
34
<PAGE>
otherwise be Automatic Additional Accounts shall be treated as such on any
Addition Date if the number of such Automatic Additional Accounts would
exceed an amount equal to the greater of:
(i) the excess (if any) of (1) 20% of the aggregate
number of Accounts determined as of the first day of the fiscal
year of Transferor in which the Addition Date occurs over (2) the
aggregate amount of Automatic Additional Accounts and Supplemental
Accounts the Addition Date for which has occurred since the first
day of such fiscal year; and
(ii) the excess (if any) of (1) 15% of the aggregate
number of Accounts determined as of the first day of the fiscal
quarter of Transferor in which the Addition Date occurs over (2)
the aggregate amount of Automatic Additional Accounts and
Supplemental Accounts the Addition Date for which has occurred
since the first day of such fiscal quarter.
In addition, during any period after an Additional Limitation
Event has occurred and before the Rating Agency Condition has been
satisfied as to the resumption of treating new accounts as Automatic
Additional Accounts, no new accounts that would otherwise be Automatic
Additional Accounts shall be treated as such on any Addition Date if:
(i) the aggregate balance of Receivables in Automatic
Additional Accounts and Supplemental Accounts designated during a
twelve month (or shorter) period beginning on the Additional
Limitation Event (or any anniversary thereof) would exceed an
amount equal to the excess (if any) of 20% of the aggregate
balance of Receivables determined as of the first day after the
Additional Limitation Event (or such anniversary); or
(ii) the aggregate balance of Receivables in Automatic
Additional Accounts and Supplemental Accounts designated during a
three month (or shorter) period beginning on the Additional
Limitation Event (or the first day of the third month commencing
thereafter or of any ensuing third month) would exceed 15% of the
aggregate balance of Receivables determined as of the first day
after the occurrence of the Additional Limitation Event (or the
first day of such third month or ensuing third month).
In addition, no new accounts arising in a Specified Portfolio will
be treated as an Automatic Additional Account if, as a result of doing so,
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in Accounts in the Specified
Portfolios would exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust.
(b) Required Additions of Supplemental Accounts. If during any
period of thirty consecutive days, the Transferor Amount averaged over that
35
<PAGE>
period is less than the Minimum Transferor Amount for that period,
Transferor shall designate additional Eligible Accounts ("Supplemental
Accounts") to be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the
average of the Transferor Amount as a percentage of the average amount of
Principal Receivables for such 30-day period, computed by assuming that the
amount of the Principal Receivables of such Supplemental Accounts shall be
deemed to be outstanding in the Trust during each day of such 30-day
period, is at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Amount. In addition, if
on any Record Date the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is less than the Required
Principal Balance, Transferor shall designate Supplemental Accounts from
any Approved Portfolio to be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount
such that the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account will be equal to or greater than the
Required Principal Balance. Receivables from all such Supplemental Accounts
shall be transferred to the Trust on or before the tenth Business Day
following such thirty-day period or Record Date, as the case may be. In
lieu of, or in addition to, designating Supplemental Accounts as required
above, Transferor may convey to the Trust participations or trust
certificates representing undivided legal or beneficial interests in a pool
of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving
credit card accounts or other revolving credit accounts owned by Transferor
or any of its Affiliates and collections thereon ("Participation
Interests"). Any addition of Participation Interests to the Trust (whether
pursuant to this paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) below) shall be effected by
an amendment hereto, dated the applicable Addition Date, pursuant to
subsection 13.1(a).
(c) Permitted Additions. In addition to its obligation under
paragraph (b), Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, from time to
time designate Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests to be
included as Trust Assets, in either case as of the applicable Addition
Date.
(d) Certain Conditions for Additions of Supplemental Accounts and
Participation Interests. Transferor agrees that any transfer of Receivables
from Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests under paragraphs (b)
or (c) shall occur only upon satisfaction of the following conditions (to
the extent applicable):
(i) on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the
Addition Date (the "Notice Date"), Transferor shall give Trustee,
each Rating Agency and Servicer written notice that such
Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests will be included,
which notice shall specify the approximate aggregate amount of the
Receivables or Participation Interests to be transferred; and, in
the case of any transfer pursuant to paragraph (c), the Rating
Agency Condition shall have been satisfied;
36
<PAGE>
(ii) on or before the Addition Date, Transferor shall
have delivered to Trustee a written assignment (including an
acceptance by Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of
the Investor Holders) in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the
"Assignment") and Transferor shall have indicated in its computer
files that the Receivables created in connection with the
Supplemental Accounts have been transferred to the Trust and,
within five Business Days thereafter, Transferor shall have
delivered to Trustee an Account Schedule listing such Supplemental
Accounts, which as of the date of such Assignment, shall be deemed
incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment and this
Agreement;
(iii) Transferor shall represent and warrant that (x)
each Supplemental Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible
Account, and each Receivable in such Supplemental Account is, as
of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) no selection
procedures believed by Transferor to be materially adverse to the
interests of the Investor Holders were utilized in selecting the
Additional Accounts from the available Eligible Accounts in an
Approved Portfolio, and (z) as of the Addition Date, Transferor is
not insolvent;
(iv) Transferor shall represent and warrant that, as of
the Addition Date, the Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and
interest of Transferor in and to the Receivables then existing and
thereafter created in the Supplemental Accounts, and all proceeds
of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and
such Receivables and all proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds
and Recoveries relating thereto will be held by the Trust free and
clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under
Transferor or any of its Affiliates, except for (i) Liens
permitted under Section 2.7(b), (ii) the interest of Transferor as
Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (iii) Transferor's right
to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in
respect of, the Excess Funding Account, or any Series Account as
provided in this Agreement and any related Supplement or (y) a
grant of a security interest in such property to the Trustee, for
the benefit of the Investor Holders, which is enforceable with
respect to then existing Receivables in the Supplemental Accounts,
the proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries
relating thereto upon the conveyance of such Receivables to the
Trust, and which will be enforceable with respect to the
Receivables thereafter created in respect of Supplemental Accounts
conveyed on such Addition Date, the proceeds thereof and Insurance
Proceeds and Recoveries relating thereto upon such creation; and
(z) if the Assignment constitutes the grant of a security interest
to the Trustee in such property, upon the filing of a financing
statement as described in Section 2.1 with respect to such
Supplemental Accounts and in the case of the Receivables
thereafter created
37
<PAGE>
in such Supplemental Accounts and the proceeds thereof, and
Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating thereto, upon such
creation, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security
interest in such property (subject to Section 9-306 of the UCC),
except for Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b);
(v) Transferor shall deliver an Officer's Certificate to
Trustee confirming the items set forth in clause (ii); and
(vi) Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to the Receivables in the Supplemental Accounts to Trustee
(with a copy to each Rating Agency) substantially in the form of
Exhibit F-2.
(e) Additional Approved Portfolios. The Transferor may from time
to time designate additional portfolios of accounts as "Approved
Portfolios" if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to
that designation (except as to any Series or Class that expressly waives
this requirement in the applicable Supplement). Transferor agrees that
prior to any transfer of Receivables from Automatic Additional Accounts
arising in a portfolio that is designated as an Approved Portfolio pursuant
to the immediately preceding sentence Transferor shall satisfy the
following requirements:
(i) on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the
Addition Date, Transferor shall give Trustee, each Rating Agency
and Servicer written notice that such Automatic Additional
Accounts will be included;
(ii) on or before the Addition Date, Transferor shall
have delivered to Trustee a written Assignment (including an
acceptance by Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of
the Investor Holders) substantially in the form of Exhibit B (with
appropriate modifications) and Transferor shall have indicated in
its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with
the Automatic Additional Accounts have been transferred to the
Trust;
(iii) Transferor shall represent and warrant that (x)
each Automatic Additional Account is, as of the Addition Date, an
Eligible Account, and each Receivable in such Automatic Additional
Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y)
no selection procedures believed by Transferor to be materially
adverse to the interests of the Investor Holders were utilized in
selecting the new Approved Portfolio, and (z) as of the Addition
Date, Transferor is not insolvent;
(iv) Transferor shall represent and warrant that, as of
the Addition Date, the Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and
interest of Transferor in and to the Receivables then existing and
thereafter created in the Automatic Additional
38
<PAGE>
Accounts, and all proceeds of such Receivables and Insurance
Proceeds relating thereto and such Receivables and all proceeds
thereof and Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating thereto
will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien of any Person
claiming through or under Transferor or any of its Affiliates,
except for (i) Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b), (ii) the
interest of Transferor as Holder of the Transferor Certificate and
(iii) Transferor's right to receive interest accruing on, and
investment earnings in respect of, the Excess Funding Account, or
any Series Account as provided in this Agreement and any related
Supplement or (y) a grant of a security interest in such property
to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, which is
enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables in the
Automatic Additional Accounts, the proceeds thereof and Insurance
Proceeds and Recoveries relating thereto upon the conveyance of
such Receivables to the Trust, and which will be enforceable with
respect to the Receivables thereafter created in respect of
Automatic Additional Accounts conveyed on such Addition Date, the
proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds and Recoveries relating
thereto upon such creation; and (z) if the Assignment constitutes
the grant of a security interest to the Trustee in such property,
upon the filing of a financing statement as described in Section
2.1 with respect to such Automatic Additional Accounts and in the
case of the Receivables thereafter created in such Automatic
Additional Accounts and the proceeds thereof, and Insurance
Proceeds and Recoveries relating thereto, upon such creation, the
Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in
such property (subject to Section 9-306 of the UCC), except for
Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b);
(v) Transferor shall deliver an Officer's Certificate to
Trustee confirming the items set forth in clause (ii); and
(vi) Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to the Receivables in the Automatic Additional Accounts to
Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency) substantially in the
form of Exhibit F-2 (with appropriate modifications).
SECTION 2.9. Removal of Accounts. (a) On any day of any Monthly
Period Transferor shall have the right to require the reassignment to it or
its designee of all the Trust's right, title and interest in, to and under
the Receivables then existing and thereafter created, all moneys due or to
become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds
thereof in or with respect to the Accounts then owned by the Credit Card
Originator and designated by Transferor (the "Removed Accounts") or
Participation Interests (unless otherwise set forth in the applicable
Supplement), upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
39
<PAGE>
(i) on or before the tenth Business Day
immediately preceding the Removal Date (the "Removal
Notice Date") Transferor shall have given Trustee,
Servicer, each Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider
entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement
written notice of such removal and specifying the date
for removal of the Removed Accounts and Participation
Interests (the "Removal Date"); Transferor shall provide
each Rating Agency with such additional information
relating to such removal as the Rating Agency shall
reasonably request;
(ii) with respect to Removed Accounts, on or
prior to the date that is 10 Business Days after the
Removal Date, Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee
an Account Schedule listing the Removed Accounts and
specifying for each such Account, as of the Removal
Notice Date, its account number, the aggregate amount
outstanding, and the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables outstanding in such Account;
(iii) with respect to Removed Accounts,
Transferor shall have represented and warranted as of the
Removal Date that the list of Removed Accounts delivered
pursuant to paragraph (ii), as of the Removal Date, is
true and complete in all material respects;
(iv) with respect to any removal pursuant to
Section 2.9(b) that is being made as a result of the
applicable Merchant exercising a purchase right as to
which Transferor has no reasonable control (an
"Involuntary Removal"), Transferor shall use reasonable
efforts to satisfy the Rating Agency Condition; and as to
any other removal, the Rating Agency Condition shall have
been satisfied;
(v) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee
and any Enhancement Provider entitled thereto pursuant to
the relevant Supplement an Officer's Certificate, dated
as of the Removal Date, to the effect that Transferor
reasonably believes that (A) in the case of any removal
other than an Involuntary Removal, such removal will not,
based on the facts known to such officer at the time of
such certification, then or thereafter cause an Early
Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series,
(B) in the case of any Involuntary Removal, Transferor
has used reasonable efforts to avoid having such removal
result in an Early Amortization Event and (C) in either
case, no selection procedure believed by Transferor to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Investor
Holders has been used in removing Removed Accounts from
among any pool of Accounts or Participation Interests of
a similar type (it being understood that
40
<PAGE>
Transferor will not be deemed to have used such an
adverse selection procedure in connection with any
Involuntary Removal);
(vi) Transferor shall not use a selection
procedure intended to include a disproportionately higher
level of Defaulted Receivables in the Removed Accounts
than exist in the Accounts and shall not remove such
Accounts for the intended purpose of mitigating losses to
the Trust;
(vii) in the case of any removal pursuant to
Section 2.9(a), the aggregate Principal Receivables in
the Removed Accounts shall not exceed the lesser of (A)
the excess of the Transferor Amount over the Minimum
Transferor Amount or (B) the excess of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit
in the Excess Funding Account over the Required Principal
Balance, all measured as of the end of the most recently
ended Monthly Period;
(viii) in the case of any removal pursuant to
Section 2.9(b), the removal shall not cause the
Transferor Amount to be less than the Minimum Transferor
Amount or cause the sum of the aggregate Principal
Receivables plus the Excess Funding Account balance to be
less than the Required Principal Balance; and
(ix) such removal shall not cause a decrease in
the sum of the Invested Amounts for all outstanding
Series.
Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, Trustee shall execute
and deliver to Transferor or its designee a written reassignment in
substantially the form of Exhibit C (the "Reassignment") and shall, without
further action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise
convey to Transferor or its designee, effective as of the Removal Date,
without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and
interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables arising in the Removed
Accounts or the Participation Interests, all moneys due and to become due
and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. In
addition, Trustee shall execute such other documents and instruments of
transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be
requested by Transferor to effect the conveyance of Receivables pursuant to
this Section.
(b) Transferor may from time to time designate as Removed Accounts
any Accounts designated for purchase by a Merchant pursuant to the terms of
the related Credit Card Processing Agreement, provided that no Account
included in the Identified Portfolio may be designated a Removed Account
until the Series 1996-A and Series 1996-B Certificates have been paid in
full pursuant to this Section 2.9(b). Any Trust's repurchase of the
41
<PAGE>
Receivables in Removed Accounts designated pursuant to this Section 2.9(b)
shall be effected in the manner and at a price determined in accordance
with Section 2.5(b), as if the Receivables being repurchased were
Ineligible Receivables. Amounts deposited in the Collection Account in
connection therewith shall be deemed to be Collections of Principal
Receivables and shall be applied in accordance with the terms of Article IV
and each Supplement.
SECTION 2.10. Discount Option. (a) Transferor shall have the
option to designate at any time a fixed or floating percentage (the
"Discount Percentage") of the amount of Receivables arising in the Accounts
on or after the date such designation becomes effective that would
otherwise constitute Principal Receivables (prior to subtracting from
Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables that are Discount Option
Receivables) to be treated as Finance Charge Receivables. Transferor may
from time to time increase (subject to the limitations described below),
reduce or eliminate the Discount Percentage for Discount Option Receivables
arising in the Accounts on and after the date of such change. Transferor
must provide 30 days' prior written notice to Servicer, Trustee and each
Rating Agency of any such increase, reduction or elimination, and such
increase, reduction or elimination shall become effective on the date
specified therein only if (i) Transferor has delivered to Trustee an
Officer's Certificate to the effect that, based on the facts known to such
officer at the time, Transferor reasonably believes that such increase,
reduction or elimination will not at the time of its occurrence cause an
Early Amortization Event, or an event which with notice or the lapse of
time would constitute an Early Amortization Event, to occur with respect to
any Series and (ii) in the case of any increase, the Discount Percentage
shall not exceed 3% after giving effect to that increase, unless the Rating
Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the increase.
(b) On each Date of Processing after the date on which the
Transferor's exercise of its discount option takes effect, the Transferor
shall treat Discount Option Receivables Collections as Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables.
SECTION 2.11. Additional Transferors. Transferor may designate
additional or substitute Persons to be included as Transferors under this
Agreement by an amendment to this Agreement (which amendment shall be
subject to Section 13.1 and to any applicable restrictions in the
Supplement for any outstanding Series) and, in connection with such
designation, the initial Transferor shall surrender the Transferor
Certificate to Trustee in exchange for a newly issued Transferor
Certificate reflecting such additional Transferor's interest in the
Transferor Interest; provided that prior to any such designation and
issuance the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(c) shall have been
satisfied.
SECTION 2.12. Additional Credit Card Originators. Transferor may
designate additional Persons as Credit Card Originators under this Agreement
by an amendment to this Agreement(which amendment shall be subject to Section
42
<PAGE>
13.1 and to any applicable restrictions in the Supplement for any
outstanding Series).
ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING
SECTION 3.1. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to
Servicer. (a) WFN is appointed, and agrees to act, as Servicer.
(b) Servicer shall service and administer the Receivables, shall
collect payments due under the Receivables and shall charge off as
uncollectible Receivables, all in accordance with its customary and usual
servicing procedures for servicing credit card and other consumer open end
credit receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the
Credit Card Guidelines. Servicer shall have full power and authority,
acting alone or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to
do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration
which it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, subject to Section 10.1 and provided WFN is Servicer,
Servicer or its designee (rather than Trustee) is hereby authorized and
empowered (i) to make withdrawals and payments or to instruct Trustee to
make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any Series
Account, as set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement, and (ii) to take
any action required or permitted under any Enhancement, as set forth in
this Agreement or any Supplement. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing and subject to Section 10.1, Servicer or its designee is
authorized and empowered to make any filings, reports, notices,
applications and registrations with, and to seek any consents or
authorizations from, the Commission and any state securities authority on
behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any
Federal or state securities laws or reporting requirements. Trustee shall
furnish Servicer with any powers of attorney or other documents necessary
or appropriate to enable Servicer to carry out its servicing and
administrative duties hereunder.
(c) Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing
procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables
from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by Servicer in
connection with servicing other credit card receivables.
(d) Servicer shall comply with and perform its servicing
obligations with respect to the Accounts and Receivables in accordance with
the Credit Card Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card
Guidelines except insofar as any failure to so comply or perform would not
materially and adversely affect the Trust or the Investor Holders.
(e) Servicer shall be liable for the payment, without
reimbursement, of all expenses incurred in connection with the Trust and
43
<PAGE>
the servicing activities hereunder including expenses related to
enforcement of the Receivables, fees and disbursements of Trustee, any
Paying Agent and any Transfer Agent and Registrar (including the reasonable
fees and expenses of its counsel) in accordance with Section 11.5, fees and
disbursements of independent accountants and all other fees and expenses,
including the costs of filing UCC continuation statements and the costs and
expenses relating to obtaining and maintaining the listing of any Investor
Certificates on any stock exchange, that are not expressly stated in this
Agreement to be payable by the Trust, the Investor Holders of a Series or
Transferor (other than Federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise
and other taxes, if any, or any interest or penalties with respect thereto,
assessed on the Trust).
(f) Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond or other appropriate
insurance coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its
officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card
receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as Servicer believes
to be reasonable from time to time.
SECTION 3.2. Servicing Compensation. As full compensation for its
servicing activities hereunder and as reimbursement for any expense
incurred by it in connection therewith, Servicer shall be entitled to
receive a servicing fee (the "Servicing Fee") with respect to each Monthly
Period, payable monthly on the related Distribution Date, in an amount
equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the weighted average of the
Series Servicing Fee Percentages with respect to each outstanding Series
(based upon the Series Servicing Fee Percentage for each Series and the
Invested Amount (or such other amount as specified in the related
Supplement) of such Series, in each case as of the last day of the prior
Monthly Period) and (b) the amount of Principal Receivables on the last day
of the prior Monthly Period. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to
the Investor Interest of each Series with respect to any Monthly Period
(the "Investor Servicing Fee") will be determined in accordance with the
relevant Supplement. The portion of the Servicing Fee with respect to any
Monthly Period not so allocated to the Investor Interest of a particular
Series, or otherwise allocated in any Supplement, shall be paid from
Finance Charge Collections allocable to Transferor on the related
Distribution Date. In no event shall the Trust, Trustee, the Investor
Holders of any Series or any Enhancement Provider be liable for the share
of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period to be paid by
Transferor.
SECTION 3.3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of
Servicer. WFN, in its capacity as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any
Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make, on each Closing
Date (and on the date of any such appointment), the following
representations, warranties and covenants to the Trust:
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Servicer is a national
banking association (or with respect to such Successor Servicer,
such other corporate
44
<PAGE>
entity as may be applicable) duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the United States, and has full
corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under this Agreement and each Supplement
and, in all material respects, to own its properties and conduct
its business as such properties are presently owned and as such
business is presently conducted.
(b) Due Qualification. Servicer is duly qualified to do
business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or is
exempt from such require ments), and has obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which failure to so
qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would have a
material adverse effect on the interests of the Investor Holders
hereunder or under any Supplement.
(c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery, and
performance of this Agreement and each Supplement have been duly
authorized by Servicer by all necessary corporate action on the
part of Servicer.
(d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement and each
Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now
or hereinafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights in general (or with respect to such Successor Servicer,
such other corporate entity as may be applicable) and except as
such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(e) No Violation. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each Supplement by Servicer, the performance of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement
and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to
Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any breach of
any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with
or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default
under, any Requirement of Law applicable to Servicer or any
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument to which Servicer is a party or by which it or any of
its properties are bound.
(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of Servicer,
threatened against Servicer before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality seeking to prevent the issuance of the
Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any Supplement, seeking any
determination or ruling that,
45
<PAGE>
in the reasonable judgment of Servicer, would materially and
adversely affect the performance by Servicer of its obligations
under this Agreement or any Supplement, or seeking any
determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect
the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
Supplement.
(g) Compliance with Requirements of Law. Servicer shall
duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or
in connection with the Receivables and the related Accounts, will
maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements
of Law in order to properly service the Receivables and the
related Accounts and will comply in all material respects with all
other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing the
Receivables and the related Accounts, the failure to comply with
which would have a material adverse effect on the interests of the
Investor Holders.
(h) No Rescission or Cancellation. Servicer shall not
permit any rescission or cancellation of a Receivable except as
ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental
Authority or in the ordinary course of its business and in
accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. Servicer shall reflect
any such rescission or cancellation in its computer file of
revolving credit card accounts. In addition, Servicer may waive
the accrual and/or payment of certain Finance Charge Receivables
in respect of certain past due Accounts, the Obligors of which
have enrolled with a consumer credit counseling service, and the
Receivables in such Accounts shall not fail to be Eligible
Receivables solely as a result of such waiver.
(i) Protection of Holders' Rights. Servicer shall take no
action which, nor omit to take any action the omission of which,
would materially impair the rights of Holders in any Receivable or
Account, nor shall it, except in the ordinary course of its
business and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines,
reschedule, revise or defer Collections due on the Receivables.
(j) Receivables Not to Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes.
Except in connection with its enforcement or collection of an
Account, Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to
be evidenced by any instrument, other than an instrument that,
taken together with one or more other writings, constitutes
chattel paper and, if any Receivable is so evidenced (whether or
not in connection with the enforcement or collection of an
Account), it shall be reassigned or assigned to Servicer as
provided in this Section.
(k) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations,
consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any
governmental body or official required in connection with the
execution and delivery by Servicer of this
46
<PAGE>
Agreement and each Supplement, the performance by Servicer of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement
and the fulfillment by Servicer of the terms hereof and thereof,
have been obtained; provided that Servicer makes no representation
or warranty as to state securities or "blue sky" laws.
(l) Maintenance of Records and Books of Account. Servicer
shall maintain and implement administrative and operating
procedures (including the ability to recreate records evidencing
the Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals
thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, computer
records and other information, reasonably necessary or advisable
for the collection of all the Receivables. Such documents, books
and computer records shall reflect all facts giving rise to the
Receivables, all payments and credits with respect thereto, and,
to the extent required pursuant to Section 2.1, such documents,
books and computer records shall indicate the interests of the
Trust in the Receivables.
For purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in
this Section 3.3, each reference to a Supplement shall be deemed to refer
only to those Supplements in effect as of the relevant Closing Date or the
date of appointment of a Successor Servicer, as applicable.
If any of the representations, warranties or covenants of Servicer
contained in paragraph (g), (h), (i) or (j) with respect to any Receivable
or the related Account is breached, and as a result of such breach the
Trust's rights in, to or under any Receivables in the related Account or
the proceeds of such Receivables are materially impaired or such proceeds
are not available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien,
then no later than the expiration of 60 days (or such longer period, not in
excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by Trustee) from the earlier to
occur of the discovery of such event by Servicer, or receipt by Servicer of
notice of such event given by Trustee, all Receivables in the Account or
Accounts to which such event relates shall be reassigned or assigned to
Servicer as set forth below; provided that such Receivables will not be
reassigned or assigned to Servicer if, on any day prior to the end of such
60-day or longer period, (i) the relevant representation and warranty shall
be true and correct, or the relevant covenant shall have been complied
with, in all material respects and (ii) Servicer shall have delivered an
Officer's Certificate describing the nature of such breach and the manner
in which such breach was cured.
Servicer shall effect such assignment by making a deposit into the
Collection Account in immediately available funds prior to the next
succeeding Business Day in an amount equal to the amount of such
Receivables, which deposit shall be considered a Collection with respect to
such Receivables and shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and
each Supplement.
47
<PAGE>
Upon each such assignment to Servicer, Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, shall automatically and without further action be deemed to
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Servicer, without
recourse, representation or warranty (except for the warranty that since
the date of transfer by Transferor, Trustee has not sold, transferred or
encumbered any such Receivables or interest therein), all right, title and
interest of the Trust in and to such Receivables, all moneys due or to
become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds
thereof. Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer
or assignment and take such other actions as shall be reasonably requested
by Servicer to effect the conveyance of any such Receivables pursuant to
this Section. The obligation of Servicer to accept assignment of such
Receivables, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be made to the
Excess Funding Account or the Collection Account as provided in the
preceding paragraph, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event
giving rise to such obligation available to Holders (or Trustee on behalf
of Holders) or any Enhancement Provider.
SECTION 3.4. Reports to Trustee.
(a) Daily Reports. On the second Business Day immediately
following each Date of Processing, Servicer shall prepare and make
available at the office of Servicer for inspection by Trustee a report (the
"Daily Report") that shall set forth (i) the aggregate amounts of
Collections, Collections with respect to Principal Receivables and
Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables processed by
Servicer on such Date of Processing, (ii) the aggregate amount of Defaulted
Receivables for such Date of Processing, and (iii) the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables in the Trust as of such Date of Processing.
(b) Monthly Servicer's Certificate. Unless otherwise stated in any
Supplement as to the related Series, on each Determination Date, Servicer
shall forward to Trustee, the Paying Agent, each Rating Agency and each
Enhancement Provider, if any, a certificate of a Servicing Officer setting
forth (i) the aggregate amounts for the preceding Monthly Period with
respect to each of the items specified in clause (i) of Section 3.4(a),
(ii) the aggregate Defaulted Receivables and Recoveries for the preceding
Monthly Period, (iii) a calculation of the Portfolio Yield and Base Rate
for each Series then outstanding, (iv) the aggregate amount of Receivables
and the balance on deposit in the Collection Account (or any subaccount
thereof) or any Series Account applicable to any Series then outstanding
with respect to Collections processed as of the end of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period, (v) the aggregate amount of adjustments from the
preceding Monthly Period, (vi) the aggregate amount, if any, of
withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Enhancement with respect to
each Series required to be made with respect to the previous Monthly
Period, (vii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor Holders on the
succeeding Distribution Date in respect of interest and principal
48
<PAGE>
payable with respect to the Investor Certificates and (viii) such other
amounts, calculations, and/or information as may be required by any
relevant Supplement.
(c) Transferred Accounts. Servicer covenants and agrees hereby to
deliver to Trustee, on or prior to the Automatic Addition Termination Date
or any Automatic Addition Suspension Date (but in the latter case, prior to
a Restart Date) within a reasonable time period after any Transferred
Account is created, but in any event not later than 15 days after the end
of the month within which the Transferred Account is created, a notice
specifying the new account number for any Transferred Account and the
replaced account number.
SECTION 3.5. Annual Certificate of Servicer. Servicer shall
deliver to Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Enhancement Provider, if
any, entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement, on or before the
90th day following the end of the Servicer's fiscal year 1996 and each
subsequent fiscal year, an Officer's Certificate (with appropriate
insertions) substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
SECTION 3.6. Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public
Accountants; Copies of Reports Available. (a) On or before the 90th day
following the end of the Servicer's fiscal year 1996 and each subsequent
fiscal year, Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to
Servicer or Transferor) to furnish a report (addressed to Trustee) to
Trustee, Servicer and each Rating Agency to the effect that they have
applied certain procedures with Servicer and such firm has examined certain
documents and records relating to the servicing of Accounts under this
Agreement and each Supplement, compared the information contained in
Servicer's certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement during the
period covered by such report with such documents and records and that, on
the basis of such agreed upon procedures (and assuming the accuracy of any
reports generated by Servicer's third party agents), such servicing was
conducted in compliance with this Agreement during the period covered by
such report (which shall be the prior calendar year, or the portion thereof
falling after the Initial Closing Date), except for such exceptions, errors
or irregularities as such firm shall believe to be immaterial and such
other exceptions, errors or irregularities as shall be set forth in such
report. Such report shall set forth the agreed upon procedures performed. A
copy of such report shall be delivered to each Enhancement Provider, if
any, entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement.
(b) On or before the 90th day following the end of the Servicer's
fiscal year 1996 and each subsequent fiscal year, Servicer shall cause a
firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may also
render other services to Servicer or Transferor) to furnish a report to
Trustee, Servicer and each Rating Agency to the effect that they have
applied certain procedures agreed upon with Servicer to compare the
mathematical calculations of certain amounts set forth in Servicer's
Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(c) during the period covered
49
<PAGE>
by such report with Servicer's computer reports which were the source of
such amounts and that on the basis of such agreed upon procedures and
comparison, such amounts are in agreement, except for such exceptions as
they believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set
forth in such statement. A copy of such report shall be delivered to each
Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant
Supplement.
(c) A copy of each certificate and report provided pursuant to
Section 3.4(c), 3.5 or 3.6 may be obtained by any Investor Holder or
Certificate Owner by a request to Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust
Office.
(d) In the event such firm rendering a report under this Section
3.6 requires the Trustee to agree to the procedures performed by such firm,
the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to so agree; it being
understood and agreed that the Trustee will deliver such letter of
agreement in conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Servicer, and
the Trustee makes no independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall
have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or
correctness of such procedures.
SECTION 3.7. Tax Treatment. Transferor has entered into this
Agreement, and the Certificates will be issued, with the intention that for
Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the Investor
Certificates (except Transferor Retained Certificates which are held by
Transferor) of each Series will qualify as debt secured by the Receivables.
Transferor, by entering into this Agreement, each Holder, by the acceptance
of its Certificate (and each Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of an
interest in the applicable Certificate), agree to treat such Investor
Certificates for Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes
as debt. Each Holder of such Investor Certificate agrees that it will cause
any Certificate owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it to
comply with this Agreement as to treatment as debt under applicable tax
law, as described in this Section 3.7. Furthermore, subject to Section
11.11, or unless Transferor shall determine that the filing of returns is
appropriate, Trustee shall treat the Trust as a security device only and
shall not file tax returns or obtain an employer identification number on
behalf of the Trust.
SECTION 3.8. Notices to WFN. If WFN is no longer acting as
Servicer, any Successor Servicer shall deliver to WFN each certificate and
report required to be provided thereafter pursuant to Section 3.4(c), 3.5
or 3.6.
SECTION 3.9. Adjustments. (a) If Servicer adjusts downward the
amount of any Receivable because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized charge
or billing error to an accountholder, or because such Receivable was
created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by an
accountholder, or if Servicer otherwise adjusts downward the amount of any
50
<PAGE>
Receivable without receiving Collections therefor or charging off such
amount as uncollectible, then, in any such case, the amount of Principal
Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest or the Investor
Percentages applicable to any Series will be reduced by the amount of the
adjustment. Similarly, the amount of Principal Receivables used to
calculate the Transferor Amount and the Investor Percentages applicable to
any Series will be reduced by the amount of any Principal Receivable which
was discovered as having been created through a fraudulent or counterfeit
charge or with respect to which the covenant of Transferor contained in
Section 2.7(b) has been breached. Any adjustment required pursuant to
either of the two preceding sentences shall be made on the first Business
Day after the Date of Processing for the event giving rise to such
adjustment. If, following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from
the calculation of the Transferor Amount, the Transferor Amount would be
less than the Specified Transferor Amount, not later than the close of
business on such first Business Day, Transferor shall make a deposit into
the Excess Funding Account in immediately available funds in an amount
equal to the amount by which the Transferor Amount would be less than the
Specified Transferor Amount (up to the amount of such Principal
Receivables). Any amount deposited into the Excess Funding Account pursuant
to the preceding sentence shall be considered Collections of Principal
Receivables and shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and each
Supplement.
To secure its obligations to make deposits required by this
Section 3.9(a), Transferor hereby grants to Trustee, for the benefit of the
Investor Holders, a security interest in (i) its rights to receive payments
from any Merchant under any Credit Card Processing Agreement on account of
rebates, refunds, unauthorized charges, refused or returned merchandise or
any other event or circumstance that causes Servicer to adjust downward the
amount of any Receivable without receiving Collections therefor or charging
off such amount as uncollectible ("Merchant Adjustment Payments"), (ii) any
collateral security granted to, or guaranty for the benefit of, WFN with
respect to Merchant Adjustment Payments, (iii) all amounts received from
any Merchant or guarantor on account of Merchant Adjustment Payments and
(iv) all proceeds of such rights and such amounts. Except as otherwise
required by any Supplement, Transferor may permit or require Merchant
Adjustment Payments owed by any Merchant to be netted against amounts owed
by Transferor to that Merchant.
(b) If (i) Servicer makes a deposit into the Collection Account in
respect of a Collection of a Receivable and such Collection was received by
Servicer in the form of a check which is not honored for any reason or (ii)
Servicer makes a mistake with respect to the amount of any Collection and
deposits an amount that is less than or more than the actual amount of such
Collection, Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently
deposited into the Collection Account to reflect such dishonored check or
mistake. Any Receivable in respect of which a dishonored check
51
<PAGE>
is received shall be deemed not to have been paid. Notwithstanding the
first two sentences of this paragraph, any adjustments made pursuant to
this paragraph will be reflected in a current report but will not change
any amount of Collections previously reported pursuant to Section 3.4(c).
ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS
SECTION 4.1. Rights of Holders. The Investor Certificates shall
represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust, which, with respect
to each Series, shall consist of the right to receive, to the extent
necessary to make the required payments with respect to the Investor
Certificates of such Series at the times and in the amounts specified in
the related Supplement, the portion of Collections allocable to Investor
Holders of such Series pursuant to this Agreement and such Supplement,
funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocable to Holders of such
Series pursuant to this Agreement and such Supplement, funds on deposit in
any related Series Account and funds available pursuant to any related
Enhancement (the "Investor Interest"), it being understood that, unless
otherwise specified in the Supplements with respect to each affected
Series, the Investor Certificates of any Series or Class shall not
represent any interest in any Series Account or Enhancement for the benefit
of any other Series or Class. The Transferor Certificate shall represent
the ownership interest in the remainder of the Trust Assets not allocated
pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement to the Investor Interest,
including the right to receive Collections with respect to the Receivables
and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this
Agreement or any Supplement to be paid to Transferor or on behalf of the
Holder of the Transferor Certificate (the "Transferor Interest"); provided
that (x) the Transferor Certificate shall not represent any interest in the
Collection Account, any Series Account or any Enhancement, except as
specifically provided in this Agreement or any Supplement and (y) if this
Agreement or, in the case of Supplemental Accounts, the related Assignment
is deemed to constitute a grant to the Trustee, for the benefit of the
Investor Holders, of a security interest in the Receivables and other Trust
Assets, then the Transferor Certificate shall be deemed to represent
Transferor's equity in the collateral granted.
SECTION 4.2. Establishment of Collection Account and Excess
Funding Account. Servicer, for the benefit of the Holders, shall establish
and maintain in the name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, two Eligible
Deposit Accounts (the "Collection Account" and the "Excess Funding
Account"), each bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Holders. The Collection
Account and the Excess Funding Account shall initially be established with
Trustee. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and the Excess
Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof for the benefit of the Holders.
The Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account shall be under the
52
<PAGE>
sole dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. Except
as expressly provided in this Agreement, Trustee agrees that it shall have
no right of set-off or banker's lien against, and no right to otherwise
deduct from, any funds held in the Collection Account or the Excess Funding
Account for any amount owed to it by the Trust, any Holder or any
Enhancement Provider. If at any time the Collection Account or the Excess
Funding Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, Trustee (or
Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer
period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which the Rating Agency
Condition is satisfied) establish a new Eligible Deposit Account meeting
the conditions specified above and transfer any cash or any investments
from the affected account to such new account, and from the date such new
account is established, it shall be the "Collection Account" or the "Excess
Funding Account," as the case may be.
Funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the Excess Funding
Account shall, at the direction of Servicer, be invested by Trustee in
Eligible Investments selected by Servicer, except that funds on deposit in
either such account on any Transfer Date need not be invested through the
immediately following Distribution Date. All such Eligible Investments
shall be held by Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. Trustee shall
maintain for the benefit of the Holders possession of the negotiable
instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible Investments.
Investments of funds representing Collections collected during any Monthly
Period shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that
all funds will be available at the close of business on the Transfer Date
following such Monthly Period. No Eligible Investment shall be disposed of
prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i) such
disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion
of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such Eligible
Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any
other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each Distribution
Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account and the
Excess Funding Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables with respect to the last day of the related Monthly Period,
except as otherwise specified in any Supplement. For purposes of
determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Collection
Account or the Excess Funding Account for any reason under this Agreement,
all investment earnings net of investment expenses and losses on such funds
shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit. In no event shall the
Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses
incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses
incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its
stated maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to
provide timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no
obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence
of such written investment direction.
53
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise directed by Servicer, funds on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account will be withdrawn and paid to Transferor on any day
to the extent that the Transferor Amount exceeds the Specified Transferor
Amount on such day. On any Transfer Date on which one or more Series is in
an Amortization Period, Servicer shall determine the aggregate amounts of
Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series that is a
Principal Sharing Series (after giving effect to the allocation and payment
provisions in the Supplement with respect to each such Series), and
Servicer shall instruct Trustee to withdraw such amount from the Excess
Funding Account (up to an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account after application of the preceding
sentence on that day and (y) the amount, if any, by which the Transferor
Amount would be less than zero if there were no funds on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account on that day) on such Transfer Date and allocate such
amount among each such Series as specified in each related Supplement.
SECTION 4.3. Collections and Allocations. (a) Servicer shall
apply, or instruct Trustee to apply, all funds on deposit in the Collection
Account as described in this Article IV and in each Supplement. Except as
otherwise provided below and in each Supplement, Servicer shall deposit
Collections into the Collection Account no later than the second Business
Day following the Date of Processing of such Collections. Except as
otherwise required by any Supplement, Transferor may permit or require
payments owed by any Merchant with respect to In-Store Payments to be
netted against amounts owed by Transferor to that Merchant, and Transferor
shall deposit into the Collection Account on each Business Day an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of In-Store Payments netted against amounts
owed by Transferor to the various Merchants on that Business Day.
Subject to the express terms of any Supplement, but
notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, if WFN
remains Servicer and (x) for so long as WFN maintains a short term debt
rating of A-1 or better by S&P, P-1 or better by Moody's, if rated by
Fitch, F-1 or better by Fitch, and, if rated by any other Rating Agency,
the equivalent rating by that Rating Agency (or such other rating below A-
1, P-1 or such equivalent rating, as the case may be, which is satisfactory
to each Rating Agency, if any), (y) with respect to Collections allocable
to any Series, any other conditions specified in the related Supplement are
satisfied or (z) WFN has provided to Trustee a letter of credit covering
collection risk of Servicer acceptable to each Rating Agency (as evidenced
by a letter from each Rating Agency to the effect that the Rating Agency
Condition has been satisfied), if any, Servicer need not make the daily
deposits of Collections into the Collection Account as provided in the
preceding paragraph, but may make a single deposit in the Collection
Account in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the related Transfer Date.
54
<PAGE>
(b) On each Date of Processing, Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables and of Principal Receivables shall be allocated to the Investor
Interest of each Series in accordance with the related Supplement. On each
Determination Date, Defaulted Receivables will be allocated to the Investor
Interest of each Series in accordance with the related Supplement.
(c) Throughout the existence of the Trust, unless otherwise stated
in any Supplement, on each Date of Processing Servicer shall allocate to
Transferor an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage
and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to Principal
Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, on that Date of
Processing; provided that, if the Transferor Amount (determined after
giving effect to any transfer of Principal Receivables to the Trust on such
date), is less than or equal to the Specified Transferor Amount, Servicer
shall not allocate to Transferor any such amounts that otherwise would be
allocated to Transferor, but shall instead deposit such funds in the Excess
Funding Account. Unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, neither
Servicer nor Transferor need deposit any amounts allocated to the
Transferor pursuant to the foregoing into the Collection Account and shall
pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected to Transferor.
The payments to be made to Transferor, pursuant to this Section
4.3(c) do not apply to deposits to the Collection Account or other amounts
that do not represent Collections, including payment of the purchase price
for Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 or 10.1, proceeds from the sale,
disposition or liquidation of Receivables pursuant to Section 9.2 or 12.2
or payment of the purchase price for the Investor Interest of a specific
Series pursuant to the related Supplement.
SECTION 4.4. Shared Principal Collections. On each Business Day,
Shared Principal Collections may, at the option of Transferor, be applied
(or held in the Collection Account for later application) as principal with
respect to any Variable Interest or, so long as either no Series is in an
Amortization Period or no Series that is in an Amortization Period will
have a Principal Shortfall on the related Transfer Date (assuming no Early
Amortization Event occurs), withdrawn from the Collection Account and paid
to Transferor; and on each Transfer Date, (a) Servicer shall allocate
Shared Principal Collections not previously so applied or paid to each
applicable Principal Sharing Series, pro rata, in proportion to the
Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series, and any
remainder may, at the option of Transferor, be applied as principal with
respect to any Variable Interest and (b) Servicer shall withdraw from the
Collection Account and pay to Transferor any amounts representing Shared
Principal Collections remaining after the allocations and applications
referred to in clause (a); provided that, if, on any day the Transferor
Amount (determined after giving effect to any transfer of Principal
Receivables to the Trust on such day), is less than or equal to the
Specified Transferor Amount, Servicer shall not distribute to Transferor
55
<PAGE>
any Shared Principal Collections that otherwise would be distributed to
Transferor, but shall deposit such funds in the Excess Funding Account to
the extent required so that the Transferor Amount equals the Specified
Transferor Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Amortization
Period for any Series (other than a Variable Interest), Transferor may not
apply Shared Principal Collections as principal with respect to any
Variable Interest, unless such application of principal is made on any
Transfer Date or related Distribution Date after the application of Shared
Principal Collections pursuant to the various Supplements.
SECTION 4.5. Excess Finance Charge Collections. On each Transfer
Date, (a) for each Group, Servicer shall allocate the aggregate amount for
all outstanding Series in such Group of the amounts which the related
Supplements specify are to be treated as "Excess Finance Charge
Collections" for such Transfer Date to each Series in such Group, pro rata,
in proportion to the Finance Charge Shortfalls, if any, with respect to
each such Series, and (b) Servicer shall on the related Distribution Date
withdraw (or shall instruct Trustee in writing to withdraw) from the
Collection Account and pay to Transferor an amount equal to the excess, if
any, of (x) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in a Group of
the amounts which the related Supplements specify are to be treated as
"Excess Finance Charge Collections" for such Distribution Date over (y) the
aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in such Group which the related
Supplements specify are "Finance Charge Shortfalls", for such Distribution
Date.
THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE
SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS
DISTRIBUTIONS SHALL BE MADE TO, AND REPORTS SHALL BE
PROVIDED TO, HOLDERS AS SET FORTH IN THE APPLICABLE
SUPPLEMENT.
ARTICLE VI THE CERTIFICATES
SECTION 6.1. The Certificates. The Investor Certificates of any
Series or Class may be issued in bearer form ("Bearer Certificates") with
attached interest coupons and any other applicable coupon (collectively,
the "Coupons") or in fully registered form ("Registered Certificates") and
shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto
attached to the applicable Supplement. The Transferor Certificate will be
issued in registered form and shall upon issue, be executed and delivered
by Transferor to Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in
Section 6.2. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 or in any
Supplement, Bearer Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of
$5,000 and Registered Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations
56
<PAGE>
of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If
specified in any Supplement, the Investor Certificates of any Series or
Class shall be issued upon initial issuance as a single certificate
evidencing the aggregate original principal amount of such Series or Class
as described in Section 6.13. The Transferor Certificate shall initially be
a single certificate and shall initially represent the entire Transferor
Interest. Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile
signature on behalf of Transferor by its President, Treasurer or any Vice
President. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an
individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized
to sign on behalf of Transferor shall not be rendered invalid,
notwithstanding that such individual ceased to be so authorized prior to
the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or does not hold such
office at the date of such Certificates. No Certificates shall be entitled
to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless
there appears on such Certificate a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form provided for herein executed by or on behalf of
Trustee by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized
signatory, and such certificate of authentication upon any Certificate
shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate
has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Bearer Certificates
shall be dated the applicable Closing Date. All Registered Certificates and
the Transferor Certificate shall be dated the date of their authentication.
SECTION 6.2. Authentication of Certificates. Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of each Series and Class
that are issued upon original issuance to or upon the order of Transferor
against payment to Transferor of the purchase price therefor. Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver the Transferor Certificate to Transferor
simultaneously with its delivery of the Investor Certificates of the first
Series to be issued hereunder. If specified in the related Supplement for
any Series or Class, Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside the
United States the Global Certificate that is issued upon original issuance
thereof.
SECTION 6.3. New Issuances. (a) Transferor may from time to time
direct Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to authenticate one or more new
Series of Investor Certificates. The Investor Certificates of all
outstanding Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein
to the benefits of this Agreement without preference, priority or
distinction, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and the applicable Supplement except, with respect to any Series
or Class, as provided in the related Supplement.
(b) On or before the Closing Date for any new Series, the parties
hereto will execute and deliver a Supplement specifying the Principal Terms
of the new Series. Such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this
Agreement solely as applied to the new Series and may grant the Holders of
the Investor Certificates in that Series, or an agent or other
representative of such Holders, notice and consultation rights with respect
s
57
<PAGE>
to any rights or actions of Trustee. Trustee' obligation to authenticate
the Investor Certificates of a new Series and to execute and deliver the
related Supplement is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions (except that the conditions set forth in clauses (i), (iii),
(iv) and (v) shall not be applicable to the issuance of the first Series):
(i) on or before the fifth Business Day immediately
preceding the Closing Date, Transferor shall have given Trustee,
Servicer, each Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider entitled
thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement notice of such
issuance and the Closing Date;
(ii) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee the
related Supplement, executed by each party hereto other than
Trustee;
(iii)Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee any
related Enhancement Agreement executed by each of the parties
thereto, other than Trustee;
(iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such issuance;
(v) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee and any
Enhancement Provider entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant
Supplement an Officer's Certificate, dated the applicable Closing
Date, to the effect that Transferor reasonably believes that such
issuance will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the
time of such certification, then or thereafter cause an Early
Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series;
(vi) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee and each
Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the Closing Date, with respect
to such issuance; and
(vii) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee an
Officer's Certificate stating that (A) the Transferor Amount shall
not be less than the Minimum Transferor Amount and (B) the
aggregate Principal Receivables plus the Excess Funding Account
balance shall not be less than the Required Principal Balance, in
each case as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to such
issuance.
Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, Trustee shall execute the
Supplement and authenticate the Investor Certificates of such Series upon
execution thereof by Transferor. Upon satisfaction of the above conditions
(mutatis mutandis), Transferor may also cause Trustee to enter into one or
more agreements pursuant to which Trustee shall sell purchased interests in
the Receivables and other Trust Assets to one or more purchasers. Such
agreement(s) shall specify terms similar to Principal Terms
58
<PAGE>
for any such purchased interests and may grant the purchaser(s) of such
interests, or an agent or other representative of such purchaser(s), notice
and consultation rights with respect to any rights or actions of Trustee.
Any such purchased interests shall be treated as a Series of Investor
Certificates for purposes of all voting and allocation provisions, and
calculations of the Transferor Amount and Transferor Percentage, under this
Agreement.
(c) Transferor may surrender the Transferor Certificate to Trustee
in exchange for a newly issued Transferor Certificate and one or more
additional certificates (each a "Supplemental Certificate"), the terms of
which shall be defined in a Supplement (which Supplement shall be subject
to Section 13.1(a) to the extent that it amends any of the terms of this
Agreement), to be delivered to or upon the order of Transferor (or the
Holder of a Supplemental Certificate, in the case of the transfer or
exchange thereof, as provided below), upon satisfaction of the following
conditions:
(i) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
with respect to such exchange (or transfer, exchange or pledge as
provided below); and
(ii) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee and each
Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such exchange (or
transfer, exchange or pledge as provided below), with respect
thereto.
Any Supplemental Certificate may be transferred or exchanged, and the
Transferor Certificate may be pledged, only upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii).
(d) The Transferor Certificate (or any interest therein) may be
transferred to a Person which is a member of the "affiliated group" as
defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 1504(a) of which WFN is a member
without the consent or approval of the Holders of the Investor
Certificates, provided that (i) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such transfer, (ii) Transferor shall have
delivered to Trustee and each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the date
of such transfer, with respect thereto and (iii) Transferor shall have
delivered to Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that the Transferor
Amount shall not be less than the Minimum Transferor Amount. In connection
with any such transfer, the Person to whom the Transferor Certificate is
transferred will, by its acquisition and holding of an interest in the
Transferor Certificate, assume all of the rights and obligations of
Transferor as described in this Agreement and in any Supplement or
amendment thereto (including the right under this paragraph (d) with
respect to subsequent transfers of an interest in the Transferor
Certificate).
SECTION 6.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates.
(a) Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained
59
<PAGE>
in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16 a register (the
"Certificate Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as
it may prescribe, a transfer agent and registrar (which may be Trustee)
(the "Transfer Agent and Registrar") shall provide for the registration of
the Registered Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of the
Registered Certificates as herein provided. The Transfer Agent and
Registrar shall initially be Harris Trust and Savings Bank (replacing the
Bank of New York) and any co-transfer agent and co-registrar chosen by
Transferor and acceptable to Trustee, including, if and so long as any
Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such
exchange shall so require, a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in
Luxembourg. So long as any Investor Certificates are outstanding,
Transferor shall maintain a Transfer Agent and Registrar in New York City.
Any reference in this Agreement to the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall
include any co- transfer agent and co-registrar unless the context requires
otherwise.
Trustee may revoke such appointment and remove any Transfer Agent
and Registrar if Trustee determines in its sole discretion that such
Transfer Agent and Registrar failed to perform its obligations under this
Agreement in any material respect. Any Transfer Agent and Registrar shall
be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days' notice
to Transferor, Trustee and Servicer; provided that such resignation shall
not be effective and such Transfer Agent and Registrar shall continue to
perform its duties as Transfer Agent and Registrar until Trustee has
appointed a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar reasonably acceptable to
Transferor.
Subject to paragraph (c), upon surrender for registration of
transfer of any Registered Certificate at any office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose, one or more new
Registered Certificates (of the same Series and Class) in authorized
denominations of like aggregate fractional undivided interests in the
Investor Interest shall be executed, authenticated and delivered, in the
name of the designated transferee or transferees.
At the option of a Registered Holder, Registered Certificates (of
the same Series and Class) may be exchanged for other Registered
Certificates of authorized denominations of like aggregate fractional
undivided interests in the Investor Interest, upon surrender of the
Registered Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency;
Registered Certificates, including Registered Certificates received in
exchange for Bearer Certificates, may not be exchanged for Bearer
Certificates. At the option of the Holder of a Bearer Certificate, subject
to applicable laws and regulations, Bearer Certificates may be exchanged
for other Bearer Certificates or Registered Certificates (of the same
Series and Class) of authorized denominations of like aggregate fractional
undivided interests in the Investor Interest, upon surrender of the Bearer
Certificates to be exchanged at an office or agency of the Transfer Agent
and Registrar located outside the United States. Each Bearer Certificate
surrendered pursuant to this Section shall have attached thereto all
60
<PAGE>
unmatured Coupons; provided that any Bearer Certificate, so surrendered
after the close of business on the Record Date preceding the relevant
payment date or distribution date after the expected final payment date
need not have attached the Coupon relating to such payment date or
distribution date (in each case, as specified in the applicable
Supplement).
Whenever any Investor Certificates are so surrendered for
exchange, Transferor shall execute, Trustee shall authenticate and the
Transfer Agent and Registrar shall deliver (in the case of Bearer
Certificates, outside the United States) the Investor Certificates which
the Investor Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every
Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a
form satisfactory to Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar duly
executed by the Investor Holder or the attorney-in-fact thereof duly
authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer
or exchange of Investor Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or
exchange.
All Investor Certificates (together with any Coupons) surrendered
for registration of transfer and exchange or for payment shall be canceled
and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to Trustee. Trustee shall cancel
and destroy any Global Certificate upon its exchange in full for Definitive
Euro-Certificates and shall deliver a certificate of destruction to
Transferor. Such certificate shall also state that a certif icate or
certificates of a foreign Clearing Agency to the effect required by the
applicable Supplement was received with respect to each portion of the
Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive Euro-Certificates.
Transferor shall execute and deliver to Trustee Bearer
Certificates and Registered Certificates in such amounts and at such times
as are necessary to enable Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under
this Agreement, each Supplement and the Certificates.
(b) The Transfer Agent and Registrar will maintain at its expense
in the City of New York and an office or agency where Investor Certificates
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (except that
Bearer Certificates may not be surrendered for exchange at any such office
or agency in the United States). If and so long as any Series or Class is
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange an agent shall be appointed, at the
Servicer's expense, in Luxembourg.
(c) (i) Registration of transfer of Investor Certificates
containing (x) a legend substantially to the effect set forth on Exhibit
E-1 shall be effected only if such transfer is made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities
61
<PAGE>
Act or is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities
Act and (y) a legend substantially to the effect set forth on Exhibit E-3
shall be effected only if such transfer is made to a Person that is not (1)
an employee benefit plan or other plan, trust or account (including an
individual retirement account) within the meaning of Section 3.3 of ERISA,
whether or not subject to ERISA (including, without limitation, Foreign and
governmental plans) or described by Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code or (2) any collective investment fund, insurance company
separate or general account or other entity whose underlying assets include
"plan assets" of the foregoing by reason of a plan's investment in such
entity (each, a "Benefit Plan") unless it is an insurance company using the
assets of its general account and, at the time of acquisition and
throughout its holding of the certificate (a) it is not a service provider
to the trust or an affiliate of the foregoing, and would not otherwise be
excluded under 29 C.F.R. 2510.3.101(f)(1), and (b) each of the accounts to
which such certificate is allocated is an insurance company general account
(1) that is eligible for and meets the requirements of Department of Labor
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 and (2) of which less than 25%
of the assets are (or represent) assets of a Benefit Plan. If registration
of a transfer is to be made in reliance upon an exemption from the
registration requirements under the Securities Act, the transferor or the
transferee shall deliver, at its expense, to Transferor, Servicer and
Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the
form of the investment representation letter attached hereto as Exhibit
E-2, and no registration of transfer shall be made until such letter is so
delivered.
Investor Certificates issued upon registration or transfer of, or
Investor Certificates issued in exchange for, Investor Certificates bearing
a legend referred to above shall also bear such legend unless Transferor,
Servicer, Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar receive an Opinion
of Counsel, satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend
may be removed.
Whenever an Investor Certificate containing a legend referred to
above is presented to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration of
transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions
from Servicer regarding such transfer and shall be entitled to receive
instructions signed by a Servicing Officer prior to registering any such
transfer. Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and Trustee and their respective officers, directors, agents and
employees and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or
expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out
of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to
any such instructions furnished pursuant to this paragraph. The preceding
sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the earlier
removal or resignation of the Trustee.
62
<PAGE>
(ii) Registration of transfer of Investor Certificates containing
a legend to the effect set forth on Exhibit E-3 shall be effected only if
such transfer is made to a Person which is not a Benefit Plan, unless such
Person is an insurance company meeting the specific requirements set forth
in subsection (i) immediately above. By accepting and holding any such
Investor Certificate, an Investor Holder shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan, unless such Person
is an insurance company meeting the specific requirements set forth in
subsection (i) immediately above. By acquiring any interest in a Book-Entry
Certificate which contains such legend, a Certificate Owner shall be deemed
to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan, unless
such Person is an insurance company meeting the specific requirements set
forth in subsection (i) immediately above.
(iii) If so requested by Transferor, Trustee will make available
to any prospective purchaser of Investor Certificates who so requests, a
copy of a letter provided to Trustee by or on behalf of Transferor relating
to the transferability of any Series or Class to a Benefit Plan.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any
Certificate for which an Opinion of Counsel has not been issued opining on
the treatment of such Certificates as debt for Federal income tax purposes
(each, a "Subject Certificate") shall be subject to the following. No
transfer (or purported transfer) of all or any part of a Subject
Certificate (or any economic interest therein), whether to another
Certificateholder or to a person who is not a Certificateholder, shall be
effective, and any such transfer (or purported transfer) shall be void ab
initio, and no Person shall otherwise become a Holder of a Subject
Certificate if (i) at the time of such transfer (or purported transfer) any
Subject Certificates are traded on an established securities market or
readily tradeable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent
thereof or (ii) after such transfer (or purported transfer) the Trust would
have more than 100 Holders of Subject Certificates and the Subject
Certificates have been issued in a transaction or transactions that were
not required to be registered under the Securities Act, and to the extent
such offerings or sales were not required to be registered under the
Securities Act by reason of Regulation S (17 CFR 230.901 through 230.904 or
any successor thereto) such offerings or sales would not have been required
to be registered under the Securities Act if the interests so offered or
sold had been offered and sold within the United States. For purposes of
clause (i) of the preceding sentence, an established securities market is a
national securities exchange that is either registered under Section 6 of
the Exchange Act or exempt from registration because of the limited volume
of transactions, a foreign securities exchange that, under the law of the
jurisdiction where it is organized, satisfies regulatory requirements that
are analogous to the regulatory requirements of the Exchange Act, a
regional or local exchange, or an interdealer quotation system that
regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or
dealers by electronic means or otherwise. For purposes of such clause (i),
63
<PAGE>
Subject Certificates are readily tradeable on a secondary market or the
substantial equivalent thereof if (1) Subject Certificates (or interests
therein) are regularly quoted by any person, such as a broker or dealer,
making a market in the interests; (2) any person regularly makes available
to the public (including customers or subscribers) bid or offer quotes with
respect to Subject Certificates (or interests therein) and stands ready to
effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on
behalf of others; (3) the holders of Subject Certificates have a readily
available, regular, and ongoing opportunity to sell or exchange the Subject
Certificates (or interests therein) through a public means of obtaining or
providing information of offers to buy, sell, or exchange such interests;
or (4) prospective buyers and sellers otherwise have the opportunity to
buy, sell, or exchange Subject Certificates (or interests therein) in a
time frame and with the regularity and continuity that is comparable to
that described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this sentence. For purposes
of determining whether the Trust will have more than 100 Holders of Subject
Certificates, each Person indirectly owning an interest in the Trust
through a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes), a grantor trust or an S corporation (each
such entity a "flow-through entity") shall be treated as a Holder of a
Subject Certificate unless Servicer determines in its sole discretion,
after consulting with qualified tax counsel, that less than substantially
all of the value of the beneficial owner's interest in the flow-through
entity is attributable to the flow-through entity's interest (direct or
indirect) in the Trust.
SECTION 6.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If
(a) any mutilated Certificate (together, in the case of Bearer
Certificates, with all unmatured Coupons (if any) appertaining thereto) is
surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent
and Registrar and Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by
them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to
Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,
Transferor shall execute, Trustee shall authenticate and the Transfer Agent
and Registrar shall deliver (in the case of Bearer Certificates, outside
the United States), in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certifi cate of like tenor and
aggregate fractional undivided interest. In connection with the issuance of
any new Certificate under this Section, Trustee or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of Trustee
and Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate
Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute complete and
indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued,
whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at
any time.
64
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.6. Persons Deemed Owners. Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of these may (a) prior to
due presentation of a Registered Certificate for registration of transfer,
treat the Person in whose name any Registered Certificate is registered as
the owner of such Registered Certificate for the purpose of receiving
distributions pursuant to the applicable Supplement and for all other
purposes whatsoever, and (b) treat the bearer of a Bearer Certificate or
Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate or Coupon for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to the applicable Supplement and for all
other purposes whatsoever; and, in any such case, neither Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of
these shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Investor
Certificates have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Certificates owned by Transferor,
Servicer, any other Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Trustee or any
Affiliate thereof, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, in determining whether Trustee shall be protected in relying
upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver, only Certificates which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Certificates so
owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and
may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such
Certificates and that the pledgee is not Transferor, Servicer, any other
Holder of the Transferor Certificate or any Affiliate thereof.
SECTION 6.7. Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall
make distributions to Investor Holders from the Collection Account or any
applicable Series Account pursuant to the provisions of the applicable
Supplement and shall report the amounts of such distributions to Trustee.
Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the
Collection Account or any applicable Series Account for the purpose of
making the distributions referred to above. Trustee may revoke such power
and remove the Paying Agent if Trustee determines in its sole discretion
that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under
this Agreement or any Supplement in any material respect. The Paying Agent
shall initially be Trustee, and any co-paying agent chosen by Transferor
and acceptable to Trustee, including, if and so long as any Series or Class
is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange so requires, a
co-paying agent in Luxembourg or another western European city. Any Paying
Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' notice to
Trustee. If any Paying Agent shall resign, Trustee shall appoint a
successor to act as Paying Agent. Trustee shall cause each successor or
additional Paying Agent to execute and deliver to Trustee an instrument in
which such successor or additional Paying Agent shall agree with Trustee
that it will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Investor
Holders in trust for the benefit of the Investor Holders entitled thereto
until such sums shall be paid to such Investor Holders. The Paying Agent
65
<PAGE>
shall return all unclaimed funds to Trustee and upon removal shall also
return all funds in its possession to Trustee. The provisions of Sections
11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.5 shall apply to Trustee also in its role as Paying
Agent, for so long as Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. Any reference in
this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless
the context requires otherwise.
SECTION 6.8. Access to List of Registered Holders' Names and
Addresses. Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer
Agent and Registrar to Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five Business
Days after receipt by Trustee of a request therefor, a list in such form as
Servicer or the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and
addresses of the Registered Holders. If any Holder or group of Holders of
Investor Certificates of any Series or all outstanding Series, as the case
may be, evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of such Series or all outstanding Series, as applicable (the
"Applicants"), apply to Trustee, and such application states that the
Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor Holders with respect
to their rights under this Agreement or any Supplement or under the
Investor Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication
which such Applicants propose to transmit, then Trustee, after having been
indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by such Applicants for its costs
and expenses shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar
to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most
recent list of Registered Holders of such Series or all outstanding Series,
as applicable, held by Trustee, within five Business Days after the receipt
of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days
prior to the date of receipt of such Applicants' request.
Every Registered Holder, by receiving and holding a Registered
Certificate, agrees with Trustee that neither Trustee, the Transfer Agent
and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents, shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the
names and addresses of the Registered Holders hereunder, regardless of the
sources from which such information was derived.
SECTION 6.9. Authenticating Agent. (a) Trustee may appoint one or
more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of Trustee in authenticating the Certificates
in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer,
exchange or repayment of the Certificates. Whenever reference is made in
this Agreement to the authentication of Certificates by Trustee or
Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to
include authentication on behalf of Trustee by an authenticating agent and
certificate of authentication executed on behalf of Trustee by an
authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to
Transferor and Servicer.
(b) Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of
an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent
66
<PAGE>
without the execution or filing of any power or any further act on the part
of Trustee or such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent may at any
time resign by giving notice of resignation to Trustee and to Transferor.
Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by
giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to
Transferor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a
termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to
be acceptable to Trustee or Transferor, Trustee promptly may appoint a
successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent upon
acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the
rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as
if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating
agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to Trustee and Transferor.
Transferor agrees to pay to each authenticating agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section. The provisions
of Sections 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3 shall be applicable to any authenticating
agent.
(c) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section, the
Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of Trustee's certificate of
authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially
the following form:
This is one of the Certificates described in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
--------------------------------
--------------------------------
as Authenticating Agent
for Trustee,
By: ----------------------------
Authorized Officer
SECTION 6.10. Book-Entry Certificates. Unless otherwise specified
in the related Supplement for any Series or Class, the Investor
Certificates, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or
more typewritten Investor Certificates representing the Book-Entry
Certificates, to be delivered to the Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of,
Transferor. The Investor Certificates shall initially be registered on the
Certificate Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee, and
no Certificate Owner will receive a definitive certificate representing
such Certificate Owner's interest in the Investor Certificates, except as
provided in Section 6.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered
67
<PAGE>
Investor Certificates ("Definitive Certificates") have been issued to the
applicable Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12 or as otherwise
specified in any such Supplement:
(a) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force
and effect;
(b) Transferor, Servicer and Trustee may deal with the
Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all
purposes (including the making of distributions) as the authorized
representatives of the respective Certificate Owners;
(c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section
conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the
provisions of this Section shall control; and
(d) the rights of the respective Certificate Owners shall
be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the Clearing
Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by
law and agreements between such Certificate Owners and the
Clearing Agency or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to
the Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates
are issued pursuant to Section 6.12, the Clearing Agency will make
book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and
receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on
the related Investor Certificates to such Clearing Agency
Participants.
For purposes of any provision of this Agreement requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Investor
Holders evidencing a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of Investor Certificates, such direction or consent may be given by
Certificate Owners (acting through the Clearing Agency and the Clearing
Agency Participants) owning Investor Certificates evidencing the requisite
percentage of principal amount of Investor Certificates.
SECTION 6.11. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever any notice or
other communication is required to be given to Investor Holders of any
Series or Class with respect to which Book-Entry Certificates have been
issued, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to
the related Certificate Owners, Trustee shall give all such notices and
communications to the applicable Clearing Agency.
SECTION 6.12. Definitive Certificates. If Book-Entry Certificates
have been issued with respect to any Series or Class and (a) Transferor
advises Trustee that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to
discharge properly its responsibilities under the Depository Agreement with
respect to such Series or Class and Trustee or Transferor is unable to
engage a qualified successor, (b) Transferor, at its option,
68
<PAGE>
advises Trustee that it elects to terminate the book-entry system with
respect to such Series or Class through the Clearing Agency or (c) after
the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners of such Series or
Class evidencing not less than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of such Series or Class advise Trustee and the Clearing Agency through the
Clearing Agency Participants that the continuation of a book-entry system
with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class through
the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate
Owners with respect to such Certificates, then Trustee shall notify all
Certificate Owners of such Certificates, through the Clearing Agency, of
the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive
Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to
Trustee of any such Certificates by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by
registration instructions from the Clearing Agency for registration,
Transferor shall execute and Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such
Definitive Certificates. Neither Transferor nor Trustee shall be liable for
any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on,
and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the
issuance of such Definitive Certificates all references herein to
obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the Clearing Agency shall be
deemed to be imposed upon and performed by Trustee, to the extent
applicable with respect to such Definitive Certificates and Trustee shall
recognize the Holders of such Definitive Certificates as Investor Holders
hereunder.
SECTION 6.13. Global Certificate. If specified in the related
Supplement for any Series, or Class, the Investor Certificates for such
Series or Class will initially be issued in the form of a single temporary
global Certificate (the "Global Certificate") in bearer form, without
interest coupons, in the denomination of the aggregate principal amount of
such Series or Class and substantially in the form set forth in the exhibit
with respect thereto attached to the related Supplement. The Global
Certificate will be executed by Transferor and authenticated by Trustee
upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the
same effect as the Definitive Certificates. The Global Certificate may be
exchanged for Bearer or Registered Certificates in definitive form (the
"Definitive Euro-Certificates") pursuant to any applicable Supplement.
SECTION 6.14. Uncertificated Classes. Unless otherwise specified
in any Supplement, the provisions of this Article VI and Article XII
relating to the registration, form, execution, authentication, delivery,
presentation, cancellation and surrender of Certificates shall not apply to
any uncertificated Certificates.
SECTION 6.15. CUSIP Numbers. The Transferor in issuing the
Certificates may use "CUSIP" or "private placement" numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the "CUSIP" or
"private placement" numbers of the Certificates in notices of redemption
and related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such
69
<PAGE>
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of
such numbers either as printed on the Certificates or as contained in any
notice of redemption and related materials.
ARTICLE VII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO TRANSFEROR
SECTION 7.1. Liability of Transferor. Transferor shall be liable
for its obligations, covenants, representations and warranties under this
Agreement and any Supplement, but only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by it in its capacity as Transferor.
SECTION 7.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Transferor. (a) Transferor shall not consolidate with or
merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and
assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:
(i) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into
which Transferor is merged or the Person which acquires by
conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Transferor
substantially as an entirety shall be, if Transferor is not the
surviving entity, a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America or any State or the District
of Columbia, and, if Transferor is not the surviving entity, such
corporation shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental
hereto, executed and delivered to Trustee, in form reasonably
satisfactory to Trustee, the performance of every covenant and
obligation of Transferor hereunder, including its obligations
under Section 7.4;
(ii) Transferor has delivered to Trustee (A) an Officer's
Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section
and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been complied with, and (B) an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such supplemental agreement is a valid
and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable
against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect
and except as such enforceability may be limited by general
principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
equity);
(iii) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee and each
Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such consolidation,
merger, conveyance or transfer, with respect thereto;
70
<PAGE>
(iv) in connection with any merger or consolidation, or
any conveyance or transfer referred to above, the business entity
into which Transferor shall merge or consolidate, or to which such
conveyance or transfer is made, shall be (x) a business entity
that may not become a debtor in any case, action or other
proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or (y) a
special-purpose corporation, the powers and activities of which
shall be limited to the performance of Transferor's obligations
under this Agreement and any Supplement; and
(v) if Transferor is not the surviving entity, the
surviving entity shall file new UCC-1 financing statements with
respect to the interest of the Trust in the Receivables.
(b) This Section 7.2 shall not be construed to prohibit or in any
way limit Transferor's ability to effectuate any consolidation or merger
pursuant to which Transferor would be the surviving entity.
(c) Transferor shall notify each Rating Agency promptly after any
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer effected pursuant to this
Section 7.2;
(d) The obligations of Transferor hereunder shall not be
assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of Transferor
hereunder except in each case in accordance with (i) the provisions of the
foregoing paragraphs, (ii) Sections 2.11 or 6.3(d), or (iii) conveyances,
mergers, consolidations, assumptions, sales or transfers to other entities
(1) for which Transferor delivers an Officer's Certificate to Trustee
indicating that Transferor reasonably believes that such action will not
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor
Holder, (2) which meet the requirements of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) and
(3) for which such purchaser, transferee, pledgee or entity shall expressly
assume, in an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to
Trustee in writing in form satisfactory to Trustee, the performance of
every covenant and obligation of Transferor thereby conveyed.
SECTION 7.3. Limitations on Liability of Transferor. Subject to
Sections 7.1 and 7.4, neither Transferor, any Holder of the Transferor
Certificate nor any of their directors, officers, employees or agents of
Transferor acting in such capacities shall be under any liability to the
Trust, Trustee, the Holders, any Enhancement Provider or any other Person
for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in
good faith in their capacities as Transferor pursuant to this Agreement;
provided that this provision shall not protect Transferor, any Holder of
the Transferor Certificate or any such Person against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Transferor and any director,
71
<PAGE>
officer, employee or agent of Transferor may rely in good faith on any
document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any
Person (other than Transferor) respecting any matters arising hereunder.
SECTION 7.4. Liabilities. Notwithstanding Sections 7.3, 8.3 and
8.4, Transferor by entering into this Agreement, and any Holder of any
interest in the Transferor Certificate by its acceptance thereof, agree to
be liable, directly to the injured party, for the entire amount of any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than those that would be
incurred by an Investor Holder if the Investor Certificates were notes
secured by the Receivables, for example, as a result of the performance of
the Receivables, market fluctuations, a shortfall or failure to make
payment under any Enhancement or other similar market or investment risks
associated with ownership of the Investor Certificates) arising out of or
based on the arrangement created by this Agreement or the actions of
Servicer taken pursuant hereto (to the extent Trust Assets remaining after
the Investor Holders and Enhancement Providers, if any, have been paid in
full are insufficient to pay any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities) as though this Agreement created a partnership under the
Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act in which Transferor and such
Holder of the Transferor Certificate were general partners.
ARTICLE VIII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO SERVICER
SECTION 8.1. Liability of Servicer. Servicer shall be liable under
this Agreement only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken
by Servicer in its capacity as Servicer.
SECTION 8.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Servicer. (a) Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge
into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
(i) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into
which Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by
conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Servicer
substantially as an entirety shall be, if Servicer is not the
surviving entity, a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America or any State or the District
of Columbia, and, if Servicer is not the surviving entity, such
corporation shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental
hereto, executed and delivered to Trustee, in form reasonably
satisfactory to Trustee, the performance of every covenant and
obligation of Servicer hereunder;
(ii) Servicer has delivered to Trustee (A) an Officer's
Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section
and that all conditions
72
<PAGE>
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
been complied with, and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that such supplemental agreement is a valid and binding obligation
of such surviving entity enforceable against such surviving entity
in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally from time to time in effect and except as such
enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity); and
(iii) either (x) the corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which Servicer is merged or the Person which
acquired by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of
Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an Eligible
Servicer (taking into account, in making such determination, the
experience and operations of the predecessor Servicer) or (y) upon
the effectiveness of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer, a Suc cessor Servicer shall have assumed the obligations
of Servicer in accordance with this Agreement.
(b) This Section 8.2 shall not be construed to prohibit or in any
way limit Servicer's ability to effectuate any consolidation or merger
pursuant to which Servicer would be the surviving entity.
(c) Servicer shall notify each Rating Agency promptly after any
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer effected pursuant to this
Section 8.2.
SECTION 8.3. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.
Except as provided in Sections 8.4 and 11.5, neither Servicer nor any of
the directors, officers, employees or agents of Servicer in its capacity as
Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust, Trustee, the Holders,
any Enhancement Providers or any other person for any action taken or for
refraining from the taking of any action in good faith in its capacity as
Servicer pursuant to this Agreement; provided that this provision shall not
protect Servicer or any such Person against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of obligations and duties hereunder. Servicer and any director, officer,
employee or agent of Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any
kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person (other than
Servicer) respecting any matters arising hereunder. Servicer shall not be
under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its duties as Servicer in accordance with this
Agreement and which in its reasonable judgment may involve it in any
expense or liability. Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any
such legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit
73
<PAGE>
of the Holders with respect to this Agreement and the rights and duties of
the parties hereto and the interests of the Holders hereunder.
SECTION 8.4. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and Trustee.
Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and Trustee and its
officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any loss,
liability, expense, damage or injury (i) suffered or sustained by reason of
any acts or omissions of Servicer with respect to the Trust pursuant to
this Agreement, and (ii) arising from or incurred in connection with the
Trustee's administration of this Trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder under the Series Supplements or any transaction or document
contemplated in connection herewith or therewith including any judgment,
award, settlement, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and other costs
or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action,
proceeding or claim; provided that (a) Servicer shall not indemnify Trustee
if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute or are
caused by fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by Trustee, (b) Servicer
shall not indemnify the Trust, the Investor Holders or the Certificate
Owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust with respect to
any action taken by Trustee at the request of the Investor Holders, (c)
Servicer shall not indemnify the Trust, the Investor Holders or the
Certificate Owners as to any losses, claims or damages incurred by any of
them in their capacities as investors, including losses with respect to
market or investment risks associated with ownership of the Investor
Certificates or losses incurred as a result of Defaulted Receivables and
(d) Servicer shall not indemnify the Trust, the Investor Holders or the
Certificate Owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the
Investor Holders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law,
including any Federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes or
any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or
penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply
therewith) required to be paid by the Trust, the Investor Holders or the
Certificate Owners in connection herewith to any taxing authority.
Indemnification pursuant to this Section shall not be payable from the
Trust Assets. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be
enforceable by an indemnitee subject to the limitations hereof. This
Section 8.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the earlier
removal or resignation of the Trustee.
SECTION 8.5. Servicer Not to Resign. Servicer shall not resign
from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except (x) upon the
determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer
permissible under Require ments of Law (other than the charter and by-laws
of Servicer) and (ii) there is no reasonable action which Servicer could
take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under such
Requirements of Law or (y) as may be required, in connection with
Servicer's consolidation with, or merger into any other corporation or
Servicer's conveyance or transfer of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any person in each case, in accordance with
Section 8.2. Any determination permitting the resignation of Servicer
74
<PAGE>
pursuant to clause (x) above shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to
such effect delivered to Trustee. No resignation shall become effective
until Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the
responsibilities and obligations of Servicer in accordance with Section
10.2. If within 120 days of the date of the determination that Servicer may
no longer act as Servicer, and if Trustee is unable to appoint a Successor
Servicer, Trustee shall serve as Successor Servicer. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act, petition a
court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established institution
having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business
includes the servicing of credit card accounts as the Successor Servicer
hereunder. Trustee shall give prompt notice to each Rating Agency and each
Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled thereto under the applicable
Supplement upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer.
SECTION 8.6. Access to Certain Documentation and Information
Regarding the Receivables. Servicer shall provide to Trustee access to the
documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases
where Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights
of Holders or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such
documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (a) upon
reasonable request, (b) during normal business hours, (c) subject to
Servicer's normal security and confidentiality procedures and (d) at
reasonably accessible offices in the continental United States designated
by Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation of
each Credit Card Originator, Transferor, Trustee and Servicer to observe
any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the
Obligors, and the failure of Servicer to provide access as provided in this
Section as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of
this Section.
SECTION 8.7. Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of
business, Servicer may at any time delegate any duties hereunder to any
Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Credit Card
Guidelines and this Agreement. Any such delegations shall not relieve
Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties,
and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 8.5,
and Servicer shall remain jointly and severally liable with such Person for
any amounts which would otherwise be payable pursuant to this Article VIII
as if Servicer had performed such duty; provided that in the case of any
significant delegation to a Person other than an Affiliate of WFN, at least
30 days' prior written notice shall be given to Trustee, each Rating Agency
and each Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled thereto pursuant to the
relevant Supplement, of such delegation to any entity that is not an
Affiliate of Servicer.
ARTICLE IX EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS
SECTION 9.1. Early Amortization Events. Each of the following shall
constitute an "Early Amortization Event" with respect to each Series:
75
<PAGE>
(a) Transferor shall consent to the appointment of a
conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings of or relating to all or substantially all of
its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the
appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any
insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or
liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against
Transferor; or Transferor shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to
take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization
statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or
voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations (each such event an
"Insolvency Event");
(b) the Trust shall become an "investment company" within
the meaning of the Investment Company Act; or
(c) Transferor shall become unable for any reason to
transfer Receivables to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.
SECTION 9.2. Additional Rights upon Certain Events. (a) If an
Insolvency Event occurs with respect to Transferor or any Holder of the
Transferor Certificate (excluding any Supplemental Certificate), Transferor
shall on the day any such event occurs (the "Appointment Date"),
immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables, or interests in
Principal Receivables represented by any Participation Interests to the
Trust and shall promptly give notice to Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding
any cessation of the transfer to the Trust of additional Principal
Receivables or any Participation Interests, Principal Receivables or any
Participation Interests transferred to the Trust prior to the occurrence of
such Insolvency Event and Collections in respect of such Principal
Receivables and Participation Interests, and Finance Charge Receivables
whenever created accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall
continue to be a part of the Trust. Upon the Appointment Date, this
Agreement and the Trust shall be deemed to have terminated, subject to the
liquidation, winding up and dissolution procedures described below. Within
15 days of the Appointment Date, Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an
Authorized Newspaper that an Insolvency Event has occurred, that the Trust
has terminated, and that Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Receivables and any Participation Interests on commercially
reasonable terms and in a commercially reasonable manner and (ii) give
notice to Investor Holders and each Enhancement Provider, if any, or other
Person entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement describing the
provisions of this Section. Trustee shall then promptly sell, dispose of or
otherwise liquidate the Receivables and any Participation Interests in a
commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which
shall include the solicitation of competitive bids. The Trustee shall be
76
<PAGE>
entitled to hire and consult with financial advisors and agents in
connection with such sale, disposition or liquidation, at the expense of
the Servicer and/or the Trust. Trustee may obtain a prior determination
from any conservator, receiver or liquidator that the terms and manner of
any proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable
and may conclusively rely on such determination. The provisions of Sections
9.1 and 9.2 shall not be deemed to be mutually exclusive.
(b) The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables and any Participation Interests pursuant to paragraph (a)
("Insolvency Proceeds") shall be immediately deposited in the Collection
Account. Insolvency Proceeds shall be allocated to Finance Charge
Receivables and Principal Receivables in the same proportion such
Receivables bore to one another on the prior Determination Date, although
Trustee shall, in consultation with the Servicer, determine conclusively
the amount of the Insolvency Proceeds which are deemed to be Finance Charge
Receivables and Principal Receivables. The Insolvency Proceeds shall be
allocated and distributed to Investor Holders in accordance with Article IV
and each such Supplement.
ARTICLE X SERVICER DEFAULTS
SECTION 10.1. Servicer Defaults. If any one of the following events
(a "Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) any failure by Servicer to make any payment, transfer
or deposit or to give instructions or notice to Trustee pursuant
to this Agreement or any Supplement on or before the date
occurring five Business Days after the date such payment, transfer
or deposit or such instruction or notice is required to be made or
given, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any Supplement;
(b) failure on the part of Servicer to duly observe or
perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements
of Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement which
has a material adverse effect on the interests hereunder of the
Investor Holders of any Series or Class (which determination shall
be made without regard to whether funds are then available
pursuant to any Enhancement) and which continues unremedied for a
period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such
failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given
to Servicer by Trustee, or to Servicer and Trustee by Holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates
(or, with respect to any such failure that does not relate to all
Series, 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series
to which such failure relates); or Servicer shall delegate its
duties under this
77
<PAGE>
Agreement, except as permitted by Sections 8.2 and 8.7, a
Responsible Officer of Trustee has actual knowledge of such
delegation and such delegation continues unremedied for 15 days
after the date on which written notice thereof, requiring the same
to be remedied, shall have been given to Servicer by Trustee, or
to Servicer and Trustee by Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of all Investor Certificates;
(c) any representation, warranty or certification made by
Servicer in this Agreement or any Supplement or in any certificate
delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement shall prove
to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse
effect on the rights of the Investor Holders of any Series or
Class (which determination shall be made without regard to whether
funds are then available pursuant to any Enhancement) and which
continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of
60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure,
requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to
Servicer by Trustee, or to Servicer and Trustee by the Holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates
(or, with respect to any such representation, warranty or
certification that does not relate to all Series, 25% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series to which such
representation, warranty or certification relates); or
(d) Servicer shall fail generally to, or admit in writing
its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or a
proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having
jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief
in respect of Servicer in an involuntary case under any Debtor
Relief Law, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or other
similar official of such Person or for any substantial part of its
property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and,
if instituted against Servicer, any such proceeding shall continue
undismissed or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60
consecutive days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding
shall occur; or the commencement by Servicer, of a voluntary case
under any Debtor Relief Law, or such Person's consent to the entry
of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Debtor
Relief Law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession
by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator, conservator or other similar official of such Person
or for any substantial part of its property, or any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person shall have taken any corporate action in
furtherance of any of the foregoing actions;
then, in the event of any Servicer Default, so long as the Servicer Default
shall not have been remedied, either Trustee or the Holders of Investor
4
78
<PAGE>
Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of all Investor Certificates, by notice given to Servicer (and to
Trustee and any Enhancement Provider entitled thereto pursuant to the
relevant Supplement if given by the Investor Holders) (a "Termination
Notice"), may terminate all but not less than all the rights and
obligations of Servicer, as Servicer, under this Agreement and in and to
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof; provided that if within 60 days
of receipt of a Termination Notice Trustee is unable to obtain any bids
from Eligible Servicers in accordance with Section 10.2(c) to act as a
Successor Servicer and receives an Officer's Certificate of Servicer to the
effect that Servicer cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which
gave rise to the Termination Notice, Trustee shall offer Transferor the
right at its option to purchase the Investor Interest on the Distribution
Date occurring in the next calendar month. The purchase price for the
Investor Interest shall be equal to the sum of the amounts specified
therefor with respect to each outstanding Series in the related Supplement.
Transferor shall notify Trustee prior to the Record Date for the related
Distribution Date of the purchase if it is exercising such option. If it
exercises such option, Transferor shall (x) deliver to Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel (which must be an independent outside counsel) to the effect
that, in reliance on certain certificates to the effect that the
Receivables constitute fair value for consideration paid therefor and as to
the solvency of Transferor, the purchase would not be considered a
fraudulent conveyance and (y) deposit the purchase price into the
Collection Account not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such
Distribution Date in immediately available funds. The purchase price shall
be allocated and distributed to Investor Holders in accordance with Article
IV and each Supplement.
After receipt by Servicer of such Termination Notice, and on the
date that a Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by Trustee
pursuant to Section 10.2, all authority and power of Servicer under this
Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Successor Servicer (a "Service
Transfer"); and, without limitation, Trustee is hereby authorized and
empowered (upon the failure of Servicer to cooperate) to execute and
deliver, on behalf of Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all
documents and other instruments upon the failure of Servicer to execute or
deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other
acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
transfer of servicing rights. Servicer agrees to cooperate with Trustee and
the Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities
and rights of Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including the
transfer to the Successor Servicer of all authority of Servicer to service
the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including all authority
over all Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by
Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by Servicer, in the
Collection Account, or which shall thereafter be received with respect to
the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer and in enforcing
all rights to Insurance Proceeds. Servicer shall promptly transfer its
electronic records relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in
such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably
79
<PAGE>
request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all other
records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing
of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor
Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this
Section 10.1 shall require Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer
information of any kind which Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential,
the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary
licensing and confidentiality agreements as Servicer shall deem appropriate
to protect its interests.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any delay in or failure of
performance under Section 10.1(a) for a period of five Business Days or
under Section 10.1(b) or (c) for a period of 60 days (in addition to any
period provided in Section 10.1(a), (b) or (c)) shall not constitute a
Servicer Default until the expiration of such additional five Business Days
or 60 days, respectively, if such delay or failure could not be prevented
by the exercise of reasonable diligence by Servicer and such delay or
failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared
or undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion or sabotage, epidemics,
landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or similar
causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve Servicer from the
obligation to use its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely
manner in accordance with this Agreement and any Supplement and Servicer
shall provide Trustee, each Rating Agency, any Enhancement Provider
entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement, Transferor and the
Investor Holders with an Officer's Certificate giving immediate notice of
such failure or delay by it, together with a description of its efforts to
so perform its obligations.
SECTION 10.2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. (a) On and
after the receipt by Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section
10.1, Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this
Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice or otherwise
specified by Trustee or until a date mutually agreed upon by Servicer and
Trustee. Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after the giving of a
Termination Notice, appoint an Eligible Servicer as a successor servicer
(the "Successor Servicer"), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its
appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to Trustee. If a
Successor Servicer has not been appointed or has not accepted its
appointment at the time when Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, Trustee
without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor
Servicer. Trustee may delegate any of its servicing obligations to an
Affiliate of Trustee or agent in accordance with Section 3.1(b) and 8.7.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to
act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established
institution having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose
regular business includes the servicing of credit card receivables as the
Successor Servicer hereunder. Trustee shall give prompt notice to each
<PAGE>
Rating Agency and each Enhancement Provider, if any, entitled thereto
pursuant to the applicable Supplement upon the appointment of a Successor
Servicer.
(b) Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the
successor in all respects to Servicer with respect to servicing functions
under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities,
duties and liabilities (except for liabilities arising during the period of
time when the prior Servicer was performing and acting as Servicer)
relating thereto placed on Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and
all references in this Agreement to Servicer shall be deemed to refer to
the Successor Servicer.
(c) In connection with any Termination Notice, Trustee will review
any bids which it obtains from Eligible Servicers and shall be permitted to
appoint any Eligible Servicer submitting such a bid as a Successor Servicer
for servicing compensation not in excess of the aggregate Servicing Fees
for all Series; provided, however, that the Holder of the Transferor
Certificate shall be responsible for payment of the portion of such
aggregate Servicing Fees allocable to the Holder of the Transferor
Certificate and that no such monthly compensation paid out of Collections
shall be in excess of such aggregate Servicing Fees. Each Holder of the
Transferor Certificate agrees that, if WFN (or any Successor Servicer) is
terminated as Servicer hereunder, the portion of the Collections in respect
of Finance Charge Receivables that Transferor is entitled to receive
pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement shall be reduced by an amount
sufficient to pay Transferor's share (determined by reference to the
Supplements with respect to any outstanding Series) of the compensation of
the Successor Servicer.
(d) All authority and power granted to the Successor Servicer
under this Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon
termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 and shall pass to and be
vested in Transferor and, without limitation, Transferor is hereby
authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Successor
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other
instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or
appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights.
The Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with Transferor in effecting the
termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Successor Servicer to
conduct servicing on the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer
its electronic records relating to the Receivables to Transferor in such
electronic form as Transferor may reasonably request and shall transfer all
other records, correspondence and documents to Transferor in the manner and
at such times as Transferor shall reasonably request. To the extent that
compliance with this Section 10.2 shall require the Successor Servicer to
disclose to Transferor information of any kind which the Successor Servicer
deems to be confidential, Transferor shall be required to enter into such
customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Successor
Servicer shall deem appropriate to protect its interests.
81
<PAGE>
SECTION 10.3. Notification to Holders. Within two Business Days
after Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer Default, Servicer shall give
notice thereof to Trustee, each Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider
entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement and Trustee shall give
notice to the Investor Holders. Upon any termination or appointment of a
Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article, Trustee shall give prompt
notice thereof to the Investor Holders.
SECTION 10.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing undivided interests in the Trust aggregating more
than 66-2/3% of the Invested Amount of each Series then outstanding
affected by any default by Servicer may, on behalf of all Holders of
Certificates of such affected Series, waive any default by Servicer in the
performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a
default in the failure to make any required deposits or payments of
interest or principal with respect to any Series of Certificates. Upon any
such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any
default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every
purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent
expressly so waived.
ARTICLE XI TRUSTEE
SECTION 11.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) Trustee, prior to the
occurrence of a Servicer Default and after the curing of all Servicer
Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and
only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against
the Trustee. If a Servicer Default has occurred (which has not been cured
or waived) Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such person's own affairs.
(b) Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates,
statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments
furnished to Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished
pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to
determine whether they conform to the requirements of this Agreement.
Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Holders of any material
lack of conformity of any such instrument to the applicable requirements of
this Agreement discovered by Trustee which would entitle a specified
percentage of the Holders to take any action pursuant to this Agreement.
(c) Subject to Section 11.1(a), no provision of this Agreement
shall be construed to relieve Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act or its own misconduct; provided
that:
82
<PAGE>
(i) Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error
of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or
Responsible Officers of Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(ii) Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect
to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor
Certificates relating to the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon Trustee, under this Agreement;
provided that, such direction is delivered by the Holder of
Investor Certificates evidencing the percentage of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of Investor Certificates of all Series to
which such action relates required for such action by this
Agreement; and
(iii) Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of (x)
any failure by Servicer referred to in Section 10.1 or (y) any
Early Amortization Event unless a Responsible Officer of Trustee
obtains actual knowledge of such failure or Early Amortization
Event or Trustee receives written notice of such failure or Early
Amortization Event from Servicer, any Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to
any such failure that does not relate to all Series, 25% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates of
all Series to which such failure relates, or the Enhancement
Providers, if any, for all Series to which such failure relates).
(d) Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its
duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers
hereunder or thereunder, if there is reasonable ground for believing that
the repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it
against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none of
the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require
Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any
of the obligations of Servicer under this Agreement except during such
time, if any, as Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the
rights, duties, powers and privileges of, Servicer in accordance with this
Agreement.
(e) Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust,
except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
(f) If the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall
fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the
day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement, Trustee shall be
83
<PAGE>
obligated promptly upon knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof and
receipt of appropriate records, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or
agreement in the manner so required.
(g) If Transferor has agreed to transfer any of its receivables
(other than the Receivables) to another Person, upon the written request of
Transferor, Trustee will enter into such intercreditor agreements with the
transferee of such receivables as are customary and necessary to separately
identify the rights of the Trust and such other Person in Transferor's
receivables; provided that Trustee shall not be required to enter into any
intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the interests of the
Holders and, upon the request of Trustee, Transferor will deliver an
Opinion of Counsel on any matters relating to such intercreditor agreement,
reasonably requested by Trustee.
SECTION 11.2. Certain Matters Affecting Trustee. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 11.1:
(a) Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully
protected in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord
with, any resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of
auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other
paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by
the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any
fact or matter stated in the document;
(b) Trustee may consult with counsel selected by it, and
any advice of such counsel, or Opinion of Counsel shall be full
and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;
(c) Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any
Enhancement Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any
litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation to this
Agreement or any Enhancement Agreement, at the request, order or
direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement or any Enhancement Agreement, unless such Holders
shall have offered to Trustee security or indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein
shall, however, relieve Trustee of the obligations, upon the
occurrence of any Servicer Default (which has not been cured) to
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in its
exercise, as a prudent person
84
<PAGE>
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person's own affairs;
(d) Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it
to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers
conferred upon it by this Agreement;
(e) Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested
in writing to do so by Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing
more than 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such matters that
do not relate to all Series, 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such
matters relate);
(f) Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents or attorneys, custodians or nominees, and Trustee
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the
part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed
with due care by it hereunder;
(g) except as may be required by Section 11.1(a), Trustee
shall not be required to make any initial or periodic examination
of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the
Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence
of defects, the compliance by Transferor with its representations
and warranties or for any other purpose;
(h) Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any
money received by it hereunder;
(i) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it
may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or
Opinion of Counsel;
(j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or
surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties
hereunder;
(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants,
conditions or agreements on the part of the Transferor or the
Servicer;
85
<PAGE>
(l) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things
enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty and
the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence
or willful default; and
(m) In the event that the Trustee is also acting as
Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar hereunder, the rights
and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article
XI shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent or Transfer Agent
or Registrar.
SECTION 11.3. Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates.
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals
contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of
authentication on the Certificates). Except as set forth in Section 11.15,
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Agreement or any Supplement or of the Certificates (other than the
certificate of authentication on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or
related document. Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or
application by Transferor of any of the Certificates or of the proceeds of
such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to
Transferor or the Holder of the Transferor Certificate in respect of the
Receivables or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account, any
Series Accounts or any other accounts hereafter established to effectuate
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in accordance with this
Agreement.
SECTION 11.4. Trustee Not to Own Certificates. Trustee shall not
in its individual capacity, but may in a fiduciary capacity, become the
owner or pledgee of Investor Certificates. If Trustee becomes the owner or
pledgee of Investor Certificates in a fiduciary capacity it shall have the
same rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.
SECTION 11.5. Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses.
Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to Trustee from time to time, and
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation (which shall
not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the
execution of the trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance
of any of the powers and duties hereunder of Trustee, and Servicer will pay
or reimburse Trustee (without reimbursement from the Collection Account or
otherwise) upon its request for all reasonable expenses or disbursements
incurred or made by Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of
this Agreement or any Enhancement Agreement (including the reasonable fees
and expenses of its agents, any co-trustee and counsel) except any such
expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence,
willful misconduct or bad faith and except as provided in the following
sentence. If Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to Section
10.2, the provisions of this Section 11.5 shall not apply to expenses,
disbursements and advances made or incurred by Trustee in its capacity
86
<PAGE>
as Successor Servicer. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services
in connection with an Insolvency Event or a Servicer Default under Section
10.1(d), such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel and
agents) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to
creditors rights generally.
The obligations of Servicer under Section 8.4 and this Section
11.5 shall survive the termination of the Trust and the resignation or
removal of Trustee.
SECTION 11.6. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. Trustee shall
at all times be a bank, trust company or a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers,
having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject
to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and maintain
any credit or deposit rating required by any Rating Agency (as of the date
hereof Baa3 for Moody's) that is not an Affiliate of the Transferor. If
such bank or corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or
examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.6, the
combined capital and surplus of such bank or corporation shall be deemed to
be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report
of condition so published. In case at any time Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6, Trustee
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in
Section 11.7.
SECTION 11.7. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) Trustee may
at any time resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by
giving written notice thereof to Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of
resignation, Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by
written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee.
If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted
within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor trustee.
(b) If at any time Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by Servicer or Transferor, or if at any time
Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or
insolvent, or a receiver of Trustee or of its property shall be appointed,
or any public officer shall take charge or control of Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation, in which event Servicer shall remove Trustee and promptly
appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy
of which instrument shall be delivered to Trustee so removed and one copy
87
<PAGE>
to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so
appointed and have accepted within 30 days of the giving of such notice of
removal, the removed trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.
(c) Any resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a
successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.7
shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor
trustee as provided in Section 11.8 and any liability of Trustee arising
hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee.
SECTION 11.8. Successor Trustee. (a) Any successor trustee
appointed as provided in Section 11.7 shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to Transferor, to Servicer and to its predecessor Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective
and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance,
shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with the like effect as if
originally named as Trustee herein. Upon payment in full of all fees and
expenses due and owing to it hereunder, the predecessor Trustee shall
deliver to the successor trustee all documents and statements held by it
hereunder, and Transferor and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and
deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be
required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor
trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.
(b) No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in
this Section 11.8 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor
trustee shall be eligible under Section 11.6.
(c) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as
provided in this Section, such successor trustee shall provide notice of
such succession hereunder to all Investor Holders and Servicer shall
provide such notice to each Rating Agency and any Enhancement Provider
entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement.
SECTION 11.9. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into
which Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding
to the corporate trust business of Trustee, shall be the successor of
Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the
provisions of Section 11.6, without the execution or filing of any paper or
any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein
to the contrary notwithstanding.
SECTION 11.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time,
for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction
88
<PAGE>
in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, Trustee shall
have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or
more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or
separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person
or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to
the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of
this Section 11.10, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as
Trustee may consider necessary or desirable; provided, that Trustee shall
exercise due care in the appointment of any co-trustee. No co-trustee or
separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of
eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 11.6 and no notice to
Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be
required under Section 11.8.
(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions
and conditions:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred
or imposed upon Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by Trustee and such separate trustee or
co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee
or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without Trustee
joining in such act) except to the extent that under any laws of
any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be
performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to
Servicer hereunder) Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to
perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers,
duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the
Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be
exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or
co-trustee, but solely at the direction of Trustee;
(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by
reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
(iii) Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of
or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement
and the conditions of this Article XI. Each separate trustee and
co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested
with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment,
either jointly with Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein,
subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including
every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the
89
<PAGE>
liability of, or affording protection to, Trustee. Every such instrument
shall be filed with Trustee and a copy thereof given to Servicer.
(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute
Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to
this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all
of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and
be exercised by Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.
SECTION 11.11. Tax Return. If the Trust is required to file tax
returns, Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared any tax
returns required to be filed by the Trust and shall remit such returns to
Trustee for signature at least five days before such returns are due to be
filed; Trustee shall promptly sign such returns and deliver such returns
after signature to Servicer and such returns shall be filed by Servicer.
Servicer in accordance with each Supplement shall also prepare or shall
cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed
to Investor Holders. Trustee upon request, will furnish Servicer with all
such information known to Trustee as may be reasonably required in
connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust. In no
event shall Trustee or Servicer (except as provided in Sections 7.4 or 8.4)
be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust or the
Investor Holders arising under any tax law, including Federal, state, local
or foreign income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed or measured by
income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a
failure to comply therewith).
SECTION 11.12. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or the
Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by Trustee without the
possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any
proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment
shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of Trustee, its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment
has been obtained.
SECTION 11.13. Suits for Enforcement. If a Servicer Default shall
occur and be continuing, Trustee, in its discretion may, subject to the
provisions of Sections 10.1 and 11.14, proceed to protect and enforce its
rights and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement by a suit, action
or proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in
aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or for the
enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as Trustee, being
90
<PAGE>
advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of
the rights of Trustee or the Holders.
SECTION 11.14. Rights of Holders to Direct Trustee. Holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any
remedy, trust or power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all
Series to which such remedy, trust or power relates) shall have the right
to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on
Trustee relating to such proceeding; provided that, subject to Section
11.1, Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction
if Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed
may not lawfully be taken, or if Trustee in good faith shall, by a
Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of Trustee, determine that the
proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal
liability and provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair
the right of Trustee to take any action deemed proper by Trustee and which
is not inconsistent with such direction.
SECTION 11.15. Representations and Warranties of Trustee. Trustee
represents and warrants as of each Closing Date that:
(a) Trustee is an Illinois banking corporation organized,
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Illinois;
(b) Trustee has full power, authority and right to
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and has taken all
necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance by it of this Agreement; and
(c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by Trustee and is a binding obligation of Trustee enforceable
against Trustee in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now
or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited
by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at
law or in equity).
SECTION 11.16. Maintenance of Office or Agency. Trustee will
maintain at its expense an office or agency (the "Corporate Trust Office")
where notices and demands to or upon Trustee in respect of the Certificates
and this Agreement may be served in Chicago, Illinois, in the case of
Registered Certificates and Holders thereof. The Corporate Trust Office
shall initially be located at 311 West Monroe Street, 12th Floor, Chicago,
Illinois 60606, Attention Indenture Trust Administration (facsimile No.
(312) 461-3525). Trustee will give prompt notice to Servicer and to
91
<PAGE>
Investor Holders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register
or any such office or agency.
SECTION 11.17. Confidentiality. Information provided by the Credit
Card Originator or Transferor to Trustee related to the transaction
effected hereunder, including all information related to the Obligors with
respect to the Receivables, and any computer software provided to Trustee
in connection with the transaction effected hereunder or under any
Supplement, in each case whether in the form of documents, reports, lists,
tapes, discs or any other form, shall be "Confidential Information."
Trustee and its agents, representatives or employees shall at all times
maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and shall not,
without the prior written consent of the Credit Card Originator or
Transferor, as applicable, disclose to third parties (including Holders) or
use such information to compete or assist any other Person in competing
with the Credit Card Originator or Transferor or in any manner whatsoever,
in whole or in part, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or
under any Supplement or as required to fulfill an obligation of Trustee
under this Agreement or under any Supplement, in which case such
Confidential Information shall be revealed only to the extent expressly
permitted or only to Trustee's agents, representatives and employees who
need to know such Confidential Information to the extent required for the
purpose of fulfilling an obligation of Trustee under this Agreement or
under any Supplement. Notwithstanding the above, Confidential Information
may be disclosed to the extent required by law, statute, rule, regulation
or legal process (including any subpoena, civil investigative demand or
similar demand or request of any court, regulatory authority, arbitrator or
arbitration to which the Trustee or an affiliate or an officer, director,
employee or shareholder thereof is a party), provided that Trustee gives
prompt written notice to the Credit Card Originator or Transferor, as
applicable, of the nature and scope of such disclosure. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing shall not be construed to
prohibit (i) disclosure of any and all information that is or become
publicly known, or information obtained by the Trustee from sources other
than the Servicer or the Transferor, (ii) disclosure of any and all
information (A) to any government agency or regulatory body having or
claiming authority to regulate or oversee any aspects of the Trustee's
business or that of its affiliates, (B) in any preliminary or final
offering circular, registration statement or contract or other document
pertaining to the transactions contemplated herein approved in advance by
the Servicer or the Transferor or (C) to any affiliate, independent or
internal auditor, or attorney of the Trustee having a need to know the
same, provided that the Trustee advises such recipient of the confidential
nature of the information being disclosed, or (iii) any other disclosure
authorized by the Servicer or the Transferor.
92
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XII TERMINATION
SECTION 12.1. Termination of Trust. The Trust and the respective
obligations and responsibilities of Transferor, Servicer and Trustee
created hereby (other than the obligation of Trustee to make payments to
Investor Holders as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with
respect to the duties described in Sections 7.4, 8.4 and 12.2(b), upon the
earlier of (i) January 1, 2021, (ii) the day following the Distribution
Date on which the Invested Amount for each Series is zero (provided that
Transferor has delivered a written notice to Trustee electing to terminate
the Trust) and (iii) the date provided in Section 9.2.
SECTION 12.2. Final Distribution. (a) Servicer shall give Trustee
at least 30 days prior notice of the Distribution Date on which the
Investor Holders of any Series or Class may surrender their Investor
Certificates for payment of the final distribution on and cancellation of
such Investor Certificates (or, in the event of a final distribution
resulting from the application of Section 2.6, 9.2 or 10.1, notice of such
Distribution Date promptly after Servicer has determined that a final
distribution will occur, if such determination is made less than 30 days
prior to such Distribution Date). Such notice shall be accompanied by an
Officer's Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section
3.5 covering the period during the then current Servicer fiscal year
through the date of such notice. Not later than the fifth day of the month
in which the final distribution in respect of such Series or Class is
payable to Investor Holders, Trustee shall provide notice to Investor
Holders of such Series or Class specifying (i) the date upon which final
payment of such Series or Class will be made upon presentation and
surrender of Investor Certificates of such Series or Class at the office or
offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and
(iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such payment date is not
applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of
such Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified
(which, in the case of Bearer Certificates, shall be outside the United
States). Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar
and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Investor Holders.
(b) Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Investor Holders
of any Series or Class (or the termination of the Trust), except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph, all funds then on deposit in the
Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account and any Series Account
allocated to such Investor Holders shall continue to be held in trust for
the benefit of such Investor Holders and the Paying Agent or Trustee shall
pay such funds to such Investor Holders upon surrender of their Investor
Certificates (and any excess shall be paid in accordance with any relevant
Enhancement Agreement). If all such Investor Holders shall not surrender
their Investor Certificates for cancellation within six months after the
date specified in the notice from Trustee described in paragraph (a),
Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such Investor Holders
93
<PAGE>
to surrender their Investor Certificates for cancellation and receive the
final distribution with respect thereto (which surrender and payment, in
the case of Bearer Certificates, shall be outside the United States). If
within one year after the second notice all such Investor Certificates
shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, Trustee may take
appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to
contact the remaining such Investor Holders concerning surrender of their
Investor Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds
in the Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of
such Investor Holders. Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to Transferor
any moneys held by them for the payment of principal or interest that
remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to Transferor, Investor
Holders entitled to the money must look to Transferor for payment as
general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates
another Person.
(c) If the Invested Amount with respect to any Series is greater
than zero on its Series Termination Date or such earlier date as is
specified in the related Supplement (after giving effect to deposits and
distributions otherwise to be made on such date), Trustee will sell or
cause to be sold on such Series Termination Date, in accordance with the
procedures and subject to the conditions described in such Supplement,
Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or, if a
Tax Opinion is obtained, interests therein) in an amount up to 110% of the
Invested Amount with respect to such Series on such date (after giving
effect to such deposits and distributions; provided that in no event shall
such amount exceed an amount of Principal Receivables (and all associated
Finance Charge Receivables) equal to the sum of (i) the product of (A)
Transferor Percentage, (B) the aggregate outstanding Principal Receivables,
and (C) a fraction the numerator of which is the related Investor
Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and the denominator
of which is the sum of all Investor Percentages with respect to Collections
of Finance Charge Receivables of all Series outstanding and (ii) the
Invested Amount of such Series). The proceeds from any such sale shall be
allocated and distributed in accordance with the applicable Supplement.
SECTION 12.3. Transferor's Termination Rights. Upon the
termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 and the surrender of the
Transferor Certificate and any Supplemental Certificate, Trustee shall
assign and convey to the holder of the Transferor Certificate Transferor or
its designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right,
title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing
or thereafter created, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts
received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, except for amounts
held by Trustee pursuant to Section 12.2(b). Trustee shall execute and
deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without
recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by Transferor to vest in
Transferor or its designee all right, title and interest which the Trust
had in the Receivables and such other related assets.
94
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 13.1. Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults. (a) This
Agreement or any Supplement may be amended from time to time (including in
connection with (i) adding covenants, restrictions or conditions of
Transferor, such further covenants, restrictions or conditions as its Board
of Directors and Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit or protection
of the Investor Holders, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and
continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions
or conditions a default or Early Amortization Event permitting the
enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this
Agreement as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any
such additional covenant, restriction or condition such amendment may
provide for a particular period of grace after default or may provide for
an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies
available to Trustee upon such default, (ii) curing any ambiguity or
correcting or supplementing any provision contained herein or in any
Supplement which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision
contained herein or in any Supplement or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon Transferor, (iii) the issuance of a Supplemental
Certificate, (iv) the addition of a Participation Interest or receivables
arising in VISA, MasterCard or any other type of open end revolving credit
card account to the Trust, (v) the assumption by another entity, in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, of Transferor's
obligations hereunder, or (vi) the provision of additional Enhancement for
the benefit of Holders of any Series) by Servicer, Transferor and Trustee
without the consent of such Holders as provided for in the applicable
Supplement, provided that (x) Transferor shall have delivered to Trustee an
Officer's Certificate to the effect that Transferor reasonably believes
that such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Investor Holder, (y) the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied with respect to any such amendment and (z) a Tax
Opinion is delivered in connection with any such amendment. The designation
of additional or substitute Transferors or additional Credit Card
Originators pursuant to Section 2.11 or 2.12 shall be subject to this
Section 13.1 only to the extent that the supplement to this Agreement
providing for such designation amends any of the terms of this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended from time
to time by Servicer, Transferor and Trustee, with the consent of the
Holders of Investor Certificates (acting for themselves or through any
designated agents, as provided for in any applicable Supplement) evidencing
not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
Investor Certificates of all adversely affected Series and, unless the
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied, of each Class of each such Series,
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders; provided, however, that
no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of or delay the
95
<PAGE>
timing of any distributions to be made to any Investor Holders or deposits
of amounts to be so distributed or the amount available under any
Enhancement without the consent of each affected Holder (provided that any
amendment of the terms of an Early Amortization Event shall not be deemed
to be within the scope of this clause (i)), (ii) change the definition of
or the manner of calculating the interest of any Investor Holder without
the consent of each affected Investor Holder (acting for themselves or
through any designated agents, as provided for in any applicable
Supplement) or (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to
any such amendment without the consent of each Investor Holder (acting for
themselves or through any designated agents, as provided for in any
applicable Supplement) and, unless the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied, of each Class of each such Series. Any amendment to be effected
pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed to adversely affect all
outstanding Series, other than any Series with respect to which such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for Transferor, addressed
and delivered to Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Investor Holder of such Series. Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects Trustee's
rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
(c) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent
(other than an amendment pursuant to paragraph (a)), Trustee shall furnish
notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Holder;
and Servicer shall furnish prior notification of the substance of such
amendment to (i) each Rating Agency and (ii) each Enhancement Provider, if
any, entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement.
(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Holders
under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Holders shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as Trustee may prescribe.
(e) Any Supplement executed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.3 shall not be considered an amendment to this Agreement for the
purposes of this Section.
(f) The Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than
66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor
Certificates of each Series, or, with respect to any Series with two or
more Classes, of each Class (or, with respect to any default that does not
relate to all Series, 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
the Investor Certificates of each Series to which such default relates or,
with respect to any such Series with two or more Classes, of each Class)
may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any default by Transferor or Servicer
96
<PAGE>
in the performance of their obligations hereunder and its consequences,
except the failure to make any distributions required to be made to
Investor Holders or to make any required deposits of any amounts to be so
distributed. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall
cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have
been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent
thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.
SECTION 13.2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust.
(a) Transferor shall cause this Agreement, all amendments and supplements
hereto and all financing statements and continuation statements and any
other necessary documents covering the Holders, and Trustee's right, title
and interest to the Trust to be promptly recorded, registered and filed,
and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such
manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and
protect the right, title and interest of the Holders and Trustee hereunder
to all property comprising the Trust Assets. Transferor shall deliver to
Trustee file- stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document
recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available
following such recording, registration or filing.
(b) Within 30 days after Transferor makes any change in its name,
identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) seriously
misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402(7) (or any comparable
provision) of the UCC, Transferor shall give Trustee notice of any such
change and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be
necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust's security interest in
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.
(c) Transferor and Servicer will give Trustee prompt notice of any
relocation of any office from which it services Receivables or keeps
records concerning the Receivables or of its principal executive office and
whether, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the
UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed
financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and
shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to
perfect or to continue the perfection of the Trust's security interest in
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. Transferor and Servicer will at
all times maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its
principal executive offices within the United States.
(d) Transferor will deliver to Trustee and any Enhancement
Provider entitled thereto pursuant to the relevant Supplement: (i) upon the
execution and delivery of each amendment of this Agreement or any
Supplement, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect specified in Exhibit F-1;
(ii) on each Addition Date on which any Supplemental Accounts are to be
97
<PAGE>
designated as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.8(a) or (b), an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect specified in Exhibit F-2, and on each Addition Date
on which any Participation Interests are to be included in the Trust
pursuant to Section 2.8(a) or (b), an Opinion of Counsel covering the same
substantive legal issues addressed by Exhibit F-2 but conformed to the
extent appropriate to relate to Participation Interests; and (iii) on or
before March 31 of each year, beginning with March 31, 1996, an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect specified in Exhibit F-2.
SECTION 13.3. Limitation on Rights of Holders. (a) The death or
incapacity of any Holder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or
the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Holders' legal
representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the
Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the
parties hereto or any of them.
(b) No Investor Holder shall have any right to vote (except as
expressly provided in this Agreement) or in any manner otherwise control
the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the
parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the
terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Investor
Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association, nor
shall any Investor Holder be under any liability to any third person by
reason of any action by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any
provision hereof.
(c) No Investor Holder shall have any right by virtue of any
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless
such Investor Holder previously shall have made, and unless the Holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such
action, suit or proceeding that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all
Series which such action, suit or proceeding relates) shall have made
written request to Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in
its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to Trustee such
reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and
liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and Trustee, for 60 days
after its receipt of such request and offer of indemnity, shall have
neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it
being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by each
Investor Holder with every other Investor Holder and Trustee, that no one
or more Investor Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by
virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this
Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of Holders of any
other of the Investor Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority
over or preference to any other Investor Holder, or to enforce any right
under this Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and for the
98
<PAGE>
equal, ratable and common benefit of all Investor Holders except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. For the protection and
enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Investor
Holder and Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either
at law or in equity.
SECTION 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 13.5. Notices, Payments. (a) All demands notices,
instructions, directions, consents and communications (collectively,
"Notices") under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by registered mail,
return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission (i) in the case
of Transferor or Servicer, to WFN, 800 Techcenter Drive, Gahanna, Ohio
43230, Attention: Robert Armiak (facsimile no. 614/729-4899), (ii) in the
case of Trustee, Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 311 West Monroe Street,
12th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention Indenture Trustee
Administration (facsimile No. (312) 461-3525 (iii) in the case of the
Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, to Trustee at the address
above and (iv) to any other Person as specified in any Supplement; or, as
to each party, at such other address or facsimile number as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.
(b) Any Notice required or permitted to be given to a Holder of
Registered Certificates shall be given by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate
Register. No Notice shall be required to be mailed to a Holder of Bearer
Certificates or Coupons but shall be given as provided below. Any Notice so
mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively
presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Investor Holder
receives such Notice. In addition, (i) if and so long as any Series or
Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange shall so
require, any Notice to Investor Holders shall be published in an Authorized
Newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg within the time period
prescribed in this Agreement and (ii) in the case of any Series or Class
with respect to which any Bearer Certificates are outstanding, any Notice
required or permitted to be given to Investor Holders of such Series or
Class shall be published in an Authorized Newspaper within the time period
prescribed in this Agreement.
SECTION 13.6. Rule 144A Information. For so long as any of the
Investor Certificates of any Series or Class are "restricted securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each of
99
<PAGE>
Transferor, Trustee, Servicer and any Enhancement Provider agree to
cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Holders of such Series
or Class and to any prospective purchaser of Certificates designated by
such Investor Holder, upon the request of such Investor Holder or
prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such
holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
SECTION 13.7. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of
the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for
any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such provisions shall be deemed
severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and shall in no
way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions or of
the Certificates or the rights of the Holders.
SECTION 13.8. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. It is the
intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Holders shall not be
personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the interests in the
Trust represented by the Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses
or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever and that Certificates
upon authentication thereof by Trustee pursuant to Section 6.2 are and
shall be deemed fully paid.
SECTION 13.9. Further Assurances. Transferor and Servicer agree to
do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and
all further instruments required or reasonably requested by Trustee more
fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution of
any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the
Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable
jurisdiction.
SECTION 13.10. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement, Servicer, Trustee, Transferor, each Holder
and each Enhancement Provider, if any, and each Holder of a Supplemental
Certificate shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day
after the last day on which any Investor Certificates shall have been
outstanding, with respect to the Trust, petition or otherwise invoke or
cause the Trust to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust under any
Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust;
provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the Trustee from
filing proofs of claim or otherwise participating in such proceedings
instituted by any other person.
SECTION 13.11. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise
and no delay in exercising, on the part of Trustee or the Holders, any right,
100
<PAGE>
remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided under this
Agreement are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers
and privileges provided by law.
SECTION 13.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two
or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts),
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
SECTION 13.13. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the
Holders, any Enhancement Provider (to the extent provided in this Agreement
and the related Supplement) and their respective successors and permitted
assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement
(including Section 7.4), no other Person will have any right or obligation
hereunder.
SECTION 13.14. Actions by Holders. (a) Wherever in this Agreement
a provision is made that an action may be taken or a Notice given by
Holders, such action or Notice may be taken or given by any Holder, unless
such provision requires a specific percentage of Holders.
(b) Any Notice, request, authorization, direction, consent, waiver
or other act by the Holder of a Certificate shall bind such Holder and
every subsequent Holder of such Certificate and of any Certificate issued
upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in
lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by Trustee
or Servicer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is
made upon such Certificate.
SECTION 13.15. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically
stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding
of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior
understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement.
101
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the
day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK, as
Transferor and Servicer,
/s/ Robert P. Armiak
By---------------------------------------
Name:Robert Armiak
Title: Treasurer
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK, not in its individual capacity,
but solely as Trustee
/s/ E. Kay Liederman
By--------------------------------------
Name: E. Kay Liederman
Title: Vice President
102
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE NOR
ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.
THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE TERMS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
No. R-1 One Unit
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
THIS CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS AN INTEREST
IN CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
(Not an interest in or obligation of Transferor
or any affiliate thereof)
This certifies that WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
is the registered owner of a fractional interest in the assets of a trust
(the "Trust") not allocated to the Investor Interest or the interest of any
Holder of a Supplemental Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 (as amended and supplemented, the
"Agreement"), between World Financial Network National Bank, a national
banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and as Servicer, and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois banking corporation (as
successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee ("Trustee"). To the extent
not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Agreement.
This Certificate is the Transferor Certificate issued under, and
is subject to, the Agreement. By accepting this Certificate, its Holder
assents to, and is bound by, the Agreement.
Exhibit A, Page 1
<PAGE>
Transferor has entered into the Agreement, and this Certificate is
issued, with the intention that, for Federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes only, the Investor Certificates (except Transferor
Retained Certificates which are held by Transferor) will qualify as debt
secured by the Receivables. Transferor, by entering into the Agreement and
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate by acceptance of this Transferor
Certificate, agree to treat such Investor Certificates for Federal, state
and local income and franchise tax purposes as debt under applicable tax
law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement or be
valid for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate has
caused this Certificate to be duly executed.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
as Transferor,
By ------------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Dated:
Exhibit A, Page 2
<PAGE>
DATED:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is the Transferor Certificate described in the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17,
1996 between World Financial Network National Bank as Transferor and
Servicer and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee.
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK
as Trustee,
By----------------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
or
By---------------------------------------------
as Authenticating Agent
for Trustee,
By---------------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
Exhibit A, Page 3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN SUPPLEMENTAL
ACCOUNTS
(As required by Section 2.8 of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement)
ASSIGNMENT No. _______ OF RECEIVABLES IN SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS
dated as of _____________, ___1/ by and among WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association, as
Transferor ("Transferor") and as Servicer ("Servicer"), and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank, (as successor to The Bank of New York), an Illinois
banking corporation ("Trustee"), pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement referred to below.
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS Transferor, Servicer and Trustee are parties to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended
and restated as of September 17, 1999 (as may be amended and supplemented
from time to time, the "Agreement");
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, Transferor wishes to designate
Supplemental Accounts owned by the Credit Card Originator to be included as
Accounts and to convey the Receivables of such Supplemental Accounts,
whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trust as part of the
corpus of the Trust (as each such term is defined in the Agreement); and
WHEREAS Trustee is willing to accept such designation and conveyance
subject to the terms and conditions hereof;
NOW, THEREFORE, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee hereby agree as
follows:
1. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.
"Addition Date" means, with respect to the Supplemental Accounts
designated hereby, ________, ____.
- ----------------
1/ To be dated as of the applicable Addition Date.
Exhibit B, Page 1
<PAGE>
"Addition Cut Off Date" means, with respect to the Supplemental
Accounts designated hereby, ________, ____.
2. Designation of Supplemental Accounts. On or before the Document
Delivery Date, Transferor will deliver to Trustee an Account Schedule
containing a true and complete schedule identifying all such Supplemental
Accounts specifying for each such Account, as of the Addition Cut Off Date,
its account number, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in such Account,
which Account Schedule shall supplement any other Account Schedule
previously delivered to Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.
3. Conveyance of Receivables. Transferor does hereby transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust, for the benefit of the
Holders, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables
of such Supplemental Accounts existing at the close of business on the
Addition Date and thereafter created from time to time until the
termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due and all amounts
received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The foregoing does
not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption
by the Trust, Trustee, any Investor Holder or any Enhancement Provider of
any obligation of Servicer, Transferor, the Credit Card Originator or any
other Person in connection with the Accounts, the Receivables or under any
agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to
Obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance systems or insurers.
Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense,
financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with
respect to the Receivables now in Supplemental Accounts, meeting the
requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such
jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain perfection of, the
assignment of such Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver a file-stamped
copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing to
Trustee on or prior to the Addition Date. Trustee shall be under no
obligation whatsoever to file or maintain such financing or continuation
statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with
such assignment.
In connection with such assignment, Transferor further agrees, at
its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment, to cause the
Credit Card Originator to indicate in the appropriate computer files that
Receivables created in connection with the Supplemental Accounts and
designated hereby have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement
and this Assignment for the benefit of the Holders.
Transferor does hereby grant to Trustee a security interest in all
of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables now existing and
Exhibit B, Page 2
<PAGE>
hereafter created in the Supplemental Accounts, all monies due or to become
due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof.
This Assignment constitutes a security agreement under the UCC.
4. Acceptance by Trustee. Trustee hereby acknowledges its
acceptance on behalf of the Trust of all right, title and interest to the
property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed to the Trust
pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Assignment, and declares that it shall
maintain such right, title and interest, upon the trust set forth in the
Agreement for the benefit of all Holders. Trustee further acknowledges
that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Assignment, Transferor delivered to Trustee the Account Schedule described
in Section 2 of this Assignment.
5. Representations and Warranties of Transferor. Transferor hereby
represents and warrants to Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, as of the date
of this Assignment and as of the Addition Date that:
(a) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. This Assignment
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor
enforceable against Transferor in accordance with its terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights in general and except as such enforceability
may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered
in a suit at law or in equity);
(b) Eligibility of Accounts. Each Supplemental Account
designated hereby is an Eligible Account;
(c) Insolvency. As of each of the Addition Cut Off Date
and the Addition Date, no Insolvency Event with respect to the
Credit Card Originator or Transferor has occurred and the transfer
by Transferor of Receivables arising in the Supplemental Accounts
to the Trust has not been made in contemplation of the occurrence
thereof;
(d) Early Amortization Event. Transferor reasonably
believes that (A) the addition of the Receivables arising in the
Supplemental Accounts will not, based on the facts known to
Transferor, then or thereafter cause an Early Amortization Event
to occur with respect to any Series and (B) no selection procedure
was utilized by Transferor which would result in the selection of
Supplemental Accounts (from among the available Eligible Accounts
owned by the Credit Card Originator) that would be materially less
favorable to the interests of the Investor Holders of any Series
as of the Addition Date than a random selection;
Exhibit B, Page 3
<PAGE>
(e) Security Interest. Either this Assignment constitutes
a valid transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title
and interest of Transferor in the Receivables and other Trust
Assets conveyed to the Trust by Transferor and all monies due or
to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and
the proceeds thereof, or this Assignment constitutes a grant of a
security interest in such property to the Trustee, for the benefit
of the Investor Holders, which, in the case of existing
Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon
execution and delivery of this Assignment, and which will be
enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter created and
the proceeds thereof upon such creation. Upon the filing of the
financing statements described in Section 3 of this Assignment
and, in the case of the Receivables hereafter created and the
proceeds thereof, upon the creation thereof, the Trust shall have
a first priority security interest in such property except for
Liens permitted under Section 2.7(b) of the Agreement;
(f) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by Transferor
of this Assignment, the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms
hereof applicable to Transferor, will not conflict with or violate
any Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor or conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions
of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or
both) a material default under, any indenture, contract,
agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
Transferor is a party or by which it or its properties are bound;
(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of Transferor,
threatened against Transferor before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Assignment,
(ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Assignment, (iii) seeking any
determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of
Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the performance
by Transferor of its obligations under this Assignment, (iv)
seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and
adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Assignment
or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of
the Trust under the Federal, or applicable state income or
franchise tax systems; and
(h) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or
approvals or other actions of any Person or of any court or other
governmental authority required to be obtained by Transferor in
connection with the execution and delivery of this Assignment by
Transferor and the performance of the
Exhibit B, Page 4
<PAGE>
transactions contemplated by this Assignment by Transferor, have been
obtained.
6. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Assignment,
the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement
as so supplemented by this Assignment shall be read, taken and construed as
one and the same instrument.
7. Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in two or more
counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
8. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT
OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Assignment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the
day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
as Transferor and Servicer,
By -----------------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee,
By-----------------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Exhibit B, Page 5
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS
(As required by Section 2.9 of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement)
REASSIGNMENT No. _______ OF RECEIVABLES dated as of
_________, ____1/ by and among WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL
BANK, a national banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and as
Servicer ("Servicer") and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (as successor to
The Bank of New York), an Illinois banking corporation ("Trustee"),
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS Transferor, Servicer and Trustee are parties to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 (as may be
amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Agreement");
WHEREAS pursuant to the Agreement, Transferor wishes to remove
from the Trust all Receivables in certain designated Accounts owned by the
Credit Card Originator (the "Removed Accounts") and to cause Trustee to
reconvey the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or
hereafter created, from the Trust to Transferor; and
WHEREAS Trustee is willing to accept such designation and to
reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject to the terms and
conditions hereof;
NOW, THEREFORE, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee hereby agree as
follows:
1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Agreement and used
herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise
defined herein.
"Removal Date" means, with respect to the Removed Accounts
designated hereby, ____________, _____.
"Removal Notice Date" means, with respect to the Removed Accounts,
____________, ___.
- -------------
1/ To be dated as of the Removal Date.
Exhibit C, Page 1
<PAGE>
2. Designation of Removed Accounts. On or before the date that is
10 Business Days after the Removal Date, Transferor will deliver to Trustee
an Account Schedule identifying all Accounts the Receivables of which are
being removed from the Trust, specifying for each such Account, as of the
Removal Notice Date, its account number, the aggregate amount outstanding
in such Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in such
Account, which Account Schedule shall supplement any Account Schedule
previously delivered to Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.
3. Conveyance of Receivables. (a) Trustee does hereby transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey to Transferor, without
representation, warranty or recourse, on and after the Removal Date, all
right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables
existing at the close of business on the Removal Date and thereafter
created from time to time in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, all
monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto
and all proceeds thereof.
(b) In connection with such transfer, Trustee agrees to execute
and deliver to Transferor on or prior to the date this Reassignment is
delivered, applicable termination statements with respect to the
Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Date and
thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts reassigned
hereby and the proceeds thereof evidencing the release by the Trust of its
interest in the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the
requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions
as are necessary to terminate such interest.
4. Representations and Warranties of Transferor. Transferor hereby
represents and warrants to Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, as of the
Removal Date:
(a) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor enforceable
against Transferor, in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect
affecting the enforcement of creditors, rights in general and except as
such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether
considered in a suit at law or in equity);
only for removals pursuant to Section 2.9(a) of the Agreement
(b) Early Amortization Event. Transferor reasonably believes that
(A) the removal of the Receivables existing in the Removed Accounts will
not, based on the facts known to Transferor, then or thereafter cause an
Early Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series and (B) no
selection procedure was utilized by Transferor which would result in a
Exhibit C, Page 2
<PAGE>
selection of Removed Accounts from among any pools of Accounts of a similar
type that would be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor
Holders of any Series as of the Removal Date; and
(c) List of Removed Accounts. The list of Removed Accounts
delivered pursuant to Section 2.9(a)(ii) of the Agreement, as of the
Removal Date, is true and complete in all material respects.
only if removals pursuant to Section 2.9(a)
(d) Defaulted Receivables. No selection procedure was utilized by
Transferor with the intent to include a disproportionately higher level of
Defaulted Receivables in the Removed Accounts than exist in the Accounts or
to remove Accounts for the intended purpose of mitigating losses to the
Trust.
(e) Receivables Tests. The aggregate Principal Receivables in the
Removed Accounts did not exceed the lesser of (i) the excess of the
Transferor Amount over the Minimum Transferor Amount or (ii) the excess of
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit in
the Excess Funding Account over the Required Principal Balance, all
measured as of the end of the most recently ended Monthly Period.
(f) Invested Amounts. Such removal shall not cause a decrease in
the sum of the Invested Amounts for all outstanding Series.
5. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this
Reassignment, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and
the Agreement as so supplemented by this Reassignment shall be read, taken
and construed as one and the same instrument.
6. Counterparts. This Reassignment may be executed in two or more
counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
7. GOVERNING LAW. THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Exhibit C, Page 3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Reassignment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of
the day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
as Transferor and Servicer,
By ---------------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee,
By---------------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Exhibit C, Page 4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE
(To be delivered on or before the
90th day following the end of the fiscal year
of Transferor beginning with December 31, 1996,
pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement referred to below)
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of World
Financial Network National Bank, as Servicer ("WFN"), pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 (as may be
amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Agreement"), among WFN, as
Transferor and as Servicer, and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (as successor
to The Bank of New York), as Trustee, does hereby certify that:
1. WFN is, as of the date hereof, Servicer under the Agreement.
Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings
as set forth in the Agreement.
2. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer who is duly authorized
pursuant to the Agreement to execute and deliver this Certificate to
Trustee.
3. A review of the activities of Servicer during the fiscal year
ended __________, ____, and of its performance under the Agreement was
conducted under my supervision.
4. Based on such review, Servicer has, to the best of my
knowledge, performed in all material respects its obligations under the
Agreement throughout such year and no default in the performance of such
obligations has occurred or is continuing except as set forth in paragraph
5.
5. The following is a description of each default in the
performance of Servicer's obligations under the provisions of the Agreement
known to me to have been made by Servicer during the fiscal year ended
___________, _____, which sets forth in detail (i) the nature of each such
default, (ii) the action taken by Servicer, if any, to remedy each such
default and (iii) the current status of each such default: if applicable,
insert "None."
Exhibit D, Page 1
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this
Certificate this ______ day of ____________, 19___.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
as Servicer,
By --------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Exhibit D, Page 2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E-1
THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR
ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE
TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E-2
FORM OF UNDERTAKING LETTER
Date
Trustee Bank
Attention:
World Financial Network
National Bank
4590 East Broad Street
Columbus, Ohio 43213
Attention:
Re: Purchase of $___________1/ principal amount of
World Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust,
Class __, __% Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificates, Series
Dear Sirs:
In connection with our purchase of the above-referenced Asset
Backed Certificates (the "Certificates") we confirm that:
(i) we understand that the Certificates are not being
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), and are being sold to us in a transaction that
is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act;
(ii) any information we desire concerning the
Certificates or any other matter relevant to our decision to
purchase the certificates is or has been made available to us;
(iii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of an investment in the Certificates, and we (and any
account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (iv)) are able
to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Certificates; we
(and any account for which we are
_________________
1/ Not less than $250,000 minimum principal amount.
Exhibit E-2, Page 1
<PAGE>
purchasing under paragraph (iv)) are an "accredited investor" (as
such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D
under the Securities Act); and we are not, and none of such
accounts is, a Benefit Plan;
(iv) we are acquiring the Certificates for our own
account or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment
discretion and not with a view to any distribution of the
Certificates, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the
disposition of our property shall at all times be and remain
within our control;
(v) we agree that the Certificates must be held
indefinitely by us unless subsequently registered under the
Securities Act or an exemption from any registration requirements
of that Act and any applicable state securities laws available;
(vi) we agree that if at some future time we wish to
dispose of or exchange any of the Certificates (such disposition
or exchange not being currently foreseen or contemplated), we will
not transfer or exchange any of the Certificates unless
(A)(1) the sale is of at least U.S. $250,000
principal amount of Certificates to an Eligible Purchaser
(as defined below), (2) a letter to substantially the
same effect as paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and
(vi) of this letter is executed promptly by the purchaser
and (3) all offers or solicitations in connection with
the sale, whether directly or through any agent acting on
our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and
are not made by means of any form of general solicitation
or general advertising whatsoever; or
(B) the Certificates are transferred pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act by us after we have
held them for more than three years; or
(C) the Certificates are sold in any other
transaction that does not require registration under the
Securities Act and, if Transferor, Servicer, Trustee or
the Transfer Agent and Registrar so requests, we
theretofore have furnished to such party an Opinion of
Counsel satisfactory to such party, in form and substance
satisfactory to such party, to such effect; or
(D) the Certificates are transferred pursuant to
an exception from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act under Rule 144A under the Securities Act;
or
Exhibit E-2, Page 2
<PAGE>
(E) The Certificates are not transferred to any
Benefit Plan (as defined below), unless the transferee is
an insurance company general account that represents and
warrants that at the time of acquisition and throughout
its holding of the certificate (a) it is not a service
provider to the trust or an affiliate of the foregoing,
and would not otherwise be excluded under 29 C.F.R.
2510.3.101(f)(1), and (b) each of the accounts to which
such certificate is allocated is an insurance company
general account (1) that is eligible for and meets the
requirements of Department of Labor Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 and (2) of which less
than 25% of the assets are (or represent) assets of a
Benefit Plan.2/
(vii) we understand that the Certificates will bear a legend to
substantially the following effect:
"THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR
ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE
TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN."
"THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW) UNLESS IT IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY USING THE
ASSETS OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT AND, AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION AND
THROUGHOUT ITS HOLDING OF THE CERTIFICATE (A) IT IS NOT A SERVICE PROVIDER
TO THE TRUST OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE FOREGOING, AND WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE
EXCLUDED UNDER 29 C.F.R. 2510.3.101(F)(1), AND (B) EACH OF THE ACCOUNTS TO
WHICH SUCH CERTIFICATE IS ALLOCATED IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT
(1) THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR AND MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 95-60 AND (2) OF WHICH
- ----------------
2/ This bracketed text should be included only if the
Certificate(s) to be purchased include the legend
specified on Exhibit E-3.
Exhibit E-2, Page 3
<PAGE>
LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS ARE (OR REPRESENT) ASSETS OF A
BENEFIT PLAN."*/
The first paragraph of this legend may be removed if Transferor, Servicer,
Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar have received an Opinion of
Counsel satisfactory to them, in form and substance satisfactory to them,
to the effect that such paragraph may be removed.
"Eligible Purchaser" means either an Eligible Dealer or a
corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds
to believe and do believe can make representations with respect to itself
to substantially the same effect as the representations set forth herein.
"Eligible Dealer" means any corporation or other entity the principal
business of which is acting as a broker and/or dealer in securities.
"Benefit Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended (whether or not subject to ERISA and including foreign and
governmental plans), any plan, trust or account (including an individual
retirement plan) described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, or any collective investment fund, insurance
company separate or general account or other entity deemed to hold plan
assets of the foregoing by reason of any such plan's investment in such
entity. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to such terms in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
as of January 17, 1996, between World Financial Network National Bank and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank.
Very truly yours,
-------------------------------------------
(Name of Purchaser
By:---------------------------------------
(Authorized Officer)
- ------------------------
*/ This bracketed text should be included only if the Certificate(s)
to be purchased include the legend specified on Exhibit E-3.
Exhibit E-2, Page 4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E-3
THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW) UNLESS IT IS
AN INSURANCE COMPANY USING THE ASSETS OF ITS GENERAL
ACCOUNT AND, AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT
ITS HOLDING OF THE CERTIFICATE (A) IT IS NOT A SERVICE
PROVIDER TO THE TRUST OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE FOREGOING,
AND WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE EXCLUDED UNDER 29 C.F.R.
2510.3.101(F)(1), AND (B) EACH OF THE ACCOUNTS TO WHICH SUCH
CERTIFICATE IS ALLOCATED IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL
ACCOUNT (1) THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR AND MEETS THE
REQUIREMENTS OF DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 95-60 AND (2) OF WHICH LESS
THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS ARE (OR REPRESENT) ASSETS OF A
BENEFIT PLAN.1/
- ------------------
1/ The following text should be included in any Certificate in which the
above legend appears:
"The Certificates may not be acquired by or for the account of any
"employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (whether or not subject
to ERISA and including foreign and governmental plans), any plan, trust or
account (including an individual retirement plan) described in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
collective investment fund, insurance company separate or general account
or other entity deemed to hold plan assets of the foregoing by reason of
any such plan's investment in such entity (each, a "Benefit Plan"), unless
the purchaser or transferee is an insurance company general account that
represents and warrants that at the time of acquisition and throughout its
holding of the certificate (a) it is not a service provider to the trust or
an affiliate of the foregoing, and would not otherwise be excluded under 29
C.F.R. 2510.3.101(f)(1), and (b) each of the accounts to which such
certificate is allocated is an insurance company general account (1) that
is eligible for and meets the requirements of Department of Labor
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 and (2) of which less than 25%
of the assets are (or represent) assets of a Benefit Plan. By accepting and
holding this Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a
Benefit Plan unless it is an insurance company meeting the foregoing
requirements. By acquiring an interest in this Certificate, each applicable
Certificate Owner shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it
is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan."
By accepting and holding this Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be
deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not, and is not acting
on behalf of, a Benefit Plan. By acquiring any interest in this
Certificate, each applicable Certificate Owner shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a
Benefit Plan.
Exhibit E-3, Page 1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F-1
FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT
TO AMENDMENTS
Provisions to be included in
Opinion of Counsel to be delivered pursuant
to Section 13.2(d)(i)
The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in
the Opinions Of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date.
(i) The amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
Supplement, attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the "Amendment"), has
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Transferor and
Servicer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of
Transferor and Servicer, respectively, enforceable in accordance
with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other laws from time to time in effect affecting creditors' rights
generally or the rights of creditors of national banking
associations. The enforceability of the respective obligations of
Transferor and Servicer is also subject to general principles of
equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law)
(ii) The Amendment has been entered into in accordance
with the terms and provisions of Section 13.1 of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F-2
FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT
TO ADDITION OF SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS
Provisions to be included in
Opinion of Counsel to be
delivered pursuant to
Section 13.2(d)(ii) or (iii)
The opinions set forth below may be subject to appropriate
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions. Paragraphs 1-4 are
not required if the opinion is being delivered solely under Section
13.2(d)(iii).
1. The Receivables arising in such Supplemental Accounts
constitute either general intangibles, accounts or chattel paper.
2. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates in favor of the
Trust either a security interest or an ownership interest in Transferor's
rights in the Receivables in such Supplemental Accounts and the proceeds
thereof (the "Specified Assets").
3. If the transfer of the Specified Assets from Transferor to
Trustee pursuant to the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
constitutes a sale of the Specified Assets to Trustee by Transferor, such
transfer, to the extent Ohio law is applied, transfers all right, title and
interest of Transferor in and to the Specified Assets to Trustee.
4. If the transfer of the Specified Assets from Transferor to
Trustee does not constitute a sale, the security interest in the Specified
Assets created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be perfected by
the filing of the Financing Statements as described and defined in such
opinion. Based solely upon our review of the UCC Searches as described and
defined in such opinion, we hereby confirm to you that no Person other than
Trustee has filed any financing statement with the Filing Offices as
described and defined in such opinion that covers the Specified Assets and
that would have priority over the security interest, if any, of the Trustee
by virtue of such filing.
5. No further filings or actions are required under the UCC or
other Ohio law prior to _______, ____ , in order to maintain the perfection
and priority of the security interest created by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement in favor of the Trust in Transferor's rights in the Receivables
and the proceeds thereof.
Exhibit F-2
------------------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
Transferor and Servicer
and
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
(AS SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK)
Trustee
on behalf of the Investor Holders
------------------------------
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 1996-A SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of May 9, 1996
(as amended and restated on September 17, 1999)
to
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 17, 1996
(as amended and restated on September 17, 1999)
--------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
$445,500,000 6.70% Class A Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-A
$46,750,000 7.00% Class B Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-A
$13,924,051 Class D Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-A
------------------------------
<PAGE>
|| TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SECTION 1. Designation......................................................1
SECTION 2. Definitions......................................................2
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee...................................................21
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions.............................................22
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates..............23
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates...........23
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement.........................................23
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest Holder..23
SECTION 4.7 Allocations...........................................24
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest.....................29
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal....................30
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount..........................32
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments.....................................34
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs.................................37
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread........................................40
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections....................42
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred from
the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account...44
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account and
Distribution Account..............................................45
SECTION 4.17 Cash Collateral Account.............................46
SECTION 4.18 Determination of LIBOR..............................48
SECTION 4.19 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a
Deposit or Payment..................................48
SECTION 4.20. Investment.........................................48
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement.....................................49
SECTION 5.1 Distributions........................................49
SECTION 5.2 Reports..............................................50
SECTION 9. Series 1996-A Early Amortization Events........................50
-i-
<PAGE>
Page
SECTION 10. Series 1996-A Termination.....................................53
SECTION 11. Counterparts..................................................53
SECTION 12. Governing Law.................................................53
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions.........................................53
SECTION 14. No Petition...................................................53
SECTION 15. Amendments....................................................53
||
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT A-3 Form of Class D Certificate
EXHIBIT B Form of Monthly Payment Instructions
and Notification to Trustee
EXHIBIT C Form of Monthly Series 1996-A
Holders' Statement
-ii-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 1996-A SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May 9,
1996 and amended and restated as of September 17, 1999 (this "Series
Supplement"), between WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a national
banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer
("Servicer"), and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK (AS SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK
OF NEW YORK), as Trustee ("Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as amended and supplemented as of
September 17, 1999 between the same parties (the "Agreement").
Section 6.3 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that
Transferor and Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by
Trustee to Transferor for the execution and redelivery to Trustee for
authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.
Pursuant to this Series Supplement, as originally entered into as
of May 9, 1996 (the "Original Supplement"), Transferor and the Trust
created a Series of Investor Certificates and specified its Principal
Terms. Transferor and Trustee are, without the necessity of consent of the
Investor Holders, executing and delivering this Series Supplement in
accordance with Section 13.1 of the Agreement to implement certain
amendments to the Original Supplement. The Original Supplement is amended,
restated and replaced by this Series Supplement.
SECTION 1. Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of
Investor Certificates to be issued in three classes pursuant to the
Agreement and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the
"Series 1996-A Certificates." The three classes shall be designated the
6.70% Class A Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A (the "Class A
Certificates"), the 7.00% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A
(the "Class B Certificates") and the Class D Asset-Backed Certificates,
Series 1996-A (the "Class D Certificates"). The Class A Certificates, the
Class B Certificates and the Class D Certificates shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3, respectively. In addition, there is
hereby created a fourth Class which constitutes an uncertificated interest
in the Trust, shall be deemed to be an "Investor Certificate" for all
purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement, and shall be
known as the Collateral Interest, Series 1996-A and have the rights
assigned to the Collateral Interest in this Series Supplement. The
Collateral Interest Holder shall be deemed to be an "Investor Holder" for
all purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement.
1
<PAGE>
(b) Series 1996-A shall be included in Group One (as defined
below). Series 1996-A shall not be subordinated to any other Series.
(c) The Collateral Interest Holder, as holder of an "Investor
Certificate" under the Agreement, shall be entitled to the benefits of the
Agreement and this Series Supplement upon payment by the Collateral
Interest Holder of amounts owing on the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly provided
herein, the provisions of Article VI and Article XII of the Agreement
relating to the registration, authentication, delivery, presentation,
cancellation and surrender of Registered Certificates shall not be
applicable to the Collateral Interest.
SECTION 2. Definitions. If any term or provision contained herein
shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern.
References to any Article or Section are references to Articles or Sections
of the Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided. All capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement, and the
interpretive provisions set out in Section 1.2 of the Agreement apply to
this Series Supplement. Each capitalized term defined herein relates only
to the Investor Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by
the Trust.
"Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" means (a) as of any date of
determination falling in November, December and January of each calendar
year, the product of (i) 2% and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Principal
Receivables and (B) amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and
(b) as of any date of determination falling in any other month, zero;
provided that the amount specified in clause (a) shall be without
duplication with the amount specified as the "Additional Minimum Transferor
Amount" in the Supplement relating to the Series 1996-B Certificates issued
by the Trust (or in any future Supplement that specifies such an amount and
indicates that such amount is without duplication of the amount specified
in clause (a)). The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is specified
pursuant to Section 13 of this Series Supplement as an additional amount to
be considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount.
"Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, as to any Monthly
Period, the sum of the Investor Default Amounts in respect of such Monthly
Period.
"Available Cash Collateral Amount" means with respect to any
Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash
Collateral Account on such date (before giving effect to any deposit to, or
2
<PAGE>
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account to be made with respect to such
date) and (b) the Required Enhancement Amount as of the prior Transfer
Date.
"Available Investor Principal Collections" means, as to any
Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal Collections
for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section
4.14 are required to fund the Class A Required Amount, the Class B Required
Amount and the Collateral Required Amount (other than any portions thereof
that are applied pursuant to (x) Section 4.11(a)(iii), (y) Section 4.13(c)
(to the extent such portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to
pay the Class B Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution
Amount) and (z) Section 4.13(g) and (h) (to the extent such portions are
available to pay the Collateral Default Amount or the Collateral Uncovered
Dilution Amount), which shall, without duplication, be included as
Available Investor Principal Collections), plus (c) the amount of Shared
Principal Collections with respect to Group One that are allocated to
Series 1996-A in accordance with Section 4.15(b).
"Base Rate" means, as to any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the
sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest, the
Collateral Monthly Interest and the Class D Monthly Interest, each for the
related Distribution Period, and the Servicing Fee with respect to such
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of
the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.
"Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 4.17(a).
"Class A Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to
such Section) and (b) the interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral
Account to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant
to Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.
"Class A Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 6.70%.
3
<PAGE>
"Class A Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class A Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Final Scheduled Payment Date" means the July 2001
Distribution Date.
"Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class A Invested Amount (less the balance on deposit in the Principal
Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal
Collections or Shared Principal Collections) as of the last day of the
revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $445,500,000.
"Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
4
<PAGE>
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A Holders prior to
such date and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.12(a) over Class A
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.13(b) prior to such
date of determination, minus (d) the amount of any reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent
cancellation of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this
Series Supplement; provided that the Class A Invested Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
"Class A Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
"Class A Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class A Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(a).
"Class A Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
"Class A Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(a).
"Class A Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.
"Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
5
<PAGE>
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.
"Class B Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 7.00%.
"Class B Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class B Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class B Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage
is zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not
subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared
Principal Collections, to the extent not subtracted in reducing the Class A
Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the revolving
period for such Paired Series).
"Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
6
<PAGE>
"Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $46,750,000.
"Class B Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class B Holders prior to
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(b), minus (d) the
amount of the Reallocated Class B Principal Collections allocated pursuant
to Section 4.14(a) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Class D
Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest have not been reduced, minus
(e) an amount equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount have
been reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and
plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on
all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(d), for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and
(e), minus (g) the amount of any reduction in the Class B Invested Amount
as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent cancellation of
Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this Series Supplement;
provided that the Class B Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.
"Class B Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
"Class B Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(b).
"Class B Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
7
<PAGE>
"Class B Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(b).
"Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the August 2001
Distribution Date.
"Class B Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.
"Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class D Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(d).
"Class D Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.17(c) on the related Transfer Date.
"Class D Certificate Rate" means zero; provided that in connection
with any sale, pledge or other transfer of all or part of the Class D
Certificates, upon satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, the Transferor
may designate an interest rate for the Class D Certificates.
"Class D Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class D Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(d).
"Class D Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class D Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
8
<PAGE>
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class D Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage,
the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Collateral Fixed Allocation
Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that
is not subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or
Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not subtracted in reducing the
Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage, the Class B Fixed Allocation
Percentage and/or the Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of
the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class D Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class D
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class D Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class D Certificates, which is $13,924,051.
"Class D Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Holders prior to
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class D Investor Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(d), minus (d) the
amount of the Reallocated Class D Principal Collections allocated pursuant
to Sections 4.14(a), (b) and (c) on all prior Transfer Dates, minus (e) an
amount equal to the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount has been
reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a), (b) and
(c) and plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and
available on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the
purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses
(c), (d) and (e); provided that the Class D Invested Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
9
<PAGE>
"Class D Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class D Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class D Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(d).
"Class D Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class D Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class D Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).
"Class D Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).
"Class D Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Class D Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.
"Class D Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class D Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Closing Date" means May 9, 1996.
"Collateral Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.
"Collateral Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
10
<PAGE>
"Collateral Default Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date, an
amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as of the close of business
on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is
equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed Allocation
Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series
and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series
during the Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written
notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after satisfaction of
the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A Certificates (if
any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class B Certificates
(if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate a different
numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the Collateral
Interest (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Class B
Fixed Allocation Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the
Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated
Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not
subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and/or the
Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the
revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage means
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Collateral Initial Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Collateral Initial Interest" means $57,750,000.
"Collateral Interest" means, on any date of determination, a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust which shall consist of the right
to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments to the
Collateral Interest Holder under this Series Supplement, the portion of
Collections allocable thereto under the Agreement and this Series
Supplement, funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocable thereto
pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement and other amounts to
11
<PAGE>
be paid in respect thereof as provided in the Agreement and this Series
Supplement. On any date, for purposes of all calculations in the Agreement
and this Series Supplement, the amount of the Collateral Interest shall be
an amount equal to (a) the Collateral Initial Interest, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Collateral Interest
Holder prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Collateral
Charge-Offs for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(c), minus
(d) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated pursuant to
Sections 4.14(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced, minus (e) an amount equal to the
amount by which the Collateral Interest has been reduced on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and (b), and plus (f) the
aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the purpose of reimbursing
amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e);
provided that the Collateral Interest may not be reduced below zero.
"Collateral Interest Holder" means the entity so designated in the
Loan Agreement.
"Collateral Interest Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3 of
this Series Supplement.
"Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b)
with respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization
Period or Early Amortization Period, the Collateral Fixed Allocation
Percentage.
"Collateral Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).
"Collateral Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).
"Collateral Rate" means, for any Distribution Period, the rate
specified in the Loan Agreement; provided that the Collateral Rate shall
not exceed a per annum rate of 1.1% in excess of LIBOR for such
Distribution Period for purposes of this Supplement and the Agreement.
"Collateral Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Collateral Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(c).
12
<PAGE>
"Collateral Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Controlled Amortization Amount" means $89,100,000.
"Controlled Amortization Period" means, unless an Early
Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing
at the beginning of business on February 1, 2001 and ending on the first to
occur of (a) the Early Amortization Commencement Date and (b) the Series
1996-A Termination Date.
"Controlled Amortization Shortfall" initially means zero and, with
respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled Amortization Period,
means the excess, if any of the Controlled Payment Amount for the previous
Monthly Period over the amounts distributed pursuant to Section 4.11(e)(i)
with respect to the Class A Certificates for the previous Monthly Period.
"Controlled Payment Amount" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled Amortization Amount for such Transfer
Date and (b) any existing Controlled Amortization Shortfall.
"Cumulative Principal Shortfall" means the sum of the Principal
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Supplements) for
each Series in Group One.
"Default Amount" means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of
Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless there is
an Insolvency Event with respect to Transferor) in such Defaulted Account
on the day it became a Defaulted Account.
"Defaulted Account" means an Account in which there are Defaulted
Receivables.
"Deficiency Amount" means, at any time of determination, the sum
of the Class A Deficiency Amount, the Class B Deficiency Amount and the
Class D Deficiency Amount.
"Dilution" means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the
amount of any Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized
charge, fraudulent or counterfeit charge or billing error to an
accountholder, (b) because such Receivable was created in respect of
13
<PAGE>
merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for
any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off
such amount as uncollectible.
"Distribution Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Distribution Date" means June 17, 1996 and the fifteenth day of
each calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day.
"Distribution Period" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date through
the day preceding such Distribution Date, except the initial Distribution
Period will be the period from and including the Closing Date through the
day preceding the initial Distribution Date.
"Early Amortization Commencement Date" means the date on which an
Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Agreement or a Series 1996-A Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur
pursuant to Section 9 of this Series Supplement.
"Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the
Early Amortization Commencement Date and ending on the Series 1996-A
Termination Date.
"Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
subordination of the Class B Certificates, the Collateral Interest, the
Class D Certificates and the Cash Collateral Account; and with respect to
the Class B Certificates, the subordination of the Collateral Interest, the
Class D Certificates and the Cash Collateral Account.
"Enhancement Agreement" means the Loan Agreement and any agreement
entered into by Transfer, Servicer and/or Trustee with any Holder of Class
D Certificates that is not Transferor or any of its Affiliates.
"Enhancement Provider" means the Collateral Interest Holder and
any Holder of Class D Certificates that is not Transferor or any of its
Affiliates.
"Enhancement Surplus" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account, plus the Class D Invested Amount, plus the Collateral Interest (in
each case after giving effect to any withdrawals, increases or reductions
14
<PAGE>
made with respect to such date other than as the result of the existence of
an Enhancement Surplus) over (b) the Required Enhancement Amount.
"Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Transfer Date and
subject to Section 4.7(d), the sum of (a) the sum of the amounts, if any,
with respect to such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii), 4.11(c)(ii) and 4.11(cc)(ii), plus (b) the
Excess Finance Charge Collections, if any, allocated to Series 1996-A
pursuant to Section 4.5 for the related Distribution Date.
"Finance Charge Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (hh)(iv) of Section 4.13 for that Transfer
Date over (b) the sum of the amounts, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii), 4.11(c)(ii)
and 4.11(cc)(ii).
"Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P. or its successors.
"Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust determined as of the
close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (b) the
sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such
term is defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Principal
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series and an Early
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the
Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered
to Trustee and Servicer, but only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to the Class A Certificates (if any Class A
Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class B Certificates (if any Class
B Certificates remain outstanding), designate a different numerator
(provided that such numerator is not less than the Invested Amount (less
the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to
being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired
Series); provided further that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a
Monthly Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage for the portion of the
Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject
Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined
using a denominator equal to the greater of the amounts specified in
15
<PAGE>
clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the close of business on the
subject Reset Date.
"Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of
the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period,
the Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which is the greater of
(a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of
business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect
to the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
in the Trust as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding
the Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Agreement) for
allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Default Amounts,
Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as applicable, for all
outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if one or
more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the Floating Allocation
Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling on and after each
such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent
Reset Date will be determined using a denominator equal to the greater of
the amounts specified in clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the
close of business on the subject Reset Date.
"Group One" means Series 1996-A and each other Series specified in
the related Supplement to be included in Group One.
"Initial Invested Amount" means $563,924,051.
"Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class B
Invested Amount, (c) the Collateral Interest and (d) the Class D Invested
Amount, each as of such date.
"Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class
B Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the Class D Certificates.
"Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Receivable in
a Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default
Amount and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage on the day such Account
became a Defaulted Account.
"Investor Holder" means, for all purposes of the Agreement and
this Series Supplement, (a) with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
holder of record of a Class A Certificate, (b) with respect to the Class B
16
<PAGE>
Certificates, the holder of record of a Class B Certificate, (c) with
respect to the Collateral Interest, the Collateral Interest Holder, and (d)
with respect to the Class D Certificates, the holder of record of a Class D
Certificate.
"Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, (a) with
respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Default Amounts and Uncovered
Dilution Amounts at any time and Principal Receivables during the Revolving
Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to
Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period or the
Early Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited (or required
to be deposited on the related Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.7(d),
before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to such Section) into
the Principal Account for such Monthly Period pursuant to Sections
4.7(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv), 4.7(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), or 4.7(c)(ii),
(iii), (iv) and (v), in each case, as applicable to such Monthly Period,
(b) the aggregate amount to be treated as Investor Principal Collections
pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii), and 4.13(a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h),
(hh)(i) and (hh)(iv) for such Monthly Period (other than such amount paid
from Reallocated Principal Collections), and (c) the aggregate amount
transferred or required to be transferred on the related Transfer Date
(before giving effect to any permitted netting pursuant to Section 4.7(d))
from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal Account pursuant to
Section 4.15(d).
"LIBOR" means, for each Distribution Period, the London interbank
offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits, as determined by
Trustee in accordance with the Loan Agreement.
"Loan Agreement" means the agreement among Transferor, Servicer,
Trustee, and the Collateral Interest Holder, dated as of May 9, 1996, as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
"Paired Series" means a Series that has been paired with Series
1996-A (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded or may be a
Variable Interest) such that a reduction of the Invested Amount results in
(or permits) an increase of the invested amount of the paired Series.
"Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables deposited (or required to be deposited on the related
Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted netting), into the
17
<PAGE>
Finance Charge Account and allocable to the Investor Certificates for such
Monthly Period (excluding any Excess Finance Charge Collections) and (b)
interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to the Investor
Certificates on the Transfer Date related to such Monthly Period, as
described in Section 4.17(b), after subtracting the Aggregate Investor
Default Amount and Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period, and
the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business
on the last day of such Monthly Period.
"Principal Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Principal Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date relating
to the Controlled Amortization Period, the sum of (A) the Controlled
Payment Amount for such Transfer Date, (B) on any Transfer Date after the
Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero,
the Class B Invested Amount and (C) the lesser of the Enhancement Surplus
(if any) and the Collateral Interest for such Transfer Date, (ii) with
respect to any Transfer Date during the Early Amortization Period, the
Invested Amount and (iii) with respect to any Transfer Date relating to the
Revolving Period, the amount specified in clause (a)(i)(C) above over (b)
the Investor Principal Collections minus the Reallocated Principal
Collections (other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant to
(x) Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such
portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B
Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount) for such
Transfer Date.
"Rating Agency" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.
"Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by
each Rating Agency to Transferor, Servicer and Trustee that an action will
not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then existing
rating of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates or, to the
extent specified in the Loan Agreement (and with respect to Fitch only),
the Collateral Interest.
"Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.
18
<PAGE>
"Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
last Business Day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date.
"Required Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date
of determination, the Required Enhancement Amount less the sum of the
Collateral Interest and the Class D Invested Amount.
"Required Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.17(c).
"Required Enhancement Amount" means, with respect to each Transfer
Date, the greater of (a) an amount equal to 15% of the Invested Amount on
such Transfer Date, after taking into account any payments (including
payments on the Collateral Interest) to be made on the related Distribution
Date and (b) $16,917,722; provided that (x) if, on or prior to such
Transfer Date, there has been any Required Draw Amount pursuant to Section
4.17(c) or any reductions in the Collateral Interest pursuant to clauses
(c), (d) or (e) of the definition of such term, or an Early Amortization
Event has occurred with respect to Series 1996-A, then the Required
Enhancement Amount for such Transfer Date shall, subject to clauses (y) and
(z), equal the Required Enhancement Amount on the Transfer Date immediately
preceding such reduction, Required Draw Amount or Early Amortization Event,
(y) in no event shall the Required Enhancement Amount exceed the sum of the
outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A Certificates and (ii) the
Class B Certificates, each as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Transfer Date after taking into account the payments to be
made on the related Distribution Date and (z) the Required Enhancement
Amount may be reduced or increased at Transferor's option at any time if
Transferor, Servicer, the Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee have been
provided evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.
"Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, for purposes of
Series 1996-A, 4%.
"Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date on which
Receivables from Supplemental Accounts are added to the Trust, (b) a
Removal Date on which, if any Series has been paid in full, Principal
Receivables in an aggregate amount approximately equal to the initial
investor interest of such Series are removed from the Trust, (c) a date on
which there is an increase in the Invested Amount of any Variable Interest
issued by the Trust and (d) any date on which a new Series is issued.
19
<PAGE>
"Revolving Period" means the period from and including the Closing
Date to, but not including, the earlier of (a) the beginning of business on
February 1, 2001 and (b) the Early Amortization Commencement Date.
"Series Account" means, as to Series 1996-A, the Distribution
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Cash
Collateral Account.
"Series Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the numerator used in determining the Floating Allocation Percentage for
that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the
numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is
defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the
Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling
on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to
any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is
equal to the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor
Percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for
all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset
Date.
"Series 1996-A" means the Series of the World Financial Network Credit
Card Master Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.
"Series 1996-A Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, Class
B Certificates and the Class D Certificates.
"Series 1996-A Holder" means the holder of record of a Series 1996-A
Certificate.
"Series 1996-A Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of
(a) the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full, (b)
the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and (c) the February
2004 Distribution Date.
"Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.0%.
"Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series Supplement.
"Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires,
either (a) the amount allocated to the Investor Certificates which are
treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.7(a),
4.7(b)(v)(B), 4.7(c)(v)(B), 4.11(cc)(ii) and 4.11(e)(v) and which may be
20
<PAGE>
applied to the principal shortfall with respect to other outstanding Series
in Group One or (b) the amounts allocated to the investor certificates of
other Series in Group One which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may
be applied to cover the Principal Shortfall with respect to the Investor
Certificates.
"Specified Transferor Amount" means, at any time, the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) at that time.
"Target Amount" is defined in Section 4.7(d).
"Uncovered Dilution Amount" means an amount equal to the product
of (x) the Series Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period
(determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during that
Monthly Period), times (y) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during that
Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to made to the Excess
Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.9(a) but has not been made; provided
that, if the Transferor Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit
referred to in clause (y) is required to be made, the Uncovered Dilution
Amount for such amount to be deposited shall be deemed to be zero.
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable
to Series 1996-A with respect to any Transfer Date (the "Servicing Fee")
shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Series Servicing
Fee Percentage and (ii) the Invested Amount as of the last day of the
Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided that with respect to
the first Transfer Date, the Servicing Fee shall equal $672,222.22. The
share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the Class A Invested Amount (the
"Class A Servicing Fee"), the Class B Invested Amount (the "Class B
Servicing Fee"), the Collateral Interest (the "Collateral Interest
Servicing Fee") and the Class D Invested Amount (the "Class D Servicing
Fees") with respect to any Transfer Date shall equal the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage, Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, Collateral
Floating Allocation Percentage and Class D Floating Allocation Percentage,
respectively, of such Servicing Fee. Except as specifically provided above,
the Servicing Fee shall be paid by the cash flows from the Trust allocated
to Transferor or the certificateholders of other Series (as provided in the
related Supplements) and in no event shall the Trust, Trustee or the
Investor Holders be liable therefor. The Class A Servicing Fee shall be
payable to Servicer solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(ii) and
4.13(a). The Class B Servicing Fee shall be payable solely to the extent
amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to
Sections 4.11(b)(ii) and 4.13(c). The Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
shall be payable solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Section 4.13(f) or if
21
<PAGE>
applicable Section 4.11(c)(i). The Class D Servicing Fees shall be payable
solely to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect
thereof pursuant to Section 4.13(hh)(ii) or if applicable
Section 4.11(cc)(i).
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions. (a) The Investor Certificates shall be subject to retransfer to
Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or after the
Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less
than or equal to 5% of the Initial Invested Amount by deposit into the
Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 12.2 of an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the
Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates, Collateral Interest and Class D
Certificates, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor
Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the
repurchase occurs. Upon the tender of the outstanding Series 1996-A
Certificates by the Holders (and without tender in the case of the
Collateral Interest), Trustee shall distribute such amount, together with
all funds on deposit in the Principal Account to the Investor Holders on
the next Distribution Date in repayment of the principal amount and accrued
and unpaid interest owing to the Investor Holders. Following any
redemption, the Investor Holders shall have no further rights with respect
to the Receivables. If Transferor fails for any reason to deposit in the
Collection Account the aggregate purchase price for the Investor
Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the Investor Holders in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and this Series Supplement.
(b) The amount required to be deposited by Transferor with respect
to the Investor Certificates in connection with any reassignment of
Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 shall equal the sum of (i) the Invested
Amount (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal Account), plus
(ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor Certificates through the
day preceding the Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs. The
amount so deposited together with the amount then on deposit in the
Principal Account shall be distributed to the Holders of the Investor
Certificates in final payment of the Invested Amount and all such other
amounts on the Distribution Date on which it is deposited.
(c) Proceeds available from the sale of Receivables in accordance
with Section 12.2(c) on the Series 1996-A Termination Date shall be
treated, to the extent of the Invested Amount, as Collections of Principal
Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor Certificates and any
excess shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables that
have been allocated to the Investor Certificates, in each case with respect
to the prior Monthly Period.
(d) Transferor may from time to time, purchase Class A and Class B
Certificates on the secondary market and request Trustee to cancel such
22
<PAGE>
Class A and Class B Certificates held by Transferor and reduce the Class A
or Class B Invested Amount, as applicable, by a corresponding amount;
provided that Transferor may make such purchases and requests for
cancellation of Class B Certificates resulting in a reduction of Class B
Invested Amount only to the extent that it has made (or will make
contemporaneously with any such purchase and request for cancellation of
Class B Certificates) purchases and requests for cancellations of Class A
Certificates that result in at least a pro rata reduction of the Class A
Invested Amount; provided, further, that no purchase of Class B
Certificates can be made if Class A Certificates remain outstanding and the
sums of the Collateral Interest plus the balance on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account is less than the Required Enhancement Amount; provided,
further, that no purchase of Class B Certificates shall be made if Class A
Certificates remain outstanding and the sum of the Collateral Interest plus
the balance on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is less than the
Required Enhancement Amount.
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates.
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-A Certificates to
Trustee (in definitive, fully registered form) for authentication in
accordance with Section 6.1. Trustee shall deliver such Certificates when
authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2. The Collateral Interest shall
be issued as provided in this Series Supplement and the Loan Agreement.
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates.
(a) The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall be
delivered as Book-Entry Certificates as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.10.
(b) The depository for Series 1996-A shall be The Depository Trust
Company, and the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall be
initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.
(c) The Class D Certificates shall be delivered in fully
registered definitive form to Transferor.
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1 through 4.5 shall
read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV (except for
Sections 4.1 through 4.5 thereof) shall be read in its entirety as follows
and shall be applicable only to the Investor Certificates:
ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest Holder.
The Investor Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust,
23
<PAGE>
consisting of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the
required payments with respect to such Investor Certificates at the times
and in the amounts specified in this Agreement, (a) the applicable Investor
Percentage of Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b)
funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Distribution
Account. The Class D Certificates shall be subordinated to the Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Collateral Interest to the
extent described herein. The Collateral Interest shall be subordinate to
the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates to the extent
described herein. The Class B Certificates shall be subordinate to the
Class A Certificates to the extent described herein. Transferor shall not
have any interest in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account,
the Principal Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Distribution
Account, except as specifically provided in this Article IV.
SECTION 4.7 Allocations. (a) Allocations During the Revolving
Period. During the Revolving Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to
the Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing.
24
<PAGE>
In addition, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Class A
Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in
respect of Principal Receivables on each Date of Processing shall be
treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(b) Allocations During the Controlled Amortization Period. During
the Controlled Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to
the Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections, and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(v) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the amount allocated pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(v)(A) during
any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Controlled Payment Amount
for the related Transfer Date (after taking into account any
payments to be made on the immediately preceding Distribution
25
<PAGE>
Date) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount
not allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).
(c) Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During the
Early Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the
Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections, and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(v) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the aggregate amount allocated pursuant to this Section
4.7(c)(v)(A) during any Monthly Period shall not exceed the
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
prior Monthly Period (after taking into account any payments to be
made on the Distribution Date relating to such prior Monthly
Period and deposits and any adjustments to be made to the Invested
Amount to be made on the Transfer Date relating
26
<PAGE>
to such Monthly Period) and (B) treat as Shared Principal
Collections any amount not allocated as a result of the proviso to
clause (A).
(d) During any period when Servicer is permitted by Section 4.3 to
make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts allocated
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), (b) and (c) with
respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the Collection
Account or any Series Account prior to the related Transfer Date, and, when
so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts required to be
distributed to Transferor and, if WFN is Servicer, Servicer and (y) shall
be deposited into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case of
Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared Principal
Collections allocated to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 4.15)), subject
in either case to the proviso to the next sentence. At any other time,
amounts so allocated on each Date of Processing shall be deposited on that
Date of Processing into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in
the case of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section
4.15)), provided that:
(i) so long as no draw has been made on the Cash
Collateral Account, with respect to each Monthly Period falling in
the Revolving Period (and with respect to that portion of each
Monthly Period in the Controlled Amortization Period falling on or
after the day on which Collections of Principal Receivables equal
to the related Controlled Payment Amount have been allocated
pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(v) and deposited pursuant to Section
4.7(d)), Collections of Finance Charge Receivables shall be
deposited into the Finance Charge Account only until such time as
the aggregate amount so deposited equals the sum (the "Target
Amount") of (A) the amounts of Class A Monthly Interest, Class B
Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amount and Class A Additional
Interest (if any), Class B Deficiency Amount and Class B
Additional Interest (if any), (B) if WFN is not Servicer, the
Servicing Fee, each due on the related Distribution Date, (C) any
Collateral Monthly Interest due on the related Transfer Date and
any other amounts that Transferor or Servicer knows will be owed
under the Loan Agreement on the related Transfer Date to the
extent such amounts are payable under the Loan Agreement from
Available Non-Principal Funds (as defined in the Loan Agreement)
and (D) any Finance Charge Shortfalls for any other Series in
Group One (as defined in the related Supplement); and
(ii) with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the
Revolving Period, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated
to the Investor Holders
27
<PAGE>
pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) shall (after an
amount equal to any Collateral Monthly Principal for that Monthly
Period has been deposited into the Principal Account) be paid to
Transferor (or, if the Transferor Amount is less than the
Specified Transferor Amount, deposited into the Excess Funding
Account), but Transferor shall make an amount equal to the
Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer Date
available on that Transfer Date for application in accordance with
Section 4.14.
With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited in
accordance with clause (i) of the preceding proviso, notwithstanding such
limitation: (1) "Excess Spread" for the related Transfer Date shall be
calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to
the Investor Certificates during that Monthly Period had been deposited in
the Finance Charge Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance
with Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c) and 4.11(cc); (2) Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables released to Transferor pursuant to such clause
(i) shall be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Supplement
and the Loan Agreement, to have been distributed on account of or otherwise
applied to the items specified in Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c),
4.11(cc) and 4.13 to which such amounts would have been applied (and in the
priority in which they would have been applied) had such amounts been
available in the Finance Charge Account on such Transfer Date; and (3) for
purposes of the Loan Agreement, "Available Principal Funds" and "Available
Non-Principal Funds" for the related Transfer Date shall be calculated as
if the proviso set forth in Section 4.7(d)(i) and (ii) had not applied and
the full amount of Collections allocated to the Investor Certificates
during that Monthly Period had been deposited in the Finance Charge Account
and the Principal Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance
with Article IV. If the amount actually available for application as
Available Non-Principal Funds under the Loan Agreement is insufficient to
make all payments, distributions and deposits required to be made under the
Loan Agreement on such Transfer Date, Transferor shall deposit, on such
Transfer Date, an amount equal to the difference between the Available
Non-Principal Funds, as so calculated, and the amount actually available.
If the amount actually available for application as Available Principal
Funds under the Loan Agreement is insufficient to make all payments,
distributions and deposits required to be made under the Loan Agreement on
such Transfer Date, Transferor shall deposit, on such Transfer Date, an
amount equal to the difference between the Available Principal Funds, as so
calculated, and the amount actually available. In addition, the proviso set
forth in Section 4.7(d)(i) and (ii) shall not apply at any time when the
most recently determined Available Cash Collateral Amount is less than the
Required Cash Collateral Amount. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred
to in the preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause
(c) of the definition of Class A Invested Amount, clause (f) of the
28
<PAGE>
definition of Class B Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of
Collateral Interest, clause (f) of the definition of Class D Invested
Amount and Section 4.10.
Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if on any Business Day Servicer
determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the Target
Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by Servicer, then
(x) Servicer shall (on the same Business Day) inform Transferor of such
determination, and (y) within two Business Days of receiving such notice
Transferor shall deposit into the Finance Charge Account funds in an amount
equal to the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated
to the Investor Certificates for that Monthly Period but not deposited into
the Finance Charge Account due to the operation of clause (i) (but not in
excess of the amount required so that the aggregate amount deposited for
the subject Monthly Period equals the Target Amount). In addition, if on
any Transfer Date the Transferor Amount will be less than the Specified
Transferor Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that
Transfer Date, Transferor shall, on that Transfer Date, deposit into the
Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of Class A
Available Funds and Excess Spread that are required to be treated as
Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii) and 4.13
but are not available from funds in the Finance Charge Account as a result
of the operation of clause (i).
(e) On any date, Servicer may withdraw from the Collection Account
or any Series Account any amounts inadvertently deposited in such account
that should have not been so deposited.
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest. (a) The amount of
monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificates shall equal the
product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, times
(iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
determined as of the Record Date preceding the related Transfer Date (the
"Class A Monthly Interest"); provided that (x) Class A Monthly Interest for
the first Distribution Period will be $2,984,850 and (y) in addition to
Class A Monthly Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid Class
A Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1)
one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class A Certificate Rate, plus 2% per
annum, and (B) any Class A Deficiency Amount from the prior Transfer Date
(or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been paid to Class A
Holders) (the "Class A Additional Interest"), shall also be distributable
to the Class A Certificates, and on such Transfer Date Trustee shall
deposit such funds, to the extent available, into the Distribution Account.
The "Class A Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the
excess, if any, of the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this Section
4.8(a) as of the prior Distribution Period over the amount actually
transferred from the Distribution Account for payment of such amount.
29
<PAGE>
(b) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B
Certificates shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the
Class B Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding principal balance of
the Class B Certificates determined as of the Record Date preceding the
related Transfer Date (the "Class B Monthly Interest"); provided that (x)
Class B Monthly Interest for the first Distribution Period will be $327,250
and (y) in addition to the Class B Monthly Interest an amount equal to the
amount of any unpaid Class B Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to
the product of (A) (1) one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class B
Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount
from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not
theretofore been paid to Class B Holders) (the "Class B Additional
Interest"), shall also be distributable to the Class B Certificates, and on
such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent
available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class B Deficiency Amount"
for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate
amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) as of the prior Distribution
Period over the amount actually transferred from the Distribution Account
for payment of such amount.
(c) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Collateral
Interest (the "Collateral Monthly Interest") shall equal the product of (i)
(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B)
the Collateral Rate in effect with respect to the related Distribution
Period, times (ii) the Collateral Interest determined as of the Record Date
preceding such Transfer Date.
(d) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class D
Certificates (the "Class D Monthly Interest") shall initially be zero but
may be increased in connection with any sale, pledge or transfer of the
Class D Certificates to anyone other than the Transferor and its
Affiliates, subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. In that
case, in addition to the Class D Monthly Interest an amount equal to the
amount of any unpaid Class D Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to
interest accrued at a rate equal to the sum of the Class D Certificate
Rate, plus 2% per annum on any Class D Deficiency Amount from the prior
Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been paid
to Class D Holders) (the "Class D Additional Interest"), shall also be
distributable to the Class D Certificates, and on such Transfer Date
Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent available, into the
Distribution Account. The "Class D Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date
shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to
this Section 4.8(d) as of the prior Distribution Period over the amount
actually transferred from the Distribution Account for payment of such
amount.
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal. (a) The amount
of monthly principal distributable from the Principal Account with respect
30
<PAGE>
to the Class A Certificates on each Transfer Date ("Class A Monthly
Principal"), beginning with the Transfer Date in the month following the
month in which the Controlled Amortization Period or, if earlier, the Early
Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal
Account with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for each Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled Amortization Period prior to the Class A
Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Controlled Payment Amount for such
Transfer Date and (iii) the Class A Invested Amount on such Transfer Date
prior to any distributions thereon on such day.
(b) The amount of monthly principal distributable from the
Principal Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on each Transfer
Date (the "Class B Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Amortization
Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A
Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization Period
beginning with the Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is
reduced to zero (in either case after giving effect to payments to be made
on the related Distribution Date), shall be an amount equal to the lesser
of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the Available Investor Principal
Collections on such Transfer Date over (B) any Class A Monthly Principal on
such Transfer Date and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount (after taking into
account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to
Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.
(c) The amount of monthly principal (the "Collateral Monthly
Principal") distributable from the Principal Account with respect to the
Collateral Interest on each Transfer Date shall be (i) during the Revolving
Period following any reduction of the Required Enhancement Amount, an
amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus on such Transfer
Date and (B) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer
Date or (ii) during the Controlled Amortization Period or Early
Amortization Period an amount equal to the least of (A) the Enhancement
Surplus on such Transfer Date, (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the Available
Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (2) the sum of
the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal for such
Transfer Date and (C) the Collateral Interest on such Transfer Date (after
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14).
(d) The amount of monthly principal distributable from the
Principal Account with respect to the Class D Certificates on each Transfer
Date (the "Class D Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Amortization
Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest
are reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization Period beginning on the
Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
31
<PAGE>
Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest are reduced to zero (in either
case after giving effect to payments to be made on the related Distribution
Date), shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of
(A) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over
(B) any Class A Monthly Principal on such Transfer Date over any Class A
Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Collateral Monthly
Principal on such Transfer Date, and (iii) the Class D Invested Amount
(after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount. (a) On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class A Required
Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly Interest for
such Transfer Date, plus (ii) the Class A Deficiency Amount, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (iii) the Class A Additional Interest, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (iv) the Class A Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus (v) the Class A Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
on any prior Transfer Date, plus (vi) the Class A Investor Default Amount,
if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (vii) the Class A Uncovered Dilution
Amount for the related Monthly Period, exceeds the Class A Available Funds
for the related Monthly Period.
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine
the amount (the "Class B Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of (i)
the amount, if any, by which the sum of (A) the Class B Monthly Interest
for such Transfer Date, plus (B) the Class B Deficiency Amount, if any, for
such Transfer Date plus (C) the Class B Additional Interest, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (D) the Class B Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus (E) the Class B Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
on any prior Transfer Date, exceeds the Class B Available Funds for the
related Monthly Period plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Class B Investor
Default Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date and (B) the Class B
Uncovered Dilution Amount for the related Monthly Period.
(c) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine
the amount (the "Collateral Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of
(i) the amount, if any, by which the Collateral Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus the Collateral Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
on any prior Transfer Date, in each case to the extent payable pursuant to
Section 4.11(c)(i), exceeds the Collateral Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period, plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Collateral Monthly Interest
plus the amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such
Transfer Date, (B) the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral
Interest Servicing Fees payable pursuant to Section 4.13(f) and (C) the
Collateral Reduction Amount, if any, for the related Monthly Period.
32
<PAGE>
(d) If the sum of the Class A Required Amount, the Class B
Required Amount and the Collateral Required Amount for such Transfer Date
is greater than zero, Servicer shall give written notice to Trustee of such
positive Class A Required Amount, Class B Required Amount or Collateral
Required Amount on or before such Transfer Date. In addition:
(i) If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and
any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an
amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(a). If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
with respect to such Transfer Date, the Collections of Principal
Receivables allocable to the Class D Certificates, the Collateral
Interest and the Class B Certificates with respect to the prior
Monthly Period shall be applied as specified in Section 4.14;
(ii) If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer
Date is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread
(and any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date
in an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(c). If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
available to fund the Class B Required Amount pursuant to Section
4.13(c), the Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the
Class D Certificates and the Collateral Interest (after
application to the Class A Required Amount) shall be applied as
specified in Section 4.14; and
(iii) All or a portion of the Excess Spread with respect
to each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the Collateral
Required Amount, to the extent available, for such Transfer Date
shall be distributed on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13. If the Collateral Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread available to fund the
Collateral Required Amount pursuant to Section 4.13, the
Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class D
Certificates (after application to the Class A Required Amount and
the Class B Required Amount) shall be applied as specified in
Section 4.14;
33
<PAGE>
provided that the sum of any payments pursuant to this paragraph shall not
exceed the sum of the Class A Required Amount, the Class B Required Amount
and the Collateral Required Amount.
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to withdraw, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw on such Transfer Date or
the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the extent of available
funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge
Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account as follows:
(a) An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest, plus any
Class A Deficiency Amount, plus any Class A Additional Interest
(in each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by
Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution Account;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class A Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date plus any Class A Servicing Fee due but not paid
to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date (less, if WFN is Servicer,
amounts previously retained towards payment of such fees) shall be
distributed to Servicer;
(iii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Investor
Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any,
for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated (or deemed, in
accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be treated) as a portion of
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited
into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date; and
(iv) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(b) An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest, plus
any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus any Class B Additional
Interest (in each case for
34
<PAGE>
such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by Servicer or Trustee into
the Distribution Account;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date, plus any Class B Servicing Fee due but not
paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date for such Transfer Date
(less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained towards
payment of such fees) shall be distributed to Servicer; and
(iii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(c) An amount equal to the Collateral Available Funds for the
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the
extent available, in the following priority:
(i) if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is
Servicer, an amount equal to the Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
for such Transfer Date, plus any Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
due but not paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be
distributed to Servicer; and
(ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(cc) An amount equal to the Class D Available Funds for the
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the
extent available, in the following priority:
(i) if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is
Servicer, an amount equal to the Class D Servicing Fee for such
Transfer Date, plus any Class D Servicing Fee due but not paid to
Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be distributed to
Servicer; and
(ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(d) During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available
Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period will be
distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent available, in the
following priority:
35
<PAGE>
(i) an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Principal
for such Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Collateral
Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and
(ii) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the application specified in Section
4.11(d)(i) shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(e) On each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer Date
falling in the calendar month following the one in which the Controlled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period (whichever is earlier)
commences, an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal Collections
for the related Monthly Period will be distributed on such Transfer Date,
to the extent available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for
such Transfer Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution
Account;
(ii) after giving effect to the distribution referred to
in clause (i), an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal,
shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;
(iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer
Date immediately preceding the Series 1996-A Termination Date, in
which case on the Series 1996-A Termination Date) after giving
effect to the distribution referred to in clauses (i) and (ii)
above, an amount equal to Collateral Monthly Principal shall be
distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with
the Loan Agreement;
(iv) after giving effect to the distributions referred to
in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, an amount equal to the Class
D Monthly Principal, shall be deposited into the Distribution
Account; and
(v) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the applications specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be treated as Shared
Principal Collections.
(f) Reserved.
(g) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall pay in accordance
with Section 5.1(a) to the Class A Holders from the Distribution Account,
the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section
4.11(a)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date; and to the Class B Holders from
36
<PAGE>
the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution
Account pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date.
(h) On the first Distribution Date with respect to the earlier to
occur of the Controlled Amortization Period and the Early Amortization
Period and on each Distribution Date thereafter, Trustee, acting in
accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall pay in accordance with
Section 5.1 from the Distribution Account the amount so deposited into the
Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 4.11(e) on the related Transfer
Date in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class A Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class A Holders;
(ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and on or after the Class B Scheduled Payment
Date, after giving effect to the distributions referred to in
clause (i) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class B Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class B Holders;
(iii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the
Early Amortization Period and on or after the Distribution Date on
which the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount
have been reduced to zero, after giving effect to the
distributions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, an amount
equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in the Distribution
Account and the Collateral Interest shall be paid to the
Collateral Interest Holder; and
(iv) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and on or after the Distribution Date on which
the Collateral Interest has been reduced to zero, after giving
effect to the distributions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class D Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class D Holders.
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs. (a) On or before each Transfer
Date, Servicer shall calculate the sum of the Class A Investor Default
Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class
A Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer Date, the Class A Reduction Amount
for the prior Monthly Period exceeds the sum of the amount allocated with
respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(iii), Section 4.13(a)
(including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for such
37
<PAGE>
allocation) and Section 4.14 with respect to such Monthly Period, the Class
D Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class D
Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal Collections on such
Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by
more than the lesser of the Class A Reduction Amount and the Class D
Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class D Investor
Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer
Date) for such Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Class D
Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D Invested Amount will
be reduced to zero, and the Collateral Interest (after giving effect to
reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal
Collections on such Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount by which
the Class D Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If such
reduction would cause the Collateral Interest to be a negative number, the
Collateral Interest will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested
Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class B Investor
Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Class B Principal Collections on such
Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral
Interest would have been reduced below zero. If such reduction would cause
the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested
Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class A Reduction Amount for
such Transfer Date (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off"). If the Class A
Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor
Charge-Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not by an
amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for such purpose pursuant
to Section 4.13(b).
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Class B Uncovered
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class B Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Class B Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Collateral Principal
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(c), (including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral
Account for such allocation) and Section 4.14, the Collateral Interest
(after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge- Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) will be reduced by
the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the Class B
Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to
reductions for any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated
Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments with
respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) for such Transfer Date. If
such reduction would cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative
38
<PAGE>
number, the Class D Invested Amount shall be reduced to zero and the
Collateral Interest shall be reduced by the amount by which the Class D
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If such reduction would
cause the Collateral Interest to be a negative number, the Collateral
Interest shall be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount shall be
reduced by the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class B Reduction Amount for
such Transfer Date ("Class B Investor Charge-Off"). The Class B Invested
Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections in excess of the Class D Invested Amount and the Collateral
Interest pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the
Class B Invested Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a
reduction in the Class A Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.12(a). The
Class B Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed (but not to an amount
in excess of the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on
any Transfer Date by the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available
for that purpose as described under Section 4.13(d).
(c) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Collateral Default Amount and the Collateral Uncovered Dilution
Amount (such sum being the "Collateral Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Collateral Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(e) and Section 4.14, the Class D Invested Amount (after
giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Sections 4.12(a) and (b)) will be
reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the
Collateral Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount (after giving
effect to reductions for any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Sections 4.12(a) and (b)) for such
Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Class D Invested Amount to
be a negative number, the Class D Invested Amount shall be reduced to zero,
and the Collateral Interest will also be reduced by the amount by which the
Class D Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but no more
than the Collateral Reduction Amount for such Transfer Date ("Collateral
Charge-Off"). The Collateral Interest will also be reduced by the amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of the Class D Invested Amount
pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Collateral
Interest allocated to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates
to avoid a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount or the Class B Invested
Amount pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and 4.12(b), respectively. The
Collateral Interest will thereafter be reimbursed on any Transfer Date by
the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose as
described under Section 4.13(f).
39
<PAGE>
(d) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class D Investor Default Amount and the Class D Uncovered
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class D Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Class D Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread which is allocated and available to
fund such amount pursuant to Section 4.13(hh)(iii), the Class D Invested
Amount will be reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than
the lesser of the Class D Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount
for such Transfer Date (a "Class D Investor Charge-Off"). The Class D
Invested Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the
Class D Invested Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates or the Collateral Interest to avoid a reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(a), the Class B Invested Amount,
pursuant to Section 4.12(b), or the Collateral Interest, pursuant to
Section 4.12(c), respectively. The Class D Invested Amount will thereafter
be reimbursed on any Transfer Date by the amount of the Excess Spread
allocated and available for that purpose as described under Section
4.11(hh)(ii).
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to apply, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions shall apply (or be deemed, in accordance
with Section 4.7(d), to apply), Excess Spread with respect to the related
Monthly Period, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date
in the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class A Required
Amount and be applied in accordance with, and in the priority set forth in,
Section 4.11(a);
(b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor
Charge- Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated as a
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the
Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
(c) an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class B Required
Amount and be applied first in accordance with, and in the priority set
forth in, Section 4.11(b) and then any remaining amount available to pay
the Class B Reduction Amount shall be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
40
<PAGE>
(d) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested Amount
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B Holders (but
not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not
been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(e) an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Interest plus the
amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such Transfer Date
will be paid to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan
Agreement;
(f) if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral Interest
Servicing Fees (less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained
towards payment of such fee) will be paid to Servicer;
(g) an amount equal to the Collateral Reduction Amount, if any,
for the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(h) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the
Collateral Interest has been reduced for reasons other than the payment of
principal to the Collateral Interest Holder (but not in excess of the
aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously
reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor Principal Collections
and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the Early Amortization
Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
(hh) (i) an amount equal to the Class D Monthly Interest, plus any
Class D Deficiency Amount, plus any Class D Additional Interest (in each
case for such Transfer Date) shall be paid to the Class D
Certificateholders in accordance with any applicable agreement;
(hh) (ii) if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an
amount equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Class D
Servicing Fees (less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained
towards payment of such fee) will be paid to Servicer;
(hh) (iii) an amount equal to the Class D Reduction Amount, if
any, for the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of
41
<PAGE>
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization
Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal
Account on such Transfer Date;
(hh) (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the
Class D Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class D Invested
Amount for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class D
Holders (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which
have not been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization
Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal
Account on such Transfer Date;
(i) an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash
Collateral Amount (determined after all deposits, withdrawals, reductions,
payments and adjustments to be made with respect to such date) over the
Available Cash Collateral Amount (without giving effect to any deposit made
on such date hereunder shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account;
(j) an amount equal to all other amounts due under the Loan
Agreement shall be distributed in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and
(k) the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made
pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) shall constitute "Excess Finance Charge
Collections" to be applied with respect to other Series in accordance with
Section 4.5 of the Agreement.
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections. On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to, and Trustee in
accordance with such instructions shall, withdraw from the Principal
Account and apply Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to such
Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date in
the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread with
respect to the related Monthly Period and (y) the Available Cash
Collateral Amount with respect to such Transfer Date, shall be
applied pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii);
(b) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread
allocated and available to the Class B Certificates pursuant to
Section 4.13(c) on such Transfer Date and (y) the amount withdrawn
from the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 4.17(c)
42
<PAGE>
which is remaining after application pursuant to Section 4.13(c)
with respect to such Transfer Date shall be applied first pursuant
to Sections 4.11(b)(i) and (ii) and then pursuant to Section
4.13(c); and
(c) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Collateral Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of the amounts of Excess Spread allocated
and available to the Collateral Interest pursuant to Sections
4.13(e), (f) and (g) on such Transfer Date shall be applied
pursuant to such sections; and
provided, that:
(1) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) (the
"Reallocated Principal Collections") shall not exceed the lesser
of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Class D Investor
Allocation Percentage, the Collateral Investor Allocation
Percentage and the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage for the
Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (y) the Investor
Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (z) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables for the
Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the sum of
the Class D Invested Amount, the Collateral Interest and the Class
B Invested Amount after giving effect to any Class D Investor
Charge-Offs, Collateral Charge-Offs and Class B Investor Charge-
Offs for such Transfer Date;
(2) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) shall not
exceed the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Class D
Investor Allocation Percentage and the Collateral Investor
Allocation Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such
Transfer Date and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly
Period relating to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period
relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the sum of the Class D
Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest after giving effect to
any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and the Collateral Charge-Offs
for such Transfer Date; and
(3) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clause (c) shall not exceed
the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the Class D Investor
Allocation Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such
Transfer Date and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly
Period relating to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period
relating to such
43
<PAGE>
Transfer Date and (B) the Class D Invested Amount after giving
effect to any Class D Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date.
With respect to any Transfer Date, any Reallocated Principal
Collections up to and including the amount specified in clause (3)(A) above
shall constitute "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections"; any
Reallocated Principal Collections up to and including the amount specified
in clause (2)(A) above shall constitute "Reallocated Collateral Principal
Collections"; and any Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of such
amount shall constitute "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections."
On each Transfer Date, the Class D Invested Amount shall be
reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and by
the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections for such Transfer Date. If such reduction
would cause the Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class D
Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number, the
Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class D Investor
Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) shall be reduced to zero and the
Collateral Interest shall be reduced by the amount by which the Class D
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If the reallocation of
Reallocated Principal Collections would cause the Collateral Interest
(after giving effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date)
to be a negative number on any Transfer Date, Class B Invested Amount shall
be reduced by the amount the Collateral Interest would have been reduced
below zero. If the reallocation of Reallocated Principal Collections would
cause the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class B
Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number on any
Transfer Date, Reallocated Principal Collections shall be reallocated on
such Transfer Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount which
would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class B
Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be reduced to zero.
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account. (a) The Shared
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A on any Transfer Date
pursuant to Section 4.15(b) shall be applied as Available Investor
Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.11 and pursuant to such Section
4.11 shall be deposited in the Distribution Account or distributed in
accordance with the Loan Agreement.
(b) Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A with
respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the Principal
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-A for such Transfer Date;
provided that if the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections for
44
<PAGE>
all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Principal
Collections allocable to Series 1996-A on such Transfer Date shall equal
the product of (i) Shared Principal Collections for all Series in Group One
for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1996-A for such Transfer Date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date. On
each Transfer Date, Trustee (in accordance with instructions from Servicer)
shall withdraw Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A from
the Collection Account and deposit the same into the Principal Account.
(c) Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Available
Investor Principal Collections to be treated as Shared Principal
Collections on any Transfer Date allocable to other Series in Group One, on
each Determination Date, Servicer shall determine the Class A Required
Amount, Class B Required Amount, Collateral Required Amount, Excess Spread
and Reallocated Principal Collections as of such Determination Date for the
following Transfer Date.
(d) The aggregate amount allocable to Series 1996-A and required
to be transferred from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal
Account with respect to any Transfer Date for purposes of the definition of
"Investor Principal Collections" means an amount equal to the Principal
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996- A for such Transfer Date
minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-A
from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date; provided that if the
aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account
pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series (whether or not included in Group
One) for such Transfer Date is less than the cumulative Principal Shortfall
minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series (whether or not
included in Group One) for such Transfer Date, then the aggregate amount
allocable to Series 1996-A and required to be transferred on such Transfer
Date shall equal the product of (i) the aggregate amount required to be
withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.2 for all
Series for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, (A) the numerator of
which is (A) the Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1996-A for such
Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to
Series 1996-A from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date and (B)
the denominator of which is the cumulative Principal Shortfall for all
Series minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series (whether
or not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account and
Distribution Account. (a) Trustee shall establish and maintain with an
Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of the Trust, on
45
<PAGE>
behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, three
segregated trust accounts (the "Finance Charge Account", the "Principal
Account", and the "Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the
Investor Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in
all funds on deposit from time to time in the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account and the Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof.
The Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution
Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of Trustee for the
benefit of the Investor Holders. If at any time the institution holding the
Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10
Business Days, establish a new Finance Charge Account, a new Principal
Account and a new Distribution Account meeting the conditions specified
above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Finance
Charge Account, Principal Account, and Distribution Account. Trustee, at
the direction of Servicer, shall make withdrawals from the Finance Charge
Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account from time to
time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Series
Supplement and the Agreement. Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate
records reflecting each transaction in the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account and the Distribution Account and that the funds held
therein shall at all times be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor
Holders.
(b) Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account and the
Principal Account from time to time shall be invested and reinvested at the
direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible Investments that will mature
so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on the following
Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor
Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any,
evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each
Distribution Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of
losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Finance Charge
Account and the Principal Account shall be treated as Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount for purposes of
this Series Supplement.
SECTION 4.17 Cash Collateral Account. (a) Servicer shall establish
and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the
name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated trust account (the
"Cash Collateral Account") bearing a designation clearly indicating that
46
<PAGE>
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor
Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account and in all
proceeds thereof. The Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Cash Collateral Account
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10
Business Days establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments
to such new Cash Collateral Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer,
shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account in
the amounts and at the times set forth in this Series Supplement and the
Loan Agreement. All withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account shall be
made in the priority set forth below.
(b) On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $13,750,000 in
immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account. Funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time shall be invested
and/or reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Trustee shall
maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the
negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible
Investments. On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of
losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date
on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount
and shall be part of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and
Collateral Available Funds for such Transfer Date. For purposes of
determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Cash
Collateral Account for any reason under this Series Supplement, all
investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on
deposit.
(c) On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the
amount (the "Required Draw Amount") by which the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 4.13 with respect to the
related Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread allocated with
respect to the related Monthly Period. In the event that for any Transfer
Date the Required Draw Amount is greater than zero, Servicer shall give
written notice to Trustee and the Collateral Interest Holder of such
positive Required Draw Amount on the related Determination Date. On the
47
<PAGE>
related Transfer Date, the Required Draw Amount, if any, up to the
Available Cash Collateral Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Cash
Collateral Account and distributed to fund any deficiency pursuant to
Section 4.13(a) through (d) (in the order of priority set forth in Section
4.13).
(d) If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals
from the Cash Collateral Account and adjustments to the Collateral Interest
with respect to any Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest has been reduced
to zero and there is an Enhancement Surplus (after giving effect to such
reduction), Trustee, acting in accordance with the instructions of
Servicer, shall withdraw an amount equal to such Enhancement Surplus from
the Cash Collateral Account, and apply it in accordance with the Loan
Agreement.
SECTION 4.18 Determination of LIBOR. As needed for the
determination of Collateral Rate, Trustee will determine LIBOR pursuant to
the terms of the Loan Agreement.
SECTION 4.19 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit
or Payment. If Servicer or Transferor fails to make, or give instructions
to make, any payment or deposit (other than as required by Sections 2.5,
2.6 or 12.2) required to be made or given by Servicer or Transferor,
respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement (including applicable
grace periods), Trustee shall make such payment or deposit from the Finance
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Cash Collateral Account and/or
the Distribution Account, as applicable, without instruction from Servicer
or Transferor. Trustee shall be required to make any such payment, deposit
or withdrawal hereunder only to the extent that Trustee has sufficient
information to allow it to determine the amount thereof; provided that
Trustee shall in all cases be deemed to have sufficient information to
determine the amount of interest payable to the Investor Holders on each
Distribution Date. Servicer shall, upon request of Trustee, promptly
provide Trustee with all information necessary to allow Trustee to make
such payment, deposit or withdrawal. Such funds or the proceeds of such
withdrawal shall be applied by Trustee in the manner in which such payment
or deposit should have been made by Transferor or Servicer, as the case may
be.
SECTION 4.20. Investment. In no event shall the Trustee be liable
for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon.
The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a
result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its stated
maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provided
timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation
to invest or reinvest any amount held hereunder in the absence of such
written investment direction.
48
<PAGE>
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the
Investor Holders:
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR HOLDERS
SECTION 5.1 Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, Trustee
shall distribute (in accordance with the certificate delivered on or before
the related Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section
3.4(b)) to each Class A Holder of record on the immediately preceding
Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2
respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share (based on the
share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Class A
Certificates represented by the Class A Certificates held by such Holder)
of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the
Class A Holders pursuant to Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class A
Holder (at such Holder's address as it appears in the Certificate
Register), except that with respect to Class A Certificates registered in
the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be
made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.
(b) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) to each Class B
Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as
provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution)
such Holder's pro rata share (based on the share of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of all Class B Certificates represented by
the Class B Certificates held by such Holder) of amounts on deposit in the
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B Holders pursuant to
Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class B Holder (at such Holder's
address as it appears in the Certificate Register), except that with
respect to Class B Certificates registered in the name of the nominee of a
Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer in
immediately available funds.
(c) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) by wire transfer in
immediately available funds to each Class D Holder of record on the
immediately preceding Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or
Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share
(based on the share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all
Class D Certificates represented by the Class D Certificates held by such
Holder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to
the Class D Holders pursuant to Section 4.11.
49
<PAGE>
SECTION 5.2 Reports. (a) Monthly Series 1996-A Servicer's
Certificate. On or before each Distribution Date, Trustee shall forward to
each Investor Holder and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in
the form of Exhibit C prepared by Servicer and delivered to Trustee.
(b) Annual Holders' Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of each
calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1997, Trustee shall distribute
to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was an
Investor Holder, a statement prepared by Servicer containing the following
information:
(i) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal, Class D
Monthly Principal and Collateral Monthly Principal, respectively;
and
(ii) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A
Additional Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class B Deficiency
Amounts, Class B Additional Interest, Class D Monthly Interest,
Class D Deficient Amount, Class D Additional Interest, and
Collateral Monthly Interest, and any accrued and unpaid Collateral
Monthly Interest, respectively.
Such information shall be aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was an Investor Holder,
together with such other customary information (consistent with the
treatment of the Certificates as debt) as Trustee or Servicer deems
necessary or desirable to enable the Investor Holders to prepare their tax
returns. Such obligations of Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied
to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided
by Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 9. Series 1996-A Early Amortization Events. If any one of
the following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:
(a) failure on the part of Transferor (i) to make any payment or
deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series
Supplement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date such
payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) duly to observe or
perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of Transferor
set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement (including the
covenant of Transferor contained in Section 11 of this Series Supplement),
which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 1996-A Holders
(which determination shall be made without reference to whether any funds
are available under the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account)
and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on
50
<PAGE>
which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied,
shall have been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and
Trustee by Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested
Amount of this Series 1996-A, and continues to affect materially and
adversely the interests of the Series 1996-A Holders (which determination
shall be made without reference to whether any funds are available under
the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) for such period;
(b) any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the
Agreement or this Series Supplement, or any information contained in an
Account Schedule required to be delivered by Transferor pursuant to Section
2.1 or 2.8, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any
material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and Trustee by Investor
Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series
1996-A, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the Series 1996-A
Holders are materially and adversely affected (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) and continue to be
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided that a Series
1996-A Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not be
deemed to have occurred hereunder if Transferor has accepted reassignment
of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable,
during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;
(c) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for
such period;
(d) Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under
Additional Accounts, or Participations, to the Trust, as required by
Section 2.8(b); provided that such failure shall not give rise to an Early
Amortization Event if, prior to the date on which such conveyance was
required to be completed, Transferor causes a reduction in the invested
amount of any Variable Interest to occur, so that, after giving effect to
that reduction (i) the Transferor Amount is not less than the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) and (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is not less than the
Required Principal Balance;
(e) any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material
adverse effect on the Series 1996-A Holders (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account);
51
<PAGE>
(f) the Class A Invested Amount shall not be paid in full on or
prior to the Class A Final Scheduled Payment Date, or the Class B Invested
Amount shall not be paid in full on or prior to the Class B Scheduled
Payment Date; or
(g) The Limited shall fail generally to, or admit in writing its
inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or a proceeding shall have
been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a
decree or order for relief in respect of The Limited in an involuntary case
under any Debtor Relief Law, or for the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its
property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such
proceeding shall continue undismissed or unstayed and in effect, for a
period of 60 consecutive days, or any of the actions sought in such
proceeding shall occur; or the commencement by The Limited of a voluntary
case under any Debtor Relief Law, or The Limited's consent to the entry of
an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its
property, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or The
Limited shall have taken any corporate action in furtherance of any of the
foregoing actions;
(h) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for
such period plus 2.5%, provided that such event shall not constitute an
Early Amortization Event if within five Business Days after the
Determination Date relating to the last of such three Monthly Periods the
Transferor increases the balance on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account
to an amount equal to 3.5% of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the
Class B Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount, it being
understood that after such deposit the definition of "Required Enhancement
Amount" shall be applied for all purposes as if the percentage "16%"
appeared therein in place of the percentage and "15%";
then, in the case of any event described in Section 9(a), (b) or (e)
hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such Sections,
either Trustee or Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the
Invested Amount of this Series 1996-A by notice then given in writing to
Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Holders) may
declare that an early amortization event (a "Series 1996-A Early
Amortization Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the
case of any event described in Section 9(c), (d), (f), (g) or (h) hereof, a
Series 1996-A Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or
other action on the part of Trustee or the Investor Holders immediately
upon the occurrence of such event.
52
<PAGE>
SECTION 10. Series 1996-A Termination. The right of the Investor
Holders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first
Business Day following the Series 1996-A Termination Date.
SECTION 11. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to
be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 12. Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions. The Additional Minimum
Transferor Amount is hereby specified as an additional amount to be
considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (b) of
the definition of Minimum Transferor Amount.
SECTION 14. No Petition. Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, by
entering into this Series Supplement and each Holder, by accepting a Series
1996-A Certificate hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time
institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust
of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Investor Holders, the Agreement or this Series Supplement; provided,
however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the Trustee from filing proofs
of claim or otherwise participating in such proceedings instituted by any
other person.
SECTION 15. Amendments. This Series Supplement may be amended
pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Agreement. This Series Supplement may also
be amended by Transferor without the consent of Servicer, Trustee or any
Investor Holder if Transferor provides Trustee with: (i) an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification would (A) reduce
the risk that the Trust would be treated as taxable as a publicly traded
partnership pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 7704 or (B) permit
the Trust or a relevant portion thereof to be treated as a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" and (C) in either case, (1) would not
cause the Trust to be classified, for Federal income tax purposes, as an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and
(2) would not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be
recognized by any Investor Holder; and (ii) a certificate that such
amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any
Investor Holder; provided that no such amendment shall be deemed effective
without Trustee's consent, if Trustee's rights, duties and obligations
hereunder are thereby modified. Prior to the execution of any such
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 13.1(a) of the
Agreement), Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such
amendment to each Rating Agency.
53
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Amended and Restated Series 1996-A Supplement to be duly executed by
their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
Transferor and Servicer
By: /s/ Robert P. Armiak
---------------------------------
Name: Robert P. Armiak, CCM
Title: Vice President, Treasurer
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK, not in its individual capacity,
but solely as Trustee
By: /s/ E. Kay Liederman
-----------------------------------
Name: E. Kay Liederman
Title: Vice-President
54
<PAGE>
[Exhibits A-1, A-2, B and C remain as attached the Series 1996-A Supplement
as originally executed and are not affected by this amendment and
restatement].
A-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A-3
FORM OF CERTIFICATE
CLASS D
This security has not been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any state securities law and may not be transferred
except pursuant to such a registration or an exemption from the applicable
registration requirements.
No. ___ $________
CUSIP No._______
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
CLASS D
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-A
Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.
(Not an interest in or obligation of
World Financial Network National Bank
or any Affiliate thereof.)
This certifies that ___________ (the "Class D Holder") is the
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"),
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one
or more Series of Investor
A-2-1
<PAGE>
Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the Collateral Interest and (vii) the
other assets and interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as amended and restated
as of September 17, 1999, and as supplemented by the Series 1996-A
Supplement dated as of May 9, 1996, as amended and restated as of September
17, 1999 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank (as successor to The Bank of New York), as
Trustee ("Trustee").
The Series 1996-A Certificates are issued in three classes, the
Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class D Certificates
(of which this certificate is one). The Class D certificates are
subordinated to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates in
certain rights of payment as described in the Agreement.
Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-A
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-A Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor,
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1996-A
Holder (or Series 1996-A Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series
1996-A Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1996-A Certificate Owner, by
virtue of such Series 1996-A Certificate Owner's acquisition of a
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1996-A Certificates (or any
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal,
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net
worth. Each Series 1996-A Holder agrees that it will cause any Series
1996-A Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-A
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the
Series 1996-A Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.
To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class
D Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to
time, the Class D Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which the Class D Holder is bound.
This Class D Certificate represents an interest in only World
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class D Certificate does
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer,
and the Series 1996-A Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the
Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series
1996-A Certificate is limited in right of payment
A-2-2
<PAGE>
to certain collections respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically
set forth hereinabove and in the Agreement.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class D
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be
valid for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank
has caused this Class D Certificate to be duly executed under its official
seal.
By:__________________________
Authorized Officer
A-2-3
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
-----------------------------
DATED:______________________
This is one of the Class D Asset-Backed Certificates, Series
1996-A referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK, Trustee
By:_________________________________
Authorized Signatory
C-1
---------------------------------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
Transferor and Servicer
and
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
(AS SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK)
Trustee
on behalf of the Investor Holders
---------------------------------------------
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 1996-B SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of May 9, 1996
(as amended and restated on September 17, 1999)
to
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 17, 1996
(as amended and restated on September 17, 1999)
--------------------------------------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
$283,500,000 6.95% Class A Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-B
$29,750,000 7.20% Class B Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-B
$8,860,760 Class D Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-B
-----------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
|| TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SECTION 1. Designation.......................................................1
SECTION 2. Definitions.......................................................2
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee....................................................23
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions................................................24
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates...............25
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates............26
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement..........................................26
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest Holder...26
SECTION 4.7 Allocations............................................26
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest......................31
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal.....................33
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount...........................34
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments......................................36
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs..................................41
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread.........................................43
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections.....................46
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal
Account............................................48
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account,
Principal Funding Account and Distribution Account.....49
SECTION 4.17 Reserve Account.......................................50
SECTION 4.18 Cash Collateral Account...............................52
SECTION 4.19 Determination of LIBOR................................54
SECTION 4.20 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a
Deposit or Payment..............................54
SECTION 4.20 Investment.............................................54
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement.......................................54
SECTION 5.1 Distributions..........................................55
SECTION 5.2 Reports................................................55
-i-
<PAGE>
Page
SECTION 9. Series 1996-B Early Amortization Events..........................56
SECTION 10. Series 1996-B Termination.......................................59
SECTION 11. Counterparts....................................................59
SECTION 12. Governing Law...................................................59
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions...........................................59
SECTION 14. No Petition.....................................................59
SECTION 15. Amendments......................................................59
||
EXHIBITS
- --------
EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT A-3 Form of Class D Certificate
EXHIBIT B Form of Monthly Payment Instructions
and Notification to Trustee
EXHIBIT C Form of Monthly Series 1996-B
Holders' Statement
-ii-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 1996-B SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May 9,
1996 and amended and restated as of September 17, 1999 (this "Series
Supplement"), between WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a national
banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer
("Servicer"), and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK (AS SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee ("Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and restated as of
September 17, 1999 between the same parties (the "Agreement").
Section 6.3 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that
Transferor and Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by
Trustee to Transferor for the execution and redelivery to Trustee for
authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.
Pursuant to this Series Supplement, as originally entered into as
of May 9, 1996 (the "Original Supplement"), Transferor and the Trust
created a new Series of Investor Certificates and specified the Principal
Terms. Transferor and Trustee are, without the necessity of consent of the
Investor Holders, executing and delivering this Series Supplement in
accordance with Section 13.1 of the Agreement to implement certain
amendments to the Original Supplement. The Original Supplement is amended,
restated and replaced by this Series Supplement.
SECTION 1. Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of
Investor Certificates to be issued in three classes pursuant to the
Agreement and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the
"Series 1996-B Certificates." The three classes shall be designated the
6.95% Class A Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B (the "Class A
Certificates"), the 7.20% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B
(the "Class B Certificates") and the Class D Asset-Backed Certificates,
Series 1996-B (the "Class D Certificates"). The Class A Certificates, the
Class B Certificates and the Class D Certificates shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3, respectively. In addition, there is
hereby created a fourth Class which constitutes an uncertificated interest
in the Trust, shall be deemed to be an "Investor Certificate" for all
purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement, and shall be
known as the Collateral Interest, Series 1996-B and have the rights
assigned to the Collateral Interest in this Series Supplement. The
Collateral Interest Holder shall be deemed to be an "Investor Holder" for
all purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement.
1
<PAGE>
(b) Series 1996-B shall be included in Group One (as defined
below). Series 1996-B shall not be subordinated to any other Series.
(c) The Collateral Interest Holder, as holder of an "Investor
Certificate" under the Agreement, shall be entitled to the benefits of the
Agreement and this Series Supplement upon payment by the Collateral
Interest Holder of amounts owing on the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly provided
herein, the provisions of Article VI and Article XII of the Agreement
relating to the registration, authentication, delivery, presentation,
cancellation and surrender of Registered Certificates shall not be
applicable to the Collateral Interest.
SECTION 2. Definitions. If any term or provision contained herein
shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern.
References to any Article or Section are references to Articles or Sections
of the Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided. All capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement, and the
interpretive provisions set out in Section 1.2 of the Agreement apply to
this Series Supplement. Each capitalized term defined herein relates only
to the Investor Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by
the Trust.
"Accumulation Shortfall" initially means zero and thereafter
means, with respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled
Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount
for the previous Monthly Period over the amount deposited into the
Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.11(f)(i) with respect to
the Class A Certificates for the previous Monthly Period.
"Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" means (a) as of any date of
determination falling in November, December and January of each calendar
year, the product of (i) 2% and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Principal
Receivables and (B) amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and
(b) as of any date of determination falling in any other month, zero;
provided that the amount specified in clause (a) shall be without
duplication with the amount specified as the "Additional Minimum Transferor
Amount" in the Supplement relating to the Series 1996-A Certificates issued
by the Trust (or in any future Supplement that specifies such an amount and
indicates that such amount is without duplication of the amount specified
in clause (a)). The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is specified
pursuant to Section 15(c) of this Series Supplement as an additional amount
to be considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount.
2
<PAGE>
"Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, (b)
the Class B Invested Amount, (c) the Collateral Interest and (d) the Class
D Invested Amount.
"Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, as to any Monthly
Period, the sum of the Investor Default Amounts in respect of such Monthly
Period.
"Available Cash Collateral Amount" means with respect to any
Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash
Collateral Account on such date (before giving effect to any deposit to, or
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account to be made with respect to such
date) and (b) the Required Enhancement Amount as of the prior Transfer
Date.
"Available Investor Principal Collections" means, as to any
Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal Collections
for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section
4.14 are required to fund the Class A Required Amount, the Class B Required
Amount and the Collateral Required Amount (other than any portions thereof
that are applied pursuant to (x) Section 4.11(a)(iii), (y) Section 4.13(c)
(to the extent such portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to
pay the Class B Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution
Amount), and (z) Section 4.13(k) or (l) (to the extent such portions are
available to pay the Collateral Default Amount or the Collateral Uncovered
Dilution Amount), which shall, without duplication, be included as
Available Investor Principal Collections), plus (c) the amount of Shared
Principal Collections with respect to Group One that are allocated to
Series 1996-B in accordance with Section 4.15(b).
"Available Reserve Account Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date,
the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such date
(after taking into account any interest and earnings retained in the
Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.17(b) on such date, but before giving
effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.13(m) to the
Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.
"Base Rate" means, as to any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the
sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest, the
Collateral Monthly Interest and the Class D Monthly Interest, each for the
related Distribution Period, and the Servicing Fee with respect to such
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of
the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.
3
<PAGE>
"Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 4.18(a).
"Class A Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of
determination, an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount minus the
Principal Funding Account Balance on such date of determination.
"Class A Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage
of the sum of (i) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated
to the Investor Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account
for such Monthly Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge
Account on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any netting)
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7(d))
and (ii) the interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be
treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section
4.18(b) on the related Transfer Date, (b) with respect to any Monthly
Period during the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in
full of the Class A Invested Amount, the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds arising pursuant to Section 4.16(b), if any, with respect to the
related Transfer Date and (c) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account which will be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on
the related Transfer Date pursuant to Sections 4.17(b) and 4.17(d).
"Class A Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 6.95%.
"Class A Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class A Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not
4
<PAGE>
less than the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount (less the balance on deposit
in the Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as
Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections) as of
the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Adjusted
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on such last day;
provided that, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class A
Floating Allocation Percentage means the percentage equivalent of a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Initial Invested Amount and
the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.
"Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $283,500,000.
"Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A Holders prior to
such date and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.12(a) over Class A
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.13(b) prior to such
date of determination, minus (d) the amount of any reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent
cancellation of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this
Series Supplement; provided that the Class A Invested Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
"Class A Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
5
<PAGE>
"Class A Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class A Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(a).
"Class A Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
"Class A Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(a).
"Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the May 2003 Distribution
Date.
"Class A Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any netting) with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) and (b) interest
and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be treated as Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section 4.18(b) on the related
Transfer Date.
"Class B Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 7.20%.
"Class B Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class B Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
6
<PAGE>
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class B Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage
is zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account (that is not
subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared
Principal Collections) and on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, in
each case to the extent not subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed
Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the revolving period
for such Paired Series).
"Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount as of
the close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $29,750,000.
"Class B Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class B Holders prior to
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(b), minus (d) the
amount of the Reallocated Class B Principal Collections allocated pursuant
to Section 4.14(a) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Class D
Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest have not been reduced, minus
(e) an amount equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has
been reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and
7
<PAGE>
plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on
all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(d), for the purpose of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and
(e), minus (g) the amount of any reduction in the Class B Invested Amount
as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent cancellation of
Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this Series Supplement;
provided that the Class B Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.
"Class B Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
"Class B Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(b).
"Class B Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
"Class B Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(b).
"Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the June 2003 Distribution
Date.
"Class B Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class D Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(d).
8
<PAGE>
"Class D Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.17(c) on the related Transfer Date.
"Class D Certificate Rate" means zero; provided that in connection
with any sale, pledge or other transfer of all or part of the Class D
Certificates, upon satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, the Transferor
may designate an interest rate for the Class D Certificates.
"Class D Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class D Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(d).
"Class D Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class D Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class D Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage,
the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Collateral Fixed Allocation
Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that
is not subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or
Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not subtracted in reducing the
Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage, the Class B Fixed Allocation
Percentage and/or the Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of
the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class D Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
9
<PAGE>
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class D Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class D
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class D Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class D Certificates, which is $8,860,760.
"Class D Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class D Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class D Holders prior to
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class D Investor Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(d), minus (d) the
amount of the Reallocated Class D Principal Collections allocated pursuant
to Sections 4.14(a), (b) and (c) on all prior Transfer Dates, minus (e) an
amount equal to the amount by which the Class D Invested Amount has been
reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a), (b) and
(c) and plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and
available on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the
purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses
(c), (d) and (e); provided that the Class D Invested Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
"Class D Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class D Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class D Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class D Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(d).
"Class D Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class D Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class D Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(d).
10
<PAGE>
"Class D Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(d).
"Class D Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(d).
"Class D Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3 of this Series
Supplement.
"Class D Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class D Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Closing Date" means May 9, 1996.
"Collateral Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the
related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted netting) with
respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) and (b)
interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section 4.18(b) on
the related Transfer Date.
"Collateral Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Collateral Default Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date, an
amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as of the close of business
on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is
equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed Allocation
Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is paired with a Paired Series
and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series
during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by written
notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after satisfaction of
the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A Certificates (if
any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class B Certificates
(if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate a different
11
<PAGE>
numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the Collateral
Interest (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Class B
Fixed Allocation Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the
Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated
Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not
subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and/or the
Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the
revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount as of
the close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage means
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Collateral Initial Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Collateral Initial Interest" means $36,750,000.
"Collateral Interest" means, on any date of determination, a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust which shall consist of the right
to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments to the
Collateral Interest Holder under this Series Supplement, the portion of
Collections allocable thereto under the Agreement and this Series
Supplement, funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocable thereto
pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement and other amounts to
be paid in respect thereof as provided in the Agreement and this Series
Supplement. On any date, for purposes of all calculations in the Agreement
and this Series Supplement, the amount of the Collateral Interest shall be
an amount equal to (a) the Collateral Initial Interest, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Collateral Interest
Holder prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Collateral
Charge-Offs for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(c), minus
(d) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated pursuant to
Sections 4.14(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Class D
Invested Amount has not been reduced, minus (e) an amount equal to the
amount by which the Collateral Interest has been reduced on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and (b), and plus (f) the
aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the purpose of reimbursing
amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e);
provided that the Collateral Interest may not be reduced below zero.
"Collateral Interest Holder" means the entity so designated in the
Loan Agreement.
12
<PAGE>
"Collateral Interest Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of
this Series Supplement.
"Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b)
with respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation
Period or Early Amortization Period, the Collateral Fixed Allocation
Percentage.
"Collateral Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).
"Collateral Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).
"Collateral Rate" means, for any Distribution Period, the rate
specified in the Loan Agreement; provided that the Collateral Rate shall
not exceed a per annum rate of 1.1% in excess of LIBOR for such
Distribution Period for purposes of this Supplement and the Agreement.
"Collateral Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Collateral Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(c).
"Collateral Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Controlled Accumulation Amount" means (a) for any Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in
full of the Class A Invested Amount, $23,625,000; provided that if the
Controlled Accumulation Period Length is modified pursuant to Section
4.11(j), (i) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Transfer Date with
respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period shall mean the amount
determined in accordance with Section 4.11(j) on the date on which the
Controlled Accumulation Period has most recently been modified and (ii) the
sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amounts for all Transfer Dates with
respect to the modified Controlled Accumulation Period shall not be less
than the Class A Invested Amount.
"Controlled Accumulation Date" means May 1, 2002.
13
<PAGE>
"Controlled Accumulation Period" means, unless an Early
Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing
at the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation Date or such
later date as is determined in accordance with Section 4.11(j) and ending
on the first to occur of (a) the Early Amortization Commencement Date and
(b) the Series 1996-B Termination Date.
"Controlled Accumulation Period Length" is defined in Section 4.11(j).
"Controlled Deposit Amount" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Transfer
Date and (b) any existing Accumulation Shortfall.
"Covered Amount" means an amount determined as of each Transfer
Date with respect to any Distribution Period as the product of (a) (i)
one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, and (b) the Principal
Funding Account Balance as of the Record Date preceding such Transfer Date.
"Cumulative Principal Shortfall" means the sum of the Principal
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Supplements) for
each Series in Group One.
"Default Amount" means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of
Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless there is
an Insolvency Event with respect to Transferor) in such Defaulted Account
on the day it became a Defaulted Account.
"Defaulted Account" means an Account in which there are Defaulted
Receivables.
"Deficiency Amount" means, at any time of determination, the sum
of the Class A Deficiency Amount, the Class B Deficiency Amount and the
Class D Deficiency Amount.
"Dilution" means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the
amount of any Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized
charge, fraudulent or counterfeit charge or billing error to an
accountholder, (b) because such Receivable was created in respect of
merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for
any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off
such amount as uncollectible.
"Distribution Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
14
<PAGE>
"Distribution Date" means June 17, 1996 and the fifteenth day of
each calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day.
"Distribution Period" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date through
the day preceding such Distribution Date, except the initial Distribution
Period will be the period from and including the Closing Date through the
day preceding the initial Distribution Date.
"Early Amortization Commencement Date" means the date on which an
Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Agreement or a Series 1996-B Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur
pursuant to Section 9 of this Series Supplement.
"Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the
Early Amortization Commencement Date and ending on the Series 1996-B
Termination Date.
"Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
subordination of the Class B Certificates, the Collateral Interest, the
Class D Certificates and the Cash Collateral Account, and with respect to
the Class B Certificates, the subordination of the Collateral Interest, the
Class D Certificates and the Cash Collateral Account.
"Enhancement Agreement" means the Loan Agreement and any agreement
entered into by Transferor, Servicer and/or Trustee with any Holder of the
Class B Certificates that is not a Transferor or any of its Affiliates.
"Enhancement Provider" means the Collateral Interest Holder and
any Holder of Class D Certificates that is not a Transferor or any of its
Affiliates.
"Enhancement Surplus" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account, plus the Class D Invested Amount, plus the Collateral Interest (in
each case after giving effect to any withdrawals, increases or reductions
made with respect to such date other than as the result of the existence of
an Enhancement Surplus) over (b) the Required Enhancement Amount.
"Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with respect
to each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the
15
<PAGE>
amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds for such
Transfer Date exceed the Covered Amount determined on such Transfer Date.
"Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Transfer Date and
subject to Section 4.7(d), the sum of (a) the sum of the amounts, if any,
with respect to such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii), 4.11(c)(ii) and 4.11(d)(ii), plus (b) the Excess
Finance Charge Collections, if any, allocated to Series 1996-B pursuant to
Section 4.5 for that Transfer Date.
"Finance Charge Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (l) of Section 4.13 for that Transfer Date
over (b) the sum of the amounts, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date
specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii), 4.11(c)(ii) and
4.11(d)(ii).
"Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P. or its successors.
"Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust determined as of the
close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (b) the
sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such
term is defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Principal
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if Series 1996-B is paired with a Paired Series and an Early
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the
Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered
to Trustee and Servicer, but only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to the Class A Certificates (if any Class A
Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class B Certificates (if any Class
B Certificates remain outstanding), designate a different numerator
(provided that such numerator is not less than the Adjusted Invested Amount
(less the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject
to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired
Series); provided further that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a
Monthly Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage for the portion of the
Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject
Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined
using a denominator equal to the greater of the amounts specified
16
<PAGE>
in clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the close of business on the
subject Reset Date.
"Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on the
last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first
Monthly Period, the Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which
is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of
the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or
with respect to the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to
calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the
Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables,
Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as
applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the
Floating Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period
falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and
prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator
equal to the greater of the amounts specified in clauses (a) and (b) above
determined as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.
"Group One" means Series 1996-B and each other Series specified in
the related Supplement to be included in Group One.
"Initial Invested Amount" means $358,860,760.
"Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class B
Invested Amount, (c) the Collateral Interest and (d) the Class D Invested
Amount, each as of such date.
"Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class
B Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the Class D Certificates.
"Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Receivable in
a Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default
Amount and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage on the day such Account
became a Defaulted Account.
"Investor Holder" means, for all purposes of the Agreement and
this Series Supplement, (a) with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
holder of record of a Class A Certificate, (b) with respect to the Class B
17
<PAGE>
Certificates, the holder of record of a Class B Certificate, (c) with
respect to the Collateral Interest, the Collateral Interest Holder and (d)
with respect to the Class D Certificates, the holder of record of a Class D
Certificate.
"Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, (a) with
respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Default Amounts and the Uncovered
Dilution Amounts at any time and Principal Receivables during the Revolving
Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to
Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited (or required
to be deposited on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any
permitted netting) pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) into the Principal Account
for such Monthly Period pursuant to Sections 4.7(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv),
4.7(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), or 4.7(c)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), in
each case, as applicable to such Monthly Period, (b) the aggregate amount
to be treated as Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(iii), and 4.13(a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h), (k) and (l) for such
Monthly Period (other than such amount paid from Reallocated Principal
Collections), and (c) the aggregate amount transferred or required to be
transferred on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any
permitted netting pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) from the Excess Funding
Account into the Principal Account pursuant to Section 4.15(d).
"LIBOR" means, for each Distribution Period, the London interbank
offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits (reserve adjusted
as provided for therein), as determined by Trustee in accordance with the
Loan Agreement.
"Loan Agreement" means the agreement among Transferor, Servicer,
Trustee, and the Collateral Interest Holder, dated as of May 9, 1996, as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
"Paired Series" means a Series that has been paired with Series
1996-B (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded or may be a
Variable Interest) such that a reduction of the Adjusted Invested Amount
results in (or permits) an increase of the invested amount of the paired
Series.
"Portfolio Adjusted Yield" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the average of the percentages obtained for each of the three
preceding Monthly Periods by subtracting the Base Rate from the Portfolio
Yield for such Monthly Period and deducting 0.50% from the result for each
Monthly Period.
18
<PAGE>
"Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables deposited (or required to be deposited on the related
Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted netting), into the
Finance Charge Account and allocable to the Investor Certificates for such
Monthly Period (excluding any Excess Finance Charge Collections) and (b)
the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds deposited or required to be
deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date (before
giving effect to any permitted netting) related to such Monthly Period, (c)
the amount of the Reserve Draw Amount (up to the Available Reserve Account
Amount) plus any amounts of interest and earnings described in Section
4.17, and (d) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be
treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to the
Investor Certificates on the Transfer Date related to such Monthly Period,
as described in Section 4.18(b), each deposited or required to be deposited
into the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date (before giving effect
to any permitted netting) relating to such Monthly Period, such sum to be
calculated on a cash basis after subtracting the Aggregate Investor Default
Amount and Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period, and the
denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on
the last day of such Monthly Period.
"Principal Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Principal Funding Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Principal Funding Account Balance" means, with respect to any
date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account on such date of determination.
"Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with respect to
each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal
Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from
and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such
Transfer Date.
"Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, with respect to
each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the
amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds for such
Transfer Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of such
Transfer Date.
"Principal Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date relating
to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the sum of (A) the Controlled
19
<PAGE>
Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date, (B) on any Transfer Date after the
Transfer Date on which the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount is reduced to
zero, the Class B Invested Amount and (C) the lesser of the Enhancement
Surplus (if any) and the Collateral Interest for such Transfer Date, (ii)
with respect to any Transfer Date during the Early Amortization Period, the
Adjusted Invested Amount and (iii) with respect to any Transfer Date
relating to the Revolving Period, the amount specified in clause (a)(i)(C)
above over (b) the Investor Principal Collections minus the Reallocated
Principal Collections (other than any portions thereof that are applied
pursuant to (x) Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent
such portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B
Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount)) for such
Transfer Date.
"Rating Agency" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.
"Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by
each Rating Agency to Transferor, Servicer and Trustee that an action will
not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then existing
rating of the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates.
"Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Class D Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections" is defined in
Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.
"Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
last Business Day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date.
"Required Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date
of determination, the Required Enhancement Amount less the sum of the
Collateral Interest and the Class D Invested Amount.
"Required Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.18(c).
"Required Enhancement Amount" means, with respect to each Transfer
Date, the greater of (a) an amount equal to 15% of the Adjusted Invested
Amount on such Transfer Date, after taking into account deposits into the
Principal Funding Account on such Transfer Date and payments (including
payments on the Collateral Interest) to be made on the related Distribution
Date and (b) $10,765,823; provided that (x) if, on or prior to such
20
<PAGE>
Transfer Date, there has been any Required Draw Amount pursuant to Section
4.18(c) or any reductions in the Collateral Interest pursuant to clauses
(c), (d) or (e) of the definition of such term, or an Early Amortization
Event has occurred with respect to Series 1996-B, then the Required
Enhancement Amount for such Transfer Date shall, subject to clauses (y) and
(z), equal the Required Enhancement Amount on the Transfer Date immediately
preceding such reduction, Required Draw Amount or Early Amortization Event,
(y) in no event shall the Required Enhancement Amount exceed the sum of the
outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A Certificates and (ii) the
Class B Certificates, each as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Transfer Date after taking into account the payments to be
made on the related Distribution Date and (z) the Required Enhancement
Amount may be reduced or increased at Transferor's option at any time if
Transferor, Servicer, the Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee have been
provided evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.
"Required Reserve Account Amount" means, with respect to any
Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount equal
to (a) 1% of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
or (b) any other amount designated by Transferor; provided that if such
designation is of a lesser amount, Transferor shall (i) provide Servicer,
the Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee with evidence that the Rating
Agency Condition has been satisfied and (ii) deliver to Trustee a
certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, based on the facts
known to such officer at such time, in the reasonable belief of Transferor,
such designation will not cause an Early Amortization Event or an event
that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would cause an Early
Amortization Event to occur with respect to Series 1996-B.
"Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, for purposes of
Series 1996-B, 4%.
"Reserve Account" is defined in Section 4.17(a).
"Reserve Account Funding Date" means the Transfer Date which
occurs not later than the earliest of: (a) the Transfer Date with respect
to the Monthly Period which commences no later than 3 months prior to May
1, 2002; (b) the first Transfer Date for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield
is less than 2.00%, but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date
shall not be required to occur earlier than the Transfer Date with respect
to the Monthly Period which commences 12 months prior to the anticipated
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period; (c) the first Transfer
Date for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 3.00%, but in such
event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur
earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which
commences 6 months prior to the anticipated commencement of the Controlled
21
<PAGE>
Accumulation Period; and (d) the first Transfer Date for which the
Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 4.00%, but in such event the Reserve
Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier than the
Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which commences 4 months
prior to the anticipated commencement of the Controlled Accumulation
Period.
"Reserve Account Surplus" means, as of any Transfer Date following
the Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by which the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Required Reserve Account
Amount.
"Reserve Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.17(c).
"Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date on which
Receivables from Supplemental Accounts are added to the Trust, (b) a
Removal Date on which, if any Series has been paid in full, Principal
Receivables in an aggregate amount approximately equal to the initial
investor interest of such Series are removed from the Trust, (c) a date on
which there is an increase in the Invested Amount of any Variable Interest
issued by the Trust and (d) any date on which a new Series is issued.
"Revolving Period" means the period from and including the Closing
Date to, but not including, the earlier of (a) the Controlled Accumulation
Date and (b) the Early Amortization Commencement Date.
"Series Account" means, as to Series 1996-B, the Distribution
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal
Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Reserve Account.
"Series Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the numerator used in determining the Floating Allocation Percentage for
that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the
numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is
defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the
Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling
on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to
any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is
equal to the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor
Percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for
all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset
Date.
22
<PAGE>
"Series 1996-B" means the Series of the World Financial Network
Credit Card Master Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.
"Series 1996-B Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the
Class B Certificates and the Class D Certificates.
"Series 1996-B Holder" means the holder of record of a Series 1996-B
Certificate.
"Series 1996-B Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of
(a) the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full, (b)
the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and (c) the April
2006 Distribution Date.
"Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.0%.
"Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series Supplement.
"Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires,
either (a) the amount allocated to the Investor Certificates which are
treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.7(a),
4.7(b)(v)(B), 4.7(c)(v)(B), 4.11(d)(ii) and 4.11(f)(v) and which may be
applied to the principal shortfall with respect to other outstanding Series
in Group One or (b) the amounts allocated to the investor certificates of
other Series in Group One which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may
be applied to cover the Principal Shortfall with respect to the Investor
Certificates.
"Specified Transferor Amount" means, at any time, the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) at that time.
"Target Amount" is defined in Section 4.7(d).
"Uncovered Dilution Amount" means an amount equal to the product
of (x) the Series Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period
(determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during that
Monthly Period), times (y) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during that
Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to made to the Excess
Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.9(a) but has not been made; provided
that, if the Transferor Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit
referred to in clause (y) is required to be made, the Uncovered Dilution
Amount for such amount to be deposited shall be deemed to be zero.
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable
to Series 1996-B with respect to any Transfer Date (the "Servicing Fee") shall
23
<PAGE>
be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Series Servicing Fee
Percentage and (ii) the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the
Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided that with respect to
the first Transfer Date, the Servicing Fee shall equal $427,777.78. The
share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the Class A Invested Amount (the
"Class A Servicing Fee"), the Class B Invested Amount (the "Class B
Servicing Fee") and the Collateral Interest (the "Collateral Interest
Servicing Fee") and the Class D Invested Amount (the "Class D Servicing
Fees") with respect to any Transfer Date shall equal the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage, Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, Collateral
Floating Allocation Percentage and Class D Floating Allocation Percentage,
respectively, of such Servicing Fee. Except as specifically provided above,
the Servicing Fee shall be paid by the cash flows from the Trust allocated
to Transferor or the certificateholders of other Series (as provided in the
related Supplements) and in no event shall the Trust, Trustee or the
Investor Holders be liable therefor. The Class A Servicing Fee shall be
payable to Servicer solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(ii) and
4.13(a). The Class B Servicing Fee shall be payable solely to the extent
amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to
Sections 4.11(b)(ii) and 4.13(c). The Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
shall be payable solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Section 4.13(f) or if
applicable Section 4.11(c)(i). The Class D Servicing Fees shall be payable
solely to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect
thereof pursuant to Section 4.11(d)(i) and 4.13(h).
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions. (a) The Investor Certificates shall be subject to retransfer to
Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or after the
Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less
than or equal to 5% of the Initial Invested Amount by deposit into the
Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 12.2 of an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal of the Class A
Certificates, Class B Certificates, Collateral Interest and Class D
Certificates (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal Account),
plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor Certificates through
the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs.
Upon the tender of the outstanding Series 1996-B Certificates by the
Holders (and without tender in the case of the Collateral Interest),
Trustee shall distribute such amount, together with all funds on deposit in
the Principal Account and Principal Funding Account to the Investor Holders
on the next Distribution Date in repayment of the principal amount and
accrued and unpaid interest owing to the Investor Holders. Following any
redemption, the Investor Holders shall have no further rights with respect
to the Receivables. If Transferor fails for any reason to deposit in the
Collection Account the aggregate purchase price for the Investor
24
<PAGE>
Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the Investor Holders in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and this Series Supplement.
(b) The amount required to be deposited by Transferor with respect
to the Investor Certificates in connection with any reassignment of
Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 shall equal the sum of (i) the Adjusted
Invested Amount (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal
Account), plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor
Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the
repurchase occurs. The amount so deposited together with the amount then on
deposit in the Principal Account and the Principal Funding Account shall be
distributed to the Holders of the Investor Certificates in final payment of
the Invested Amount and all such other amounts on the Distribution Date on
which it is deposited.
(c) Proceeds available from the sale of Receivables in accordance
with Section 12.2(c) on the Series 1996-B Termination Date shall be
treated, to the extent of the Invested Amount, as Collections of Principal
Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor Certificates and any
excess shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables that
have been allocated to the Investor Certificates, in each case with respect
to the prior Monthly Period.
(d) Transferor may from time to time, purchase Class A and Class B
Certificates on the secondary market and request Trustee to cancel such
Class A and Class B Certificates held by Transferor and reduce the Class A
or Class B Invested Amount, as applicable, by a corresponding amount;
provided that Transferor may make such purchases and requests for
cancellation of Class B Certificates resulting in a reduction of the Class
B Invested Amount only to the extent that it has made (or will make
contemporaneously with any such purchase and request for cancellation of
Class B Certificates) purchases and requests for cancellations of Class A
Certificates that result in at least a pro rata reduction of the Class A
Invested Amount; provided, further, that no purchase of Class B
Certificates shall be made if Class A Certificates remain outstanding and
the sum of the Collateral Interest plus the balance on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account is less than the Required Enhancement Amount.
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates.
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-B Certificates to
Trustee (in definitive, fully registered form) for authentication in
accordance with Section 6.1. Trustee shall deliver such Certificates when
authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2. The Collateral Interest shall
be issued as provided in this Series Supplement and the Loan Agreement.
25
<PAGE>
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates.
(a) The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall be delivered
as Book-Entry Certificates as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.10.
(b) The depository for Series 1996-B shall be The Depository Trust
Company, and the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates shall be
initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.
(c) The Class D Certificates shall be delivered in fully
registered definitive form to Transferor.
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1 through 4.5 shall
read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV (except for
Sections 4.1 through 4.5 thereof) shall be read in its entirety as follows
and shall be applicable only to the Investor Certificates:
ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest Holder.
The Investor Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust,
consisting of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the
required payments with respect to such Investor Certificates at the times
and in the amounts specified in this Agreement, (a) the applicable Investor
Percentage of Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b)
funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral
Account, the Reserve Account and the Distribution Account. The Class D
Certificates shall be subordinated to the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates and the Collateral Interest to the extent described herein.
The Collateral Interest shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates
and the Class B Certificates to the extent described herein. The Class B
Certificates shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates to the extent
described herein. Transferor shall not have any interest in the Collection
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal
Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account, the Reserve Account and the
Distribution Account, except as specifically provided in this Article IV.
SECTION 4.7 Allocations. (a) Allocations During the Revolving
Period. During the Revolving Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to
the Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and
26
<PAGE>
(B) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Finance Charge Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing.
In addition, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Class A
Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in
respect of Principal Receivables on each Date of Processing shall be
treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(b) Allocations During the Controlled Accumulation Period. During
the Controlled Accumulation Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to
the Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections, and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
27
<PAGE>
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(v) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the amount allocated pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(v)(A) during
any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Controlled Deposit Amount
for the related Transfer Date (after taking into account any
payments to be made on the immediately preceding Distribution
Date) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount not
allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).
(c) Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During the Early
Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the Investor
Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class D Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections, and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date
28
<PAGE>
of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such
Date of Processing;
(iv) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(v) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the aggregate amount allocated pursuant to this Section
4.7(c)(v)(A) during any Monthly Period shall not exceed the
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
prior Monthly Period (after taking into account any payments to be
made on the Distribution Date relating to such prior Monthly
Period and deposits and any adjustments to be made to the Invested
Amount to be made on the Transfer Date relating to such Monthly
Period) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount
not allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).
(d) During any period when Servicer is permitted by Section 4.3 to
make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts allocated
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), (b) and (c) with
respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the Collection
Account or any Series Account prior to the related Transfer Date, and, when
so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts required to be
distributed to Transferor and, if WFN is Servicer, Servicer and (y) shall
be deposited into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case of
Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared Principal
Collections allocated to Series 1996-B pursuant to Section 4.15)), subject
in either case to the proviso to the next sentence. At any other time,
amounts so allocated on each Date of Processing shall be deposited on that
Date of Processing into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in
the case of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-B pursuant to Section
4.15)), provided that:
29
<PAGE>
(i) so long as no draw has been made on the Cash
Collateral Account, with respect to each Monthly Period falling in
the Revolving Period (and with respect to that portion of each
Monthly Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period falling on or
after the day on which Collections of Principal Receivables equal
to the related Controlled Deposit Amount have been allocated
pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(v) and deposited pursuant to Section
4.7(d)), Collections of Finance Charge Receivables shall be
deposited into the Finance Charge Account only until such time as
the aggregate amount so deposited equals the sum (the "Target
Amount") of (A) the amounts of Class A Monthly Interest, Class B
Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amount and Class A Additional
Interest (if any), Class B Deficiency Amount and Class B
Additional Interest (if any), (B) if WFN is not Servicer, the
Servicing Fee, each due on the related Distribution Date, (C) any
Collateral Monthly Interest due on the related Transfer Date and
any other amounts that the Transferor or Servicer knows will be
owed under the Loan Agreement on the related Transfer Date to the
extent such amounts are payable under the Loan Agreement from
Available Non-Principal Funds (as defined in the Loan Agreement),
(D) any amount required to be deposited in the Reserve Account on
the related Transfer Date and (E) any Finance Charge Shortfalls
for any other Series in Group One (as defined in the related
Supplement); and
(ii) with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the
Revolving Period, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) and (iii)
shall (after an amount equal to any Collateral Monthly Principal
for that Monthly Period has been deposited into the Principal
Account) be paid to Transferor (or, if the Transferor Amount is
less than the Specified Transferor Amount, deposited into the
Excess Funding Account), but Transferor shall make an amount equal
to the Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer
Date available on that Transfer Date for application in accordance
with Section 4.14.
With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited in
accordance with clause (i) of the preceding proviso, notwithstanding such
limitation: (1) "Excess Spread" for the related Transfer Date shall be
calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to
the Investor Certificates during that Monthly Period had been deposited in
the Finance Charge Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance
with Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c) and 4.11(d); and (2) Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables released to Transferor pursuant to such clause
(i) shall be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Supplement
and the Loan Agreement, to have been applied to the items specified in
Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c), 4.11(d) and 4.13 to which such amounts
30
<PAGE>
would have been applied (and in the priority in which they would have been
applied) had such amounts been available in the Finance Charge Account on
such Transfer Date. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in the
preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause (c) of the
definition of Class A Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of
Class B Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of Collateral
Interest and clause (f) of the definition of the Class D Certificates and
Section 4.10.
Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if on any Business Day Servicer
determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the Target
Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by Servicer, then
(x) Servicer shall (on the same Business Day) inform Transferor of such
determination, and (y) within two Business Days of receiving such notice
Transferor shall deposit into the Finance Charge Account funds in an amount
equal to the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated
to the Investor Certificates for that Monthly Period but not deposited into
the Finance Charge Account due to the operation of clause (i) (but not in
excess of the amount required so that the aggregate amount deposited for
the subject Monthly Period equals the Target Amount). In addition, if on
any Transfer Date the Transferor Amount will be less than the Specified
Transferor Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that
Transfer Date, Transferor shall, on that Transfer Date, deposit into the
Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of Class A
Available Funds and Excess Spread that are required to be treated as
Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii) and 4.13
but are not available from funds in the Finance Charge Account as a result
of the operation of clause (i).
(e) On any date, Servicer may withdraw from the Collection Account
or any Series Account any amounts inadvertently deposited in such account
that should have not been so deposited.
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest. (a) The amount of
monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificates shall equal the
product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, times
(iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
determined as of the Record Date preceding the related Transfer Date (the
"Class A Monthly Interest"); provided that (x) Class A Monthly Interest for
the first Distribution Period will be $1,970,325 and (y) in addition to
Class A Monthly Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid Class
A Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1)
one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class A Certificate Rate, plus 2% per
annum, and (B) any Class A Deficiency Amount from the prior Transfer Date
(or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been paid to Class A
Holders) (the "Class A Additional Interest"), shall also be distributable
31
<PAGE>
to the Class A Certificates, and on such Transfer Date Trustee shall
deposit such funds, to the extent available, into the Distribution Account.
The "Class A Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the
excess, if any, of the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this Section
4.8(a) as of the prior Distribution Period over the amount actually
transferred from the Distribution Account for payment of such amount.
(b) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B
Certificates shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the
Class B Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding principal balance of
the Class B Certificates determined as of the Record Date preceding the
related Transfer Date (the "Class B Monthly Interest"); provided that (x)
Class B Monthly Interest for the first Distribution Period will be $214,200
and (y) in addition to the Class B Monthly Interest an amount equal to the
amount of any unpaid Class B Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to
the product of (A) (1) one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class B
Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount
from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not
theretofore been paid to Class B Holders) (the "Class B Additional
Interest"), shall also be distributable to the Class B Certificates, and on
such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent
available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class B Deficiency Amount"
for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate
amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) as of the prior Distribution
Period over the amount actually transferred from the Distribution Account
for payment of such amount.
(c) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Collateral
Interest (the "Collateral Monthly Interest") shall equal the product of (i)
(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B)
the Collateral Rate in effect with respect to the related Distribution
Period, times (ii) the Collateral Interest determined as of the Record Date
preceding such Transfer Date.
(d) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class D
Certificates (the "Class D Monthly Interest") shall initially be zero but
may be increased in connection with any sale, pledge or transfer of the
Class D Certificates to anyone other than the Transferor and its
Affiliates, subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. In that
case, in addition to the Class D Monthly Interest an amount equal to the
amount of any unpaid Class D Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to
interest accrued at a rate equal to the sum of the Class D Certificate
Rate, plus 2% per annum on any Class D Deficiency Amount from the prior
Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been paid
to Class D Holders) (the "Class D Additional Interest"), shall also be
distributable to the Class D Certificates, and on such Transfer Date
Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent available, into the
Distribution Account. The "Class D Deficiency Amount" for any
32
<PAGE>
Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount
accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(d) as of the prior Distribution Period
over the amount actually transferred from the Distribution Account for
payment of such amount.
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal. (a) The amount of
monthly principal distributable from the Principal Account with respect to
the Class A Certificates on each Transfer Date ("Class A Monthly
Principal"), beginning with the Transfer Date in the month following the
month in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early
Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal
Account with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for each Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the Class A
Scheduled Payment Date, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer
Date and (iii) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date
prior to any deposit into the Principal Funding Account to be made on such
day.
(b) The amount of monthly principal distributable from the
Principal Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on each Transfer
Date (the "Class B Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Accumulation
Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A
Adjusted Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization
Period beginning with the Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested
Amount is reduced to zero (in either case after giving effect to payments
to be made on the related Distribution Date), shall be an amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the Available Investor
Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (B) any Class A Monthly
Principal on such Transfer Date and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount (after
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.
(c) The amount of monthly principal (the "Collateral Monthly
Principal") distributable from the Principal Account with respect to the
Collateral Interest on each Transfer Date shall be (i) during the Revolving
Period following any reduction of the Required Enhancement Amount, an
amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus on such Transfer
Date and (B) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer
Date or (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
Amortization Period an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement
Surplus on such Transfer Date, (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the Available
Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (2) the sum of
the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal for such
Transfer Date and (C) the Collateral Interest on such Transfer Date (after
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14).
33
<PAGE>
(d) The amount of monthly principal distributable from the
Principal Account with respect to the Class D Certificates on each Transfer
Date (the "Class D Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Accumulation
Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest
are reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization Period beginning on the
Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount and the Collateral Interest are reduced to zero (in either case
after giving effect to payments to be made on the related Distribution
Date), shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of
(A) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over
(B) any Class A Monthly Principal on such Transfer Date over any Class A
Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Collateral Monthly
Principal on such Transfer Date, and (iii) the Class D Invested Amount
(after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount. (a) On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class A Required
Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly Interest for
such Transfer Date, plus (ii) the Class A Deficiency Amount, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (iii) the Class A Additional Interest, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (iv) the Class A Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus (v) the Class A Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
on any prior Transfer Date, plus (vi) the Class A Investor Default Amount,
if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (vii) the Class A Uncovered Dilution
Amount for the related Monthly Period, exceeds the Class A Available Funds
for the related Monthly Period.
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine
the amount (the "Class B Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of (i)
the amount, if any, by which the sum of (A) the Class B Monthly Interest
for such Transfer Date, plus (B) the Class B Deficiency Amount, if any, for
such Transfer Date plus (C) the Class B Additional Interest, if any, for
such Transfer Date, plus (D) the Class B Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus (E) the Class B Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
on any prior Transfer Date, exceeds the Class B Available Funds for the
related Monthly Period plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Class B Investor
Default Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date and (B) the Class B
Uncovered Dilution Amount for the related Monthly Period.
(c) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine
the amount (the "Collateral Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of
(i) the amount, if any, by which the Collateral Servicing Fee for the prior
Monthly Period plus the Collateral Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid
34
<PAGE>
on any prior Transfer Date, in each case to the extent payable pursuant to
Section 4.11(c)(i), exceeds the Collateral Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period, plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Collateral Monthly Interest
plus the amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such
Transfer Date, (B) the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral
Interest Servicing Fees payable pursuant to Section 4.13(f) and (C) the
Collateral Reduction Amount, if any, for the related Monthly Period.
(d) If the sum of the Class A Required Amount, the Class B
Required Amount and the Collateral Required Amount for such Transfer Date
is greater than zero, Servicer shall give written notice to Trustee of such
positive Class A Required Amount, Class B Required Amount or the Collateral
Required Amount on or before such Transfer Date. In addition:
(i) If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and
any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an
amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(a). If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
with respect to such Transfer Date, the Collections of Principal
Receivables allocable to the Class D Certificates, the Collateral
Interest and the Class B Certificates with respect to the prior
Monthly Period shall be applied as specified in Section 4.14;
(ii) If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer
Date is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread
(and any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date
in an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(c). If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
available to fund the Class B Required Amount pursuant to Section
4.13(c), the Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the
Class D Certificates and the Collateral Interest (after
application to the Class A Required Amount) shall be applied as
specified in Section 4.14; and
35
<PAGE>
(iii) All or a portion of the Excess Spread with respect
to each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the Collateral
Required Amount, to the extent available, for such Transfer Date
shall be distributed on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13. If the Collateral Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread available to fund the
Collateral Required Amount pursuant to Section 4.13, the
Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class D
Certificates (after application to the Class A Required Amount and
the Class B Required Amount) shall be applied as specified in
Section 4.14;
provided that the sum of any payments pursuant to this paragraph shall not
exceed the sum of the Class A Required Amount, the Class B Required Amount
and the Collateral Required Amount.
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to withdraw, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw on such Transfer Date or
the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the extent of available
funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge
Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the
Distribution Account as follows:
(a) An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest, plus any
Class A Deficiency Amount, plus any Class A Additional Interest
(in each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by
Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution Account;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class A Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date plus any Class A Servicing Fee due but not paid
to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date (less, if WFN is Servicer,
amounts previously retained toward payment of such fees) shall be
distributed to Servicer;
(iii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Investor
Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any,
for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated (or deemed, in
accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be treated) as a portion of
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited
into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date; and
36
<PAGE>
(iv) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(b) An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest, plus
any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus any Class B Additional
Interest (in each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited
by Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution Account;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date, plus any Class B Servicing Fee due but not
paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date for such Transfer Date
(less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained toward
payment of such fees) shall be distributed to Servicer; and
(iii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(c) An amount equal to the Collateral Available Funds for the
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the
extent available, in the following priority:
(i) if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is
Servicer, an amount equal to the Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
for such Transfer Date, plus any Collateral Interest Servicing Fee
due but not paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be
distributed to Servicer; and
(ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(d) An amount equal to the Class D Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is
Servicer, an amount equal to the Class D Servicing Fee for such
Transfer Date, plus any Class D Servicing Fee due but not paid to
Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be distributed to
Servicer; and
37
<PAGE>
(ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(e) During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available
Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period will be
distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent available, in the
following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Principal
for such Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Collateral
Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and
(ii) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the application specified in Section
4.11(e)(i) shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(f) On each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer Date
falling in the calendar month following the one in which the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period (whichever is earlier)
commences, an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal Collections
for the related Monthly Period will be distributed on such Transfer Date,
to the extent available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for
such Transfer Date, shall be (A) with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period, deposited into the Principal Funding Account,
and (B) during the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the
Distribution Account;
(ii) after giving effect to the distribution referred to
in clause (i), an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal,
shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;
(iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer
Date immediately preceding the Series 1996-B Termination Date, in
which case on the Series 1996-B Termination Date) after giving
effect to the distribution referred to in clauses(i) and (ii)
above, an amount equal to Collateral Monthly Principal shall be
distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with
the Loan Agreement;
(iv) after giving effect to the distributions referred to
in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, an amount equal to the Class
D Monthly Principal, shall be deposited into the Distribution
Account; and
38
<PAGE>
(v) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the applications specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be treated as Shared
Principal Collections.
(g) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Transfer Date with
respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Transfer Date
immediately preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, acting
in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Distribution Account the
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account.
(h) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall pay in accordance
with Section 5.1(a) to the Class A Holders from the Distribution Account,
the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section
4.11(a)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date and to the Class B Holders from
the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution
Account pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date.
(i) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Distribution Date
with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Class A
Scheduled Payment Date and on each Distribution Date thereafter, Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall pay in
accordance with Section 5.1 from the Distribution Account the amount so
deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 4.11(f) and
(g) on the related Transfer Date in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class A Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class A Holders;
(ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and on or after the Class B Scheduled Payment
Date, after giving effect to the distributions referred to in
clause (i) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class B Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class B Holders;
(iii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the
Early Amortization Period and on or after the Distribution Date on
which the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount
have been reduced to zero, after giving effect to the
distributions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, an amount
equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in the Distribution
Account and the Collateral Interest shall be paid to the
Collateral Interest Holders; and
39
<PAGE>
(iv) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and on or after the Distribution Date on which
the Class D Invested Amount has been reduced to zero, after giving
effect to the distributions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class D Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class D Holders.
(j) The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at
the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation Date; provided
that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined as described
below) on any Determination Date on or after the April 2002 Determination
Date is less than 12 months, upon written notice to Trustee, Transferor
and, each Rating Agency, Servicer, at its option, may elect to modify the
date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences to the
first day of the month that is a number of months prior to the month in
which the Class A Scheduled Payment Date occurs at least equal to the
Controlled Accumulation Period Length (so that, as a result of such
election, the number of Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation
Period will at least equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length);
provided that (i) the length of the Controlled Accumulation Period will not
be less than two months, (ii) such determination of the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length shall be made on each Determination Date on and
after the April 2002 Determination Date but prior to the commencement of
the Controlled Accumulation Period, and any election to shorten the
Controlled Accumulation Period shall be subject to the subsequent
lengthening of the Controlled Accumulation Period to the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length determined on any subsequent Determination Date,
but the Controlled Accumulation Period shall in no event commence prior to
the Controlled Accumulation Date, and (iii) notwithstanding any other
provision of this Series Supplement to the contrary, no election to
postpone the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period shall be
made after an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and be
continuing with respect to any other Series. The "Controlled Accumulation
Period Length" will mean a number of whole months such that the amount
available for distribution of principal on the Class A Certificates on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date is expected to equal or exceed the Class A
Invested Amount, assuming for this purpose that (1) the payment rate with
respect to Collections of Principal Receivables remains constant at the
lowest level of such payment rate during the twelve preceding Monthly
Periods (or such lower payment rate as Servicer may select), (2) the total
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust (and the principal amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account, if any) remains constant at the
level on such date of determination, (3) no Early Amortization Event with
respect to any Series will subsequently occur and (4) no additional Series
(other than any Series being issued on such date of determination) will be
40
<PAGE>
subsequently issued. Any notice by Servicer electing to modify the
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period pursuant to this Section
4.11(j) shall specify (i) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length, (ii)
the commencement date of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (iii) the
Controlled Accumulation Amount with respect to each Monthly Period during
the Controlled Accumulation Period.
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs. (a) On or before each Transfer
Date, Servicer shall calculate the sum of the Class A Investor Default
Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class
A Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer Date, the Class A Reduction Amount
for the prior Monthly Period exceeds the sum of the amount allocated with
respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(iii), Section 4.13(a)
(including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for such
allocation) and Section 4.14 with respect to such Monthly Period, the Class
D Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class D
Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal Collections on such
Transfer Date), will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by
more than the lesser of the Class A Reduction Amount and the Class D
Invested Amount for such Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the
Class D Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class D Invested
Amount will be reduced to zero, the Collateral Interest (after giving
effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any Reallocated
Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount
by which the Class D Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If
such reduction would cause the Collateral Interest to be a negative number,
the Collateral Interest will be reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested
Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class B Investor
Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Class B Principal Collections on such
Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral
Interest would have been reduced below zero. If such reduction would cause
the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested
Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class A Reduction Amount for
such Transfer Date (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off"). If the Class A
Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor
Charge- Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not by an
amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for such purpose pursuant
to Section 4.13(b).
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Class B Uncovered
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class B Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Class B Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Collateral Principal
41
<PAGE>
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(c) (including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral
Account for such allocation) and Section 4.14, the Collateral Interest
(after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge- Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) will be reduced by
the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the Class B
Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to
reductions for any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated
Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments with
respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) for such Transfer Date. If
such reduction would cause the Class D Invested Amount to be a negative
number, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced to zero and the
Collateral Interest will be reduced by the amount by which the Class D
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If such reduction would
cause the Collateral Interest to be a negative number, the Collateral
Interest will be reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class B Reduction Amount for
such Transfer Date (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off"). The Class B Invested
Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections in excess of the Class D Invested Amount and the Collateral
Interest pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the
Class B Invested Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a
reduction in the Class A Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.12(a). The
Class B Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed (but not to an amount
in excess of the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on
any Transfer Date by the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available
for that purpose as described under Section 4.13(d).
(c) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Collateral Default Amount and the Collateral Uncovered Dilution
Amount (such sum being the "Collateral Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Collateral Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Class D Principal
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(g) and Section 4.14, the Class D Invested Amount (after
giving effect to reductions for any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Sections 4.12(a) and (b)) will be
reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the
Collateral Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount (after giving
effect to reductions for any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Sections 4.12(a) and (b)) for such
Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Class D Invested Amount to
42
<PAGE>
be a negative number, the Class D Invested Amount will be reduced to zero,
and the Collateral Interest will be reduced by the amount by which the
Class D Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not by more
than the Collateral Reduction Amount for such Transfer Date ("Collateral
Charge-Off"). The Collateral Interest will also be reduced by the amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of the Class D Invested Amount
pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Collateral
Interest allocated to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates
to avoid a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount or the Class B Invested
Amount pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and 4.12(b), respectively. The
Collateral Interest will thereafter be reimbursed on any Transfer Date by
the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose as
described under Section 4.13(h).
(d) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class D Investor Default Amount and the Class D Uncovered
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class D Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Class D Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread which is allocated and available to
fund such amount pursuant to Section 4.13(k), the Class D Invested Amount
will be reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the
lesser of the Class D Reduction Amount and the Class D Invested Amount for
such Transfer Date (a "Class D Investor Charge-Off"). The Class D Invested
Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections pursuant to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the
Class D Invested Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates, the Class B
Certificates or the Collateral Interest to avoid a reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(a), the Class B Invested Amount,
pursuant to Section 4.12(b), or the Collateral Interest, pursuant to
Section 4.12(c), respectively. The Class D Invested Amount will thereafter
be reimbursed on any Transfer Date by the amount of the Excess Spread
allocated and available for that purpose as described under Section
4.13(l).
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to apply, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions shall apply (or be deemed, in accordance
with Section 4.7(d), to apply), Excess Spread with respect to the related
Monthly Period, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date
in the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class A Required
Amount and be applied in accordance with, and in the priority set forth in,
Section 4.11(a);
43
<PAGE>
(b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor
Charge- Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated as a
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the
Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
(c) an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class B Required
Amount and be applied first in accordance with, and in the priority set
forth in, Section 4.11(b) and then any remaining amount available to pay
the Class B Reduction Amount shall be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(d) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested Amount
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B Holders (but
not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not
been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(e) an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Interest plus the
amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such Transfer Date
will be paid to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan
Agreement;
(f) if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral Interest
Servicing Fees (less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained
towards payment of such fee) will be paid to Servicer;
(g) an amount equal to the Collateral Reduction Amount, if any,
for the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(h) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the
Collateral Interest has been reduced for reasons other than the payment of
principal to the Collateral Interest Holder (but not in excess of the
aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously
reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor Principal Collections
and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization
Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
44
<PAGE>
(i) an amount equal to the Class D Monthly Interest, plus any
Class D Deficiency Amount, plus any Class D Additional Interest (in each
case for such Transfer Date) shall be paid to the Class D
Certificateholders in accordance with any applicable agreement;
(j) if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Class D Servicing Fees
(less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained towards payment of
such fee) will be paid to Servicer;
(k) an amount equal to the Class D Reduction Amount, if any, for
the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(l) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class D
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class D Invested Amount
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class D Holders (but
not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not
been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(m) an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash
Collateral Amount (determined after all deposits, withdrawals, reductions,
payments and adjustments to be made with respect to such date) over the
Available Cash Collateral Amount (without giving effect to any deposit made
on such date hereunder) shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account;
(n) on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account
Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account terminates
as described in Section 4.17(f), an amount up to the excess, if any, of the
Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account Amount
shall be deposited into the Reserve Account;
(o) an amount equal to all other amounts due under the Loan
Agreement shall be distributed in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and
(p) the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made
pursuant to clauses (a) through (o) shall constitute "Excess Finance Charge
Collections" to be applied with respect to other Series in accordance with
Section 4.5 of the Agreement.
45
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections. On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to, and Trustee in
accordance with such instructions shall, withdraw from the Principal
Account and apply Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to such
Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date in
the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread with
respect to the related Monthly Period and (y) the Available Cash
Collateral Amount with respect to such Transfer Date, shall be
applied pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii);
(b) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread
allocated and available to the Class B Certificates pursuant to
Section 4.13(c) on such Transfer Date and (y) the amount withdrawn
from the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 4.18(c) which
is remaining after application pursuant to Section 4.13(c) with
respect to such Transfer Date shall be applied first pursuant to
Sections 4.11(b)(i) and (ii) and then pursuant to Section 4.13(c);
and
(c) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Collateral Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of the amounts of Excess Spread allocated
and available to the Collateral Interest pursuant to Sections
4.13(e), (f) and (g) on such Transfer Date shall be applied
pursuant to such sections; and
provided, that:
(1) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) (the
"Reallocated Principal Collections") shall not exceed the lesser
of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Class D Investor
Allocation Percentage, the Collateral Investor Allocation
Percentage and the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage for the
Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (y) the Investor
Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (z) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables for the
Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the sum of
the Class D Invested Amount, the Collateral Interest and the Class
B Invested Amount after giving effect to any Class D Investor
Charge-Offs, Collateral Charge-Offs and Class B Investor Charge-
Offs for such Transfer Date;
46
<PAGE>
(2) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) shall not
exceed the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Class D
Investor Allocation Percentage and the Collateral Investor
Allocation Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such
Transfer Date and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly
Period relating to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period
relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the sum of the Class D
Invested Amount and the Collateral Interest after giving effect to
any Class D Investor Charge-Offs and the Collateral Charge-Offs
for such Transfer Date; and
(3) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clause (c) shall not exceed
the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the Class D Investor
Allocation Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such
Transfer Date and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly
Period relating to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of
Collections of Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period
relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the Class D Invested Amount
after giving effect to any Class D Investor Charge-Offs for such
Transfer Date.
With respect to any Transfer Date, any Reallocated Principal
Collections up to and including the amount specified in clause (3)(A) above
shall constitute "Reallocated Class D Principal Collections"; any
Reallocated Principal Collections up to and including the amount specified
in clause (2)(A) above shall constitute "Reallocated Collateral Principal
Collections"; and any Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of such
amount shall constitute "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections."
On each Transfer Date, the Class D Invested Amount shall be
reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class D Principal Collections and by
the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections and Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections for such Transfer Date. If such reduction
would cause the Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class D
Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number, the
Class D Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class D Investor
Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) will be reduced to zero and the
Collateral Interest will be reduced by the amount by which the Class D
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If the reallocation of
Reallocated Principal Collections would cause the Collateral Interest
(after giving effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date)
to be a negative number on any Transfer Date, the Class B Invested Amount
will be reduced by the amount the Collateral Interest would have been
reduced below zero. If the reallocation of Reallocated Principal
Collections would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after
47
<PAGE>
giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date)
to be a negative number on any Transfer Date, Reallocated Principal
Collections shall be reallocated on such Transfer Date in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the amount which would cause the Class B Invested
Amount (after giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such
Transfer Date) to be reduced to zero.
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account. (a) The Shared
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B on any Transfer Date
pursuant to Section 4.15(b) shall be applied as Available Investor
Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.11 and pursuant to such Section
4.11 shall be deposited in the Distribution Account or distributed in
accordance with the Loan Agreement.
(b) Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B with
respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the Principal
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-B for such Transfer Date;
provided that if the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections for
all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Principal
Collections allocable to Series 1996-B on such Transfer Date shall equal
the product of (i) Shared Principal Collections for all Series in Group One
for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1996-B for such Transfer Date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date. On
each Transfer Date, Trustee (in accordance with instructions from Servicer)
shall withdraw Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B from
the Collection Account and deposit the same into the Principal Account.
(c) Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Available
Investor Principal Collections to be treated as Shared Principal
Collections on any Transfer Date allocable to other Series in Group One, on
each Determination Date, Servicer shall determine the Class A Required
Amount, Class B Required Amount, the Collateral Required Amount, Excess
Spread and Reallocated Principal Collections as of such Determination Date
for the following Transfer Date.
(d) The aggregate amount allocable to Series 1996-B and required
to be transferred from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal
Account with respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the
Principal Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-B for such
Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to
Series 1996-B from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date;
provided that if the aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the
Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series (whether or
48
<PAGE>
not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date is less than the
cumulative Principal Shortfall minus available Shared Principal Collections
for all Series (whether or not included in Group One) for such Transfer
Date, then the aggregate amount allocable to Series 1996-B and required to
be transferred on such Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) the
aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account
pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series for such Transfer Date and (ii) a
fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall with
respect to Series 1996-B for such Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-B from other Series in Group
One on that Transfer Date and (B) the denominator of which is the
cumulative Principal Shortfall for all Series (whether or not included in
Group One) minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series
(whether or not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account, Principal
Funding Account and Distribution Account. (a) Trustee shall establish and
maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of
the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders,
four segregated trust accounts (the "Finance Charge Account", the
"Principal Account", the "Principal Funding Account" and the "Distribution
Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee
shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from
time to time in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the
Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account and in all proceeds
thereof. The Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal
Funding Account and the Distribution Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time the institution holding the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution
Account ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify
Trustee, and Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall,
within 10 Business Days, establish a new Finance Charge Account, a new
Principal Account, a new Principal Funding Account and a new Distribution
Account meeting the conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash
or any investments to such new Finance Charge Account, Principal Account,
Principal Funding Account and Distribution Account. Trustee, at the
direction of Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Finance Charge
Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the
Distribution Account from time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes
set forth in this Series Supplement and the Agreement, and (ii) on each
Transfer Date (from and after the commencement of the Controlled
Accumulation Period) prior to termination of the Principal Funding Account
make a deposit into the Principal Funding Account in the amount specified
in, and otherwise in accordance with, Section 4.11(f). Trustee at all times
49
<PAGE>
shall maintain accurate records reflecting each transaction in the Finance
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and
the Distribution Account and that the funds held therein shall at all times
be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Holders.
(b) Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal
Account and the Principal Funding Account from time to time shall be
invested and reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the
benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or
securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible
Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so
directs and either (i) such disposal will not result in a loss of all or
part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to
the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment
of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible
Investment. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment
earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds (x) on deposit in
the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount
for purposes of this Series Supplement and (y) on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount for purposes of this Series
Supplement and shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.16(c).
(c) On the Transfer Date occurring in the month following the
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period and on each Transfer
Date thereafter with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period,
Trustee, acting at Servicer's direction given on or before such Transfer
Date, shall transfer from the Principal Funding Account to the Finance
Charge Account the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account, but not in excess of the Covered Amount, for
application as Class A Available Funds applied pursuant to Section
4.11(a)(i).
(d) Any Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds shall be paid
to Transferor on each Transfer Date. An amount equal to any Principal
Funding Investment Shortfall will be deposited in the Finance Charge
Account on each Transfer Date from the Reserve Account to the extent funds
are available pursuant to Section 4.17(d). Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered part of
the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for purposes of
this Series Supplement.
SECTION 4.17 Reserve Account. (a) Trustee shall establish and
maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of
50
<PAGE>
the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders,
a segregated trust account (the "Reserve Account"), bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and
interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Reserve Account
and in all proceeds thereof. The Reserve Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Reserve Account ceases to
be a Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee
upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 Business
Days, establish a new Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified
above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Reserve
Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals
from the Reserve Account from time to time in an amount up to the Available
Reserve Account Amount at such time, for the purposes set forth in this
Series Supplement, and (ii) on each Transfer Date (from and after the
Reserve Account Funding Date) prior to termination of the Reserve Account
make a deposit into the Reserve Account in the amount specified in, and
otherwise in accordance with, Section 4.13(n).
(b) Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be invested by
Trustee in Eligible Investments pursuant to the written direction of
Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Transfer Date,
after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Reserve Account on such
Transfer Date, shall be invested in such investments that will mature so
that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the
following Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the
Investor Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if
any, evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each
Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment
expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in
the Reserve Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent
that the Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve
Account Amount) and the balance, if any, shall be deposited into the
Finance Charge Account and included in Class A Available Funds for such
Transfer Date. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the
balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this Series Supplement,
except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings
on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.
51
<PAGE>
(c) On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Class A Invested
Amount and on or before the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period, Servicer shall calculate the "Reserve Draw Amount"
which shall be equal to the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall with
respect to each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation
Period or the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization
Period less, in each case, the amount of funds deposited into the Finance
Charge Account on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.17(b).
(d) If the Reserve Draw Amount for any Transfer Date is greater
than zero, the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve Account
Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on such Transfer Date
by Trustee (acting in accordance with the instructions of Servicer),
deposited into the Finance Charge Account and included in Class A Available
Funds for such Transfer Date.
(e) If the Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date, after
giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account
with respect to such Transfer Date, is greater than zero, Trustee, acting
in accordance with the instructions of Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Reserve Account, and pay in accordance with the Loan Agreement, an amount
equal to such Reserve Account Surplus.
(f) Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the Trust
pursuant to Article XII, (ii) the first Transfer Date relating to the Early
Amortization Period and (iii) the Transfer Date immediately preceding the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, acting in accordance with the
instructions of Servicer, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to
the Series 1996-B Holders that are payable from the Reserve Account as
provided herein, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account and pay in
accordance with the Loan Agreement, all amounts, if any, on deposit in the
Reserve Account and the Reserve Account shall be deemed to have terminated
for purposes of this Series Supplement.
SECTION 4.18 Cash Collateral Account. (a) Servicer shall establish
and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the
name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated trust account (the
"Cash Collateral Account") bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor
Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account and in all
proceeds thereof. The Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Cash Collateral Account
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10
52
<PAGE>
Business Days establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments
to such new Cash Collateral Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer,
shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account in
the amounts and at the times set forth in this Series Supplement and the
Loan Agreement. All withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account shall be
made in the priority set forth below.
(b) On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $8,750,000 in
immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account. Funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time shall be invested
and/or reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Trustee shall
maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the
negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible
Investments. On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of
losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date
on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount
and shall be part of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and
Collateral Available Funds for such Transfer Date. For purposes of
determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Cash
Collateral Account for any reason under this Series Supplement, all
investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on
deposit.
(c) On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the
amount (the "Required Draw Amount") by which the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 4.13 with respect to the
related Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread allocated with
respect to the related Monthly Period. In the event that for any Transfer
Date the Required Draw Amount is greater than zero, Servicer shall give
written notice to Trustee and the Collateral Interest Holder of such
positive Required Draw Amount on the related Determination Date. On the
related Transfer Date, the Required Draw Amount, if any, up to the
Available Cash Collateral Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Cash
Collateral Account and distributed to fund any deficiency pursuant to
Section 4.13(a) through (d) (in the order of priority set forth in Section
4.13).
(d) If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals
from the Cash Collateral Account and adjustments to the Collateral Interest
with respect to any Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest has been reduced
53
<PAGE>
to zero and there is an Enhancement Surplus (after giving effect to such
reduction), Trustee, acting in accordance with the instructions of
Servicer, shall withdraw an amount equal to such Enhancement Surplus from
the Cash Collateral Account, and apply in accordance with the Loan
Agreement.
SECTION 4.19 Determination of LIBOR. As needed for the
determination of Collateral Rate, Trustee will determine LIBOR pursuant to
the terms of the Loan Agreement.
SECTION 4.20 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit
or Payment. If Servicer or Transferor fails to make, or give instructions
to make, any payment or deposit (other than as required by Sections 2.5,
2.6 or 12.2) required to be made or given by Servicer or Transferor,
respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement (including applicable
grace periods), Trustee shall make such payment or deposit from the Finance
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the
Cash Collateral Account, the Distribution Account and/or the Reserve
Account, as applicable, without instruction from Servicer or Transferor.
Trustee shall be required to make any such payment, deposit or withdrawal
hereunder only to the extent that Trustee has sufficient information to
allow it to determine the amount thereof; provided that Trustee shall in
all cases be deemed to have sufficient information to determine the amount
of interest payable to the Investor Holders on each Distribution Date.
Servicer shall, upon request of Trustee, promptly provide Trustee with all
information necessary to allow Trustee to make such payment, deposit or
withdrawal. Such funds or the proceeds of such withdrawal shall be applied
by Trustee in the manner in which such payment or deposit should have been
made by Transferor or Servicer, as the case may be.
SECTION 4.20 Investment. In no event shall the Trustee be liable
for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon.
The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a
result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its stated
maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provided
timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation
to invest or reinvest any amount held hereunder in the absence of such
written investment direction.
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the
Investor Holders:
54
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO
INVESTOR HOLDERS
SECTION 5.1 Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, Trustee
shall distribute (in accordance with the certificate delivered on or before
the related Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section
3.4(b)) to each Class A Holder of record on the immediately preceding
Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2
respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share (based on the
share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Class A
Certificates represented by the Class A Certificates held by such Holder)
of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the
Class A Holders pursuant to Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class A
Holder (at such Holder's address as it appears in the Certificate
Register), except that with respect to Class A Certificates registered in
the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be
made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.
(b) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) to each Class B
Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as
provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution)
such Holder's pro rata share (based on the share of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of all Class B Certificates represented by
the Class B Certificates held by such Holder) of amounts on deposit in the
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B Holders pursuant to
Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class B Holder (at such Holder's
address as it appears in the Certificate Register), except that with
respect to Class B Certificates registered in the name of the nominee of a
Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer in
immediately available funds.
(c) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) by wire transfer in
immediately available funds to each Class D Holder of record on the
immediately preceding Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or
Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share
(based on the share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all
Class D Certificates represented by the Class D Certificates held by such
Holder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to
the Class D Holders pursuant to Section 4.11.
SECTION 5.2 Reports. (a) Monthly Series 1996-B Servicer's
Certificate. On or before each Distribution Date, Trustee shall forward to
55
<PAGE>
each Investor Holder and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in
the form of Exhibit C prepared by Servicer and delivered to Trustee.
(b) Annual Holders' Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of each
calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1997, Trustee shall distribute
to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was an
Investor Holder, a statement prepared by Servicer containing the following
information:
(i) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal, Collateral
Monthly Principal and the Class D Monthly Principal, respectively;
and
(ii) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A
Additional Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class B Deficiency
Amounts, Class B Additional Interest, Collateral Monthly Interest,
and any accrued and unpaid Collateral Monthly Interest, Class D
Monthly Interest, Class D Deficiency Amount and Class D Additional
Interest, respectively.
Such information shall be aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was an Investor Holder,
together with such other customary information (consistent with the
treatment of the Certificates as debt) as Trustee or Servicer deems
necessary or desirable to enable the Investor Holders to prepare their tax
returns. Such obligations of Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied
to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided
by Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 9. Series 1996-B Early Amortization Events. If any one of
the following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:
(a) failure on the part of Transferor (i) to make any payment or
deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series
Supplement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date such
payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) duly to observe or
perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of Transferor
set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement (including the
covenant of Transferor contained in Section 11 of this Series Supplement),
which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 1996-B Holders
(which determination shall be made without reference to whether any funds
are available under the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account)
and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on
which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied,
shall have been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and
56
<PAGE>
Trustee by Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested
Amount of this Series 1996-B, and continues to affect materially and
adversely the interests of the Series 1996-B Holders (which determination
shall be made without reference to whether any funds are available under
the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) for such period;
(b) any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the
Agreement or this Series Supplement, or any information contained in an
Account Schedule required to be delivered by Transferor pursuant to Section
2.1 or 2.8, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any
material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and Trustee by Investor
Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series
1996-B, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the Series 1996-B
Holders are materially and adversely affected (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) and continue to be
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided that a Series
1996-B Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not be
deemed to have occurred hereunder if Transferor has accepted reassignment
of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable,
during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;
(c) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for
such period;
(d) Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under
Additional Accounts, or Participations, to the Trust, as required by
Section 2.8(b); provided that such failure shall not give rise to an Early
Amortization Event if, prior to the date on which such conveyance was
required to be completed, Transferor causes a reduction in the invested
amount of any Variable Interest to occur, so that, after giving effect to
that reduction (i) the Transferor Amount is not less than the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) and (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is not less than the
Required Principal Balance;
(e) any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material
adverse effect on the Series 1996-B Holders (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account);
57
<PAGE>
(f) the Class A Invested Amount shall not be paid in full on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Invested Amount shall not be
paid in full on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date;
(g) The Limited shall fail generally to, or admit in writing its
inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or a proceeding shall have
been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a
decree or order for relief in respect of The Limited in an involuntary case
under any Debtor Relief Law, or for the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its
property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such
proceeding shall continue undismissed or unstayed and in effect, for a
period of 60 consecutive days, or any of the actions sought in such
proceeding shall occur; or the commencement by The Limited of a voluntary
case under any Debtor Relief Law, or The Limited's consent to the entry of
an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its
property, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or The
Limited shall have taken any corporate action in furtherance of any of the
foregoing actions; or
(h) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for
such period plus 2%, provided that such event shall not constitute an Early
Amortization Event if within five Business Days after the Determination
Date relating to the last of such three Monthly Periods the Transferor
increases the balance on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to an
amount equal to 3.5% of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B
Invested Amount and the Class C Invested Amount, it being understood that
after such deposit the definition of "Required Enhancement Amount" shall be
applied for all purposes as if the percentage "16%" appeared therein in
place of the percentage and "15%";
then, in the case of any event described in Section 9(a), (b) or (e)
hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such Sections,
either Trustee or Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the
Invested Amount of this Series 1996-B by notice then given in writing to
Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Holders) may
declare that an early amortization event (a "Series 1996-B Early
Amortization Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the
case of any event described in Section 9(c), (d), (f) or (g) hereof, a
Series 1996-B Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or
other action on the part of Trustee or the Investor Holders immediately
upon the occurrence of such event.
58
<PAGE>
SECTION 10. Series 1996-B Termination. The right of the Investor
Holders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first
Business Day following the Series 1996-B Termination Date.
SECTION 11. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to
be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 12. Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions. The Additional Minimum
Transferor Amount is hereby specified as an additional amount to be
considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (b) of
the definition of Minimum Transferor Amount.
SECTION 14. No Petition. Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, by
entering into this Series Supplement and each Holder, by accepting a Series
1996-B Certificate hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time
institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust
of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Investor Holders, the Agreement or this Series Supplement; provided,
however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the Trustee from filing proofs
of claim or otherwise participating in such proceedings instituted by any
other person.
SECTION 15. Amendments. This Series Supplement may be amended
pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Agreement. This Series Supplement may also
be amended by Transferor without the consent of Servicer, Trustee or any
Investor Holder if Transferor provides Trustee with: (i) an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification would (A) reduce
the risk that the Trust would be treated as taxable as a publicly traded
partnership pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 7704 or (B) permit
the Trust or a relevant portion thereof to be treated as a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" and (C) in either case, (1) would not
cause the Trust to be classified, for Federal income tax purposes, as an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and
(2) would not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be
recognized by any Investor Holder; and (ii) a certificate that such
59
<PAGE>
amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any
Investor Holder; provided that no such amendment shall be deemed effective
without Trustee's consent, if Trustee's rights, duties and obligations
hereunder are thereby modified. Prior to the execution of any such
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 13.1(a) of the
Agreement), Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such
amendment to each Rating Agency.
60
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Amended and Restated Series 1996-B Supplement to be duly executed by
their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
Transferor and Servicer
By: /s/ Robert P. Armiak,
----------------------------------
Name: Robert P. Armiak, CCM
Title: Vice President, Treasurer
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely
as Trustee
By: /s/ E. Kay Liederman
----------------------------------
Name: E. Kay Liederman
Title: Vice-President
61
<PAGE>
[Exhibits A-1, A-2, B and C remain as attached the Series 1996-B Supplement
as originally executed and are not affected by this amendment and
restatement].
A-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A-3
FORM OF CERTIFICATE
CLASS D
This security has not been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any state securities law and may not be transferred
except pursuant to such a registration or an exemption from the applicable
registration requirements.
No. ___ $_______
CUSIP No._______
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
CLASS D
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-B
Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.
(Not an interest in or obligation of
World Financial Network National Bank
or any Affiliate thereof.)
This certifies that ___________ (the "Class D Holder") is the
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"),
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one
or more Series of Investor
A-3-1
<PAGE>
Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the Collateral Interest and (vii) the
other assets and interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as amended and restated
as of September 17, 1999, and as supplemented by the Series 1996-B
Supplement dated as of May 9, 1996, as amended and restated as of September
17, 1999 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank (as successor to The Bank of New York), as
Trustee ("Trustee").
The Series 1996-B Certificates are issued in three classes, the
Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Class D Certificates
(of which this certificate is one). The Class D certificates are
subordinated to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates in
certain rights of payment as described in the Agreement.
Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-B
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-B Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor,
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1996-B
Holder (or Series 1996-B Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series
1996-B Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1996-B Certificate Owner, by
virtue of such Series 1996-B Certificate Owner's acquisition of a
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1996-B Certificates (or any
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal,
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net
worth. Each Series 1996-B Holder agrees that it will cause any Series
1996-B Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-B
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the
Series 1996-B Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.
To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class
D Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to
time, the Class D Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which the Class D Holder is bound.
This Class D Certificate represents an interest in only World
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class D Certificate does
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer,
and the Series 1996-B Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the
Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series
A-3-2
<PAGE>
1996-B Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain collections
respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove
and in the Agreement.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class D
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be
valid for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank
has caused this Class D Certificate to be duly executed under its official
seal.
By:____________________________
Authorized Officer
A-3-3
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
DATED:______________________
This is one of the Class D Asset-Backed Certificates, Series
1996-B referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK, Trustee
By:_______________________________
Authorized Signatory
-------------------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
Transferor and Servicer
and
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
Trustee
on behalf of the Investor Holders
-------------------------------
SERIES 1999-A SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of September 17, 1999
to
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated as of January 17, 1996
and amended and restated as of September 17, 1999
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
$473,400,000 Class A Floating Rate Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1999-A
$51,600,000 Class B Floating Rate Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1999-A
$75,000,000 Class C Floating Rate Asset-Backed
Interests, Series 1999-A
-------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SECTION 1. Designation....................................................1
SECTION 2. Definitions....................................................2
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee.................................................22
SECTION 3A. Interest Rate Swap............................................22
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions....................................................23
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates............25
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates;
Legends; Transfer Restrictions and Procedures.................25
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement.......................................29
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Class C Interest Holders..29
SECTION 4.7 Allocations.........................................30
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest...................34
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal..................35
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount.........................36
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments....................................38
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs................................42
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread.......................................43
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections...................45
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal
Account.............................................47
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account,
Principal Funding Account and Distribution Account..48
SECTION 4.17 Reserve Account.....................................50
SECTION 4.18 Cash Collateral Account.............................52
SECTION 4.19 Determination of LIBOR..............................53
SECTION 4.20 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a
Deposit or Payment..................................54
SECTION 4.21 Investments.........................................54
i
<PAGE>
Page
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement....................................54
SECTION 5.1 Distributions.......................................54
SECTION 5.2 Reports.............................................55
SECTION 9. Series 1999-A Early Amortization Events.......................56
SECTION 10. Series 1999-A Termination.....................................58
SECTION 11. Counterparts..................................................58
SECTION 12. Governing Law.................................................58
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions.........................................58
SECTION 14. No Petition...................................................58
SECTION 15. Amendments....................................................59
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT B Form of Monthly Payment Instructions
and Notification to Trustee
EXHIBIT C Form of Monthly Series 1999-A Holders' Statement
EXHIBIT D Form of Certificate to be Given by Certificate Owner
EXHIBIT E Form of Certificate to be Given by Euroclear Operator or CEDEL
EXHIBIT F Form of Certificate to be Given by Transferee of Beneficial
Interest in a Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate
EXHIBIT G Form of Transfer Certificate for Exchange or Transfer from 144A
Book-Entry Certificate to Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate
EXHIBIT H Form of Placement Agent Exchange Instructions
EXHIBIT I Form of Swap Agreement
||
ii
<PAGE>
SERIES 1999-A SUPPLEMENT, dated as of September 17, 1999 (this
"Series Supplement"), between WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a
national banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer
("Servicer"), and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK (replacing Bank of New
York), as Trustee ("Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and restated as of September 17,
1999 between the same parties (the "Agreement").
Section 6.3 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that
Transferor and Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by
Trustee to Transferor for the execution and redelivery to Trustee for
authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.
Pursuant to this Series Supplement, Transferor and the Trust shall
create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify the
Principal Terms thereof.
SECTION 1. Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of
Investor Certificates to be issued in two classes pursuant to the Agreement
and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the "Series 1999-A
Certificates." The two classes shall be designated the Class A Floating
Rate Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1999-A (the "Class A Certificates")
and the Class B Floating Rate Asset- Backed Certificates, Series 1999-A
(the "Class B Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2,
respectively. In addition, there is hereby created a third Class which
constitutes an uncertificated interest in the Trust, shall be deemed to be
an "Investor Certificate" for all purposes under the Agreement and this
Series Supplement, except as expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this
Series Supplement, and shall be designated as the Class C Floating Rate
Asset-Backed Interests, Series 1999-A (the "Class C Interests") and have
the rights assigned to the Class C Interests in this Series Supplement. The
Class C Interest Holders shall be deemed to be "Investor Holders" for all
purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement.
(b) Series 1999-A shall be included in Group One (as defined
below). Series 1999-A shall not be subordinated to any other Series.
(c) The Class C Interest Holders, as holders of an "Investor
Certificate" under the Agreement, shall be entitled to the benefits of the
Agreement and this Series Supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except
as expressly provided herein, the provisions of Article VI and Article XII
of the Agreement relating to the registration, authentication, delivery,
presentation, cancellation and surrender of Registered Certificates shall
not be applicable to the Class C Interests.
1
<PAGE>
SECTION 2. Definitions. If any term or provision contained herein
shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern.
References to any Article or Section are references to Articles or Sections
of the Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided. All capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement, and the
interpretive provisions set out in Section 1.2 of the Agreement apply to
this Series Supplement. Each capitalized term defined herein relates only
to the Investor Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by
the Trust.
"Accumulation Shortfall" initially means zero and thereafter
means, with respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled
Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount
for the previous Monthly Period over the amount deposited into the
Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.11(e)(i) with respect to
the Class A Certificates for the previous Monthly Period.
"Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" means (a) as of any date of
determination falling in November, December and January of each calendar
year, the product of (i) 2% and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Principal
Receivables and (B) amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and
(b) as of any date of determination falling in any other month, zero;
provided that the amount specified in clause (a) shall be without
duplication with the amount specified as the "Additional Minimum Transferor
Amount" in the Supplements relating to the Series 1996-VFC Certificates,
Series 1996-A Certificates and Series 1996-B Certificates issued by the
Trust (or in any future Supplement that specifies such an amount and
indicates that such amount is without duplication of the amount specified
in clause (a)). The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is specified
pursuant to Section 13 of this Series Supplement as an additional amount to
be considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount.
"Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount and (b)
the Class B Invested Amount and (c) the Class C Invested Amount.
"Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, as to any Monthly
Period, the sum of the Investor Default Amounts in respect of such Monthly
Period.
"Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an amount equal
to the sum of (a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated
to the Investor Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account
for such Monthly Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge
Account on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any netting)
with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7(d))
2
<PAGE>
plus (b) the interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be
treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section
4.18(b) on the related Transfer Date.
"Available Cash Collateral Amount" means with respect to any
Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash
Collateral Account on such date (before giving effect to any deposit to, or
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account to be made with respect to such
date) and (b) the Required Enhancement Amount as of the prior Transfer
Date.
"Available Investor Principal Collections" means, as to any
Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal Collections
for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section
4.14 are required to fund the Class A Required Amount and the Class B
Required Amount (other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant
to (x) Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such
portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B
Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount), which
shall, without duplication, be included as Available Investor Principal
Collections), plus (c) the amount of Shared Principal Collections with
respect to Group One that are allocated to Series 1999-A in accordance with
Section 4.15(b).
"Available Reserve Account Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date,
the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such date
(after taking into account any interest and earnings retained in the
Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.17(b) on such date, but before giving
effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.13(i) to the
Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.
"Base Rate" means, as to any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the
sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the
Class C Monthly Interest, each for the related Distribution Period, and the
Servicing Fee with respect to such Monthly Period and the denominator of
which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of
such Monthly Period.
"Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 4.18(a).
"Class A Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of
determination, an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount minus the
Principal Funding Account Balance on such date of determination.
3
<PAGE>
"Class A Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the result of (a) the Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage of the Available Funds for such Monthly Period, plus (b) any
Class A Net Swap Receipt for the related Transfer Date, plus (c) with
respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled Accumulation Period
prior to the payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, (i) the
Principal Funding Investment Proceeds arising pursuant to Section 4.16(b),
if any, with respect to the related Transfer Date and (ii) amounts, if any,
to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the
Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date pursuant to Sections
4.17(b) and 4.17(d).
"Class A Certificate Rate" means, with respect to each
Distribution Period, a per annum rate equal to LIBOR as of the related
LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Period plus 0.33%.
"Class A Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class A Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1999-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount (less the balance on deposit in the
Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated
Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections) as of the last day
of the revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Adjusted
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on such last day;
provided that, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class A
Floating Allocation Percentage means the percentage equivalent of a
4
<PAGE>
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Initial Invested Amount and
the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.
"Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $ 473,400,000.
"Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A Holders prior to
such date and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.12(a) over Class A
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.13(b) prior to such
date of determination, minus (d) the amount of any reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent
cancellation of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this
Series Supplement; provided that the Class A Invested Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
"Class A Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
"Class A Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class A Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).
"Class A Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(a).
"Class A Net Swap Payment" means, for any Transfer Date, the net
amount payable by the Trust to the Counterparty pursuant to the Class A
Swap on that Transfer Date.
5
<PAGE>
"Class A Net Swap Receipt" means, for any Transfer Date, the net
amount payable to the Trust from the Counterparty pursuant to the Class A
Swap on that Transfer Date.
"Class A Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(a).
"Class A Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(a).
"Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the September, 2002
Distribution Date.
"Class A Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a).
"Class A Swap" means any Interest Rate Swap Agreement relating to
Series 1999-A that has a notional amount equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Class A Certificates from time to time.
"Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the result of (a) the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage of the Available Funds for such Monthly Period, plus (b) any
Class B Net Swap Receipt for the related Transfer Date.
"Class B Certificate Rate" means, with respect to each
Distribution Period, a per annum rate equal LIBOR as of the related LIBOR
Determination Date for such Distribution Period plus 0.80%.
"Class B Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class B Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1999-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
6
<PAGE>
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class B Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage
is zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account (that is not
subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared
Principal Collections) and on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, in
each case to the extent not subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed
Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the revolving period
for such Paired Series).
"Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount as of
the close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $51,600,000.
"Class B Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class B Holders prior to
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(b), minus (d) the
amount of the Reallocated Class B Principal Collections allocated pursuant
to Section 4.14(a) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Class C
Invested Amount has not been reduced, minus (e) an amount equal to the
amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and plus (f) the aggregate
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior Transfer Dates
pursuant to Section 4.13(d), for the purpose of reimbursing amounts
deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e), minus (g) the
amount of any reduction in the Class B Invested Amount as a result of the
purchase by Transferor and subsequent cancellation of Class B Certificates
pursuant to Section 4(d) of this Series Supplement; provided that the Class
B Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.
7
<PAGE>
"Class B Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
"Class B Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date,
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class B Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).
"Class B Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(b).
"Class B Net Swap Payment" means, for any Transfer Date, the net
amount payable by the Trust to the Counterparty pursuant to the Class B
Swap on that Transfer Date.
"Class B Net Swap Receipt" means, for any Transfer Date, the net
amount payable to the Trust from the Counterparty pursuant to the Class B
Swap on that Transfer Date.
"Class B Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(b).
"Class B Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(b).
"Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the October, 2002
Distribution Date.
"Class B Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a).
"Class B Swap" means any Interest Rate Swap Agreement relating to
Series 1999-A that has a notional amount equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Class B Certificates from time to time.
"Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
8
<PAGE>
"Class C Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage of the Available
Funds for such Monthly Period.
"Class C Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Class C Default Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date, an amount
equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount for the
related Monthly Period and (b) the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage
applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Class C Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class C Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of
which is equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed
Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1999-A is paired with a
Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by
written notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, but only after
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the Class A
Certificates (if any Class A Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class
B Certificates (if any Class B Certificates remain outstanding), designate
a different numerator (provided that such numerator is not less than the
Class C Invested Amount (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage
and the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage are zero, the balance on
deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as
Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the
extent not subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage
and/or the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day
of the revolving period for such Paired Series).
"Class C Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class C Invested Amount
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested Amount as of
the close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the
first Monthly Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage means the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class C
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial
Invested Amount.
"Class C Interests" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series
Supplement.
9
<PAGE>
"Class C Interest Holder" means the person in whose name the Class
C Interest is registered in the Certificate Register.
"Class C Interest Rate" means, for any Distribution Period, the
rate specified in the Class C Supplemental Agreement; provided that the
Class C Interest Rate shall not exceed a per annum rate of 1.4% in excess
of LIBOR for such Distribution Period for purposes of this Supplement and
the Agreement.
"Class C Invested Amount" means $75,000,000.
"Class C Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an
amount equal to (a) the Class C Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class C Interest Holders
prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class C Charge-Offs
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(c), minus (d) the
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated pursuant to Sections
4.14(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates, minus (e) an amount equal to
the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount has been reduced on all
prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and (b), and plus (f) the
aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior
Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the purpose of reimbursing
amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e);
provided that the Class C Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.
"Class C Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the
Revolving Period, the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period
or Early Amortization Period, the Class C Fixed Allocation Percentage.
"Class C Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).
"Class C Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).
"Class C Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).
"Class C Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series
Supplement.
"Class C Supplemental Agreement" means the agreement among
Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, dated as of September 17, 1999, as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
"Class C Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount
10
<PAGE>
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class C Investor Allocation
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.
"Closing Date" means September 17, 1999.
"Controlled Accumulation Amount" means (a) for any Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in
full of the Class A Invested Amount, $39,450,000; provided that if the
Controlled Accumulation Period Length is modified pursuant to Section
4.11(i), (i) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Transfer Date with
respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period shall mean the amount
determined in accordance with Section 4.11(i) on the date on which the
Controlled Accumulation Period has most recently been modified and (ii) the
sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amounts for all Transfer Dates with
respect to the modified Controlled Accumulation Period shall not be less
than the Class A Invested Amount.
"Controlled Accumulation Date" means September 1, 2001.
"Controlled Accumulation Period" means, unless an Early
Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing
at the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation Date or such
later date as is determined in accordance with Section 4.11(i) and ending
on the first to occur of (a) the Early Amortization Commencement Date and
(b) the Series 1999-A Termination Date.
"Controlled Accumulation Period Length" is defined in Section 4.11(i).
"Controlled Deposit Amount" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Transfer
Date and (b) any existing Accumulation Shortfall.
"Counterparty" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or
any other counterparty under the initial Interest Rate Swap Agreements or
any successor agreement to either initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement.
"Covered Amount" means an amount determined as of each Transfer
Date with respect to any Distribution Period as the product of (a) (i) the
actual number of days in the related Distribution Period, times (ii) 1/360,
times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, and (b) the Principal Funding
Account Balance as of the Record Date preceding such Transfer Date.
"Cumulative Principal Shortfall" means the sum of the Principal
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Supplements) for
each Series in Group One.
11
<PAGE>
"Default Amount" means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of
Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless there is
an Insolvency Event with respect to Transferor) in such Defaulted Account
on the day it became a Defaulted Account.
"Defaulted Account" means an Account in which there are Defaulted
Receivables.
"Deficiency Amount" means, at any time of determination, the sum
of the Class A Deficiency Amount and the Class B Deficiency Amount.
"Depository" means the Depository Trust Company.
"Dilution" means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the
amount of any Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized
charge, fraudulent or counterfeit charge or billing error to an
accountholder, (b) because such Receivable was created in respect of
merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for
any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off
such amount as uncollectible.
"Distribution Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Distribution Date" means October 15, 1999 and the fifteenth day
of each calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.
"Distribution Period" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date through
the day preceding such Distribution Date, except the initial Distribution
Period will be the period from and including the Closing Date through the
day preceding the initial Distribution Date.
"Early Amortization Commencement Date" means the date on which an
Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Agreement or a Series 1999-A Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur
pursuant to Section 9 of this Series Supplement.
"Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the
Early Amortization Commencement Date and ending on the Series 1999-A
Termination Date.
"Eligible Counterparty" means a Person that has (a) a long-term
unsecured debt rating of not less than Aa3 by Moodys, (b) either a
12
<PAGE>
short-term unsecured debt rating of A-1+ or a long term unsecured debt
rating of AAA by S&P, and (c) if rated by Fitch, AA- or F-1+ by Fitch (the
"Requisite Counterparty Rating").
"Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Class C Interests and the
Cash Collateral Account, and with respect to the Class B Certificates, the
subordination of the Class C Interests and the Cash Collateral Account.
"Enhancement Surplus" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account, plus the Class C Invested Amount (in each case after giving effect
to any withdrawals, increases or reductions made with respect to such date
other than as the result of the existence of an Enhancement Surplus) over
(b) the Required Enhancement Amount.
"Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with respect
to each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the
amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds for such
Transfer Date exceed the Covered Amount determined on such Transfer Date.
"Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Transfer Date and
subject to Section 4.7(d), the sum of (a) the sum of the amounts, if any,
with respect to such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii), plus (b) the Excess Finance
Charge Collections, if any, allocated to Series 1999-A pursuant to Section
4.5 for that Transfer Date.
"Finance Charge Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (k) of Section 4.13 for that Transfer Date
over (b) the sum of the amounts, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date
specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii).
"Fitch" means Fitch IBCA, Inc., or its successors.
"Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust determined as of the
close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (b) the
sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such
term is defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Principal
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if Series 1999-A is paired with a Paired Series and an Early
13
<PAGE>
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the
Controlled Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered
to Trustee and Servicer, but only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to the Class A Certificates (if any Class A
Certificates remain outstanding) and the Class B Certificates (if any Class
B Certificates remain outstanding), designate a different numerator
(provided that such numerator is not less than the Adjusted Invested Amount
(less the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject
to being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired
Series); provided further that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a
Monthly Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage for the portion of the
Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject
Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined
using a denominator equal to the greater of the amounts specified in
clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the close of business on the
subject Reset Date.
"Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on the
last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first
Monthly Period, the Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which
is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of
the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or
with respect to the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to
calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the
Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables,
Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as
applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the
Floating Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period
falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and
prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator
equal to the greater of the amounts specified in clauses (a) and (b) above
determined as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.
"Group One" means Series 1999-A and each other Series specified in
the related Supplement to be included in Group One.
"Initial Invested Amount" means $600,000,000.
"Interest Rate Swap Agreement" means an interest rate swap
agreement between Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and the Counterparty
substantially in the form of Exhibit I; provided, however, that the
14
<PAGE>
Interest Rate Swap Agreement can deviate from the terms described in
Exhibit I if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.
"Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class B
Invested Amount and (c) the Class C Invested Amount, each as of such date.
"Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class
B Certificates and the Class C Interests.
"Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Receivable in
a Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default
Amount and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage on the day such Account
became a Defaulted Account.
"Investor Holder" means, for all purposes of the Agreement and
this Series Supplement, (a) with respect to the Class A Certificates, the
holder of record of a Class A Certificate, (b) with respect to the Class B
Certificates, the holder of record of a Class B Certificate and (c) with
respect to the Class C Interests, the holder of record of a Class C
Interest.
"Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, (a) with
respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Default Amounts at any time and
Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation
Percentage and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables during the
Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Fixed
Allocation Percentage.
"Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited (or required
to be deposited on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any
permitted netting) pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) into the Principal Account
for such Monthly Period pursuant to Sections 4.7(a)(ii) and (iii),
4.7(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv), or 4.7(c)(ii), (iii) and (iv), in each case, as
applicable to such Monthly Period, (b) the aggregate amount to be treated
as Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii), and
4.13(a), (b), (c), (d), (g) and (h) for such Monthly Period (other than
such amount paid from Reallocated Principal Collections), and (c) the
aggregate amount transferred or required to be transferred on the related
Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted netting pursuant to
Section 4.7(d)) from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal Account
pursuant to Section 4.15(d).
"LIBOR" means, for each Distribution Period, the London interbank
offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits (reserve adjusted
as provided for therein), as determined by Trustee in accordance with
Section 4.19.
15
<PAGE>
"LIBOR Determination Date" means September 15, 1999 for the
initial Distribution Period and the second London Business Day prior to the
commencement of each subsequent Distribution Period.
"Monthly Servicer Certificate" means the certificate forwarded by
the Servicer under Section 3.4(b).
"London Business Day" means any Business Day on which dealings in
deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank
market.
"Net Swap Payment" means, for any Transfer Date, the sum of the
Class A Net Swap Payment (if any) and the Class B Net Swap Payment (if any)
for that Transfer Date.
"Net Swap Receipt" means, for any Transfer Date, the sum of the
Class A Net Swap Receipt (if any) and the Class B Net Swap Receipt (if any)
for that Transfer Date.
"Paired Series" means a Series that has been paired with Series
1999-A (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded or may be a
Variable Interest) such that a reduction of the Adjusted Invested Amount
results in (or permits) an increase of the invested amount of the paired
Series.
"Portfolio Adjusted Yield" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, the average of the percentages obtained for each of the three
preceding Monthly Periods by subtracting the Base Rate from the Portfolio
Yield for such Monthly Period and deducting 0.50% from the result for each
Monthly Period.
"Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
an amount equal to the result of (a) the Available Funds for such Monthly
Period (excluding any Excess Finance Charge Collections), plus (b) any Net
Swap Receipt for the related Transfer Date, minus (c) any Net Swap Payment
for the related Transfer Date, plus (d) the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds deposited or required to be deposited into the Finance Charge
Account on the Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted
netting) related to such Monthly Period, plus (e) the amount of the Reserve
Draw Amount (up to the Available Reserve Account Amount) plus any amounts
of interest and earnings described in Section 4.17, such result to be
calculated on a cash basis after subtracting the Aggregate Investor Default
Amount and the Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period, and the
denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on
the last day of such Monthly Period.
"Principal Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
16
<PAGE>
"Principal Funding Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).
"Principal Funding Account Balance" means, with respect to any
date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account on such date of determination.
"Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with respect to
each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal
Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from
and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such
Transfer Date.
"Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, with respect to
each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the
amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds for such
Transfer Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of such
Transfer Date.
"Principal Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date,
the excess, if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date relating
to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the sum of (A) the Controlled
Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date, (B) on any Transfer Date after the
Transfer Date on which the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount is reduced to
zero, the Class B Invested Amount and (C) the lesser of the Enhancement
Surplus (if any) and the Class C Invested Amount for such Transfer Date,
(ii) with respect to any Transfer Date during the Early Amortization
Period, zero and (iii) with respect to any Transfer Date relating to the
Revolving Period, the amount specified in clause (a)(i)(C) above (b) the
Investor Principal Collections minus the Reallocated Principal Collections
(other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant to (x) Section
4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such portions pursuant
to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B Investor Default Amount
or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount)) for such Transfer Date.
"Rating Agency" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.
"Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by
each Rating Agency to Transferor, Servicer and Trustee that an action will
not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then existing
rating of the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates.
"Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Class C Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.
"Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.
17
<PAGE>
"Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
last Business Day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date.
"Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank
market selected by Servicer.
"Required Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date
of determination, the Required Enhancement Amount less the Class C Invested
Amount.
"Required Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.18(c).
"Required Enhancement Amount" means, with respect to each Transfer
Date, the greater of (a) an amount equal to 15% of the Adjusted Invested
Amount on such Transfer Date, after taking into account deposits into the
Principal Funding Account on such Transfer Date and payments (including
payments on the Class C Interests) to be made on the related Distribution
Date and (b) $18,000,000; provided that (x) if, on or prior to such
Transfer Date, there has been any Required Draw Amount pursuant to Section
4.18(c) or any reductions in the Class C Invested Amount pursuant to
clauses (c), (d) or (e) of the definition of such term, or an Early
Amortization Event has occurred with respect to Series 1999-A, then the
Required Enhancement Amount for such Transfer Date shall, subject to
clauses (y) and (z), equal the Required Enhancement Amount on the Transfer
Date immediately preceding such reduction, Required Draw Amount or Early
Amortization Event, (y) in no event shall the Required Enhancement Amount
exceed the sum of the outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A
Certificates and (ii) the Class B Certificates, each as of the last day of
the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date after taking into account
the payments to be made on the related Distribution Date and (z) the
Required Enhancement Amount may be reduced or increased at Transferor's
option at any time if Transferor, Servicer, the Class C Interest Holders
and Trustee have been provided evidence that the Rating Agency Condition
has been satisfied.
"Required Reserve Account Amount" means, with respect to any
Transfer Date prior to the Reserve Account Funding Date, $0, and on or
after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount equal to (a) 0.5% of the
Class A Invested Amount as of the preceding Distribution Date (after giving
effect to all changes therein on such date) or (b) any other amount
designated by Transferor, provided that, if such designation is of a lesser
amount, the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied.
"Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, for purposes of Series
1999-A, 4%.
18
<PAGE>
"Requisite Counterparty Rating" is defined in the definition of
"Eligible Counterparty".
"Reserve Account" is defined in Section 4.17(a).
"Reserve Account Funding Date" means the Transfer Date which
occurs not later than the earliest of: (a) the Transfer Date with respect
to the Monthly Period which commences no later than 3 months prior to
August 1, 2002; (b) the first Transfer Date for which the Portfolio
Adjusted Yield is less than 2.00%, but in such event the Reserve Account
Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier than the Transfer Date
with respect to the Monthly Period which commences 12 months prior to the
anticipated commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period; (c) the
first Transfer Date for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than
3.00%, but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be
required to occur earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the
Monthly Period which commences 6 months prior to the anticipated
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period; and (d) the first
Transfer Date for which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 4.00%,
but in such event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to
occur earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period
which commences 4 months prior to the anticipated commencement of the
Controlled Accumulation Period.
"Reserve Account Surplus" means, as of any Transfer Date following
the Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by which the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Required Reserve Account
Amount.
"Reserve Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.17(c).
"Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date on which
Receivables from Supplemental Accounts are added to the Trust, (b) a
Removal Date on which, if any Series has been paid in full, Principal
Receivables in an aggregate amount approximately equal to the initial
investor interest of such Series are removed from the Trust, (c) a date on
which there is an increase in the Invested Amount of any Variable Interest
issued by the Trust and (d) any date on which a new Series is issued.
"Revolving Period" means the period from and including the Closing
Date to, but not including, the earlier of (a) the Controlled Accumulation
Date and (b) the Early Amortization Commencement Date.
"Series Account" means, as to Series 1999-A, the Distribution
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal
Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Reserve Account.
19
<PAGE>
"Series Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is
the numerator used in determining the Floating Allocation Percentage for
that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the
numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is
defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination;
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the
Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling
on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to
any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is
equal to the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor
Percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for
all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset
Date.
"Series 1999-A" means the Series of the World Financial Network
Credit Card Master Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.
"Series 1999-A Certificates" means the Class A Certificates and
the Class B Certificates.
"Series 1999-A Holder" means the holder of record of a Series 1999-A
Certificate.
"Series 1999-A Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of
(a) the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full, (b)
the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and (c) the July,
2006 Distribution Date.
"Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.0%.
"Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series Supplement.
"Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires,
either (a) the amount allocated to the Investor Certificates which are
treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.7(a),
4.7(b)(iv)(B), 4.7(c)(iv)(B), 4.11(d)(ii) and 4.11(e)(iv) and which may be
applied to the principal shortfall with respect to other outstanding Series
in Group One or (b) the amounts allocated to the investor certificates of
other Series in Group One which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may
be applied to cover the Principal Shortfall with respect to the Investor
Certificates.
"Specified Transferor Amount" means, at any time, the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) at that time.
"Target Amount" is defined in Section 4.7(d).
20
<PAGE>
"Telerate Page 3750" means the display page currently so
designated on the Dow Jones Telerate Service for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for deposits in United States dollars as
presented by the British Banker's Association or, if such page has been
replaced or deleted, then such other page on Telerate or such other service
that displays the London interbank offered rate for deposits in United
States dollars as presented by the British Banker's Association.
"Uncovered Dilution Amount" means an amount equal to the product
of (x) the Series Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period
(determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during that
Monthly Period), times (y) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during that
Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to made to the Excess
Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.9(a) but has not been made; provided
that, if the Transferor Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit
referred to in clause (y) is required to be made, the Uncovered Dilution
Amount for such amount to be deposited shall be deemed to be zero.
SECTION 3. Servicing Fee. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable
to Series 1999-A with respect to any Transfer Date (the "Servicing Fee")
shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Series Servicing
Fee Percentage and (ii) the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of
the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided that with respect
to the first Transfer Date, the Servicing Fee shall equal $500,000. The
share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the Class A Invested Amount (the
"Class A Servicing Fee"), the Class B Invested Amount (the "Class B
Servicing Fee") and the Class C Invested Amount (the "Class C Servicing
Fee") with respect to any Transfer Date shall equal the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage, Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and Class C
Floating Allocation Percentage, respectively, of such Servicing Fee. Except
as specifically provided above, the Servicing Fee shall be paid by the cash
flows from the Trust allocated to Transferor or the certificateholders of
other Series (as provided in the related Supplements) and in no event shall
the Trust, Trustee or the Investor Holders be liable therefor. The Class A
Servicing Fee shall be payable to Servicer solely to the extent amounts are
available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(ii) and 4.13(a). The Class B Servicing Fee shall be payable solely
to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof
pursuant to Sections 4.11(b)(ii) and 4.13(c). The Class C Servicing Fee
shall be payable solely to the extent amounts are available for
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Section 4.13(f) or if
applicable Section 4.11(c)(i).
SECTION 3A. Interest Rate Swap. (a) The Trustee shall, on behalf
of the Trust, enter into on or prior to the Closing Date, a Class A Swap
and a Class B Swap, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, with Eligible
Counterparties, such that the aggregate notional amount under all such
agreements shall, at any time, be at least equal to the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates at such time. Net Swap Receipts shall be deposited by the
21
<PAGE>
Trustee in the Finance Charge Account and invested as provided in Section
4.16. Any earnings on Net Swap Receipts invested pursuant to Section 4.16
shall be deposited and held in the Finance Charge Account and applied in
the same manner and priority as Class A Net Swap Receipts and Class B Net
Swap Receipts, respectively. On any Transfer Date when the Class A Net Swap
Payment or the Class B Net Swap Payment is greater than zero (as calculated
and reported by Servicer in the Monthly Servicer's Certificate), Trustee
shall pay such Class A Net Swap Payment or Class B Net Swap Payment from
Class A Available Funds and Class B Available Funds, respectively, as
provided in Sections 4.11(a)(1), 4.11(b)(i) and 4.13. The Counterparty is a
third party beneficiary of this Series Supplement and of the Agreement as
it relates to the Investor Certificates.
(b) Each Interest Rate Swap Agreement will provide, among other
things, that if the Counterparty thereunder ceases to be an Eligible
Counterparty, such Counterparty shall promptly notify the Trustee of such
fact in writing, and shall no later than the Required Substitution Date (as
defined below), at the expense of such Counterparty, either (x) obtain a
substitute swap provider that is an Eligible Counterparty and replace the
Interest Rate Swap Agreement with a substantially identical Interest Rate
Swap Agreement, or (y) enter into a "Qualifying Substitute Arrangement" (as
defined in the Interest Rate Swap Agreement). Upon receipt of notice of any
such reduction or withdrawal, the Trustee, at the direction of the
Servicer, shall, unless such a substitute or Qualifying Substitute
Arrangement has theretofore been established or obtained, use its best
efforts (or, if the Trustee is acting as successor Servicer, commercially
reasonable efforts) to establish or obtain or cause the affected
Counterparty to establish or obtain, with respect to each such Interest
Rate Swap Agreement, a replacement Interest Rate Swap Agreement or
Qualifying Substitute Arrangement; provided, however, that in the event at
any time any Qualifying Substitute Arrangement established pursuant to this
Section 3A or pursuant to the applicable Interest Rate Swap Agreement shall
cease to be satisfactory to the Rating Agency or shall terminate prior to
the Series Termination Date, then the provisions of this Section 3A shall
again be applied and in connection therewith the 30-day period referred to
above shall commence on the date the Servicer receives notice of such
cessation or termination, as the case may be.
(c) Subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, the
Servicer may at any time obtain a replacement Interest Rate Swap Agreement.
SECTION 4. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination
Provisions. (a) The Investor Certificates shall be subject to retransfer to
Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or after the
Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less
than or equal to 5% of the Initial Invested Amount by deposit into the
Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 12.2 of an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the
22
<PAGE>
Class A Certificates, Class B Certificates and Class C Interests (less any
amounts then on deposit in the Principal Funding Account or the Principal
Account), plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor
Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the
repurchase occurs. Upon the tender of the outstanding Series 1999-A
Certificates by the Holders (and without tender in the case of the Class C
Interests), Trustee shall distribute such amount, together with all funds
on deposit in the Principal Account and Principal Funding Account to the
Investor Holders on the next Distribution Date in repayment of the
principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest owing to the Investor
Holders. Following any redemption, the Investor Holders shall have no
further rights with respect to the Receivables. If Transferor fails for any
reason to deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate purchase price
for the Investor Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the
Investor Holders in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and this
Series Supplement.
(b) The amount required to be deposited by Transferor with respect
to the Investor Certificates in connection with any reassignment of
Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 shall equal the sum of (i) the Adjusted
Invested Amount (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal
Account), plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor
Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the
repurchase occurs. The amount so deposited together with the amount then on
deposit in the Principal Account and the Principal Funding Account shall be
distributed to the Holders of the Investor Certificates in final payment of
the Invested Amount and all such other amounts on the Distribution Date on
which it is deposited.
(c) Proceeds available from the sale of Receivables in accordance
with Section 12.2(c) on the Series 1999-A Termination Date shall be
treated, to the extent of the Invested Amount, as Collections of Principal
Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor Certificates and any
excess shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables that
have been allocated to the Investor Certificates, in each case with respect
to the prior Monthly Period.
(d) Transferor may from time to time, purchase Class A and Class B
Certificates on the secondary market and request Trustee to cancel such
Class A and Class B Certificates held by Transferor and reduce the Class A
or Class B Invested Amount, as applicable, by a corresponding amount;
provided that Transferor may make such purchases and requests for
cancellation of Class B Certificates resulting in a reduction of the Class
B Invested Amount only to the extent that it has made (or will make
contemporaneously with any such purchase and request for cancellation of
Class B Certificates) purchases and requests for cancellations of Class A
Certificates that result in at least a pro rata reduction of the Class A
Invested Amount; provided, further, that no purchase of Class B
Certificates shall be made if Class A Certificates remain outstanding and
the sum of the Collateral Interest plus the balance on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account is less than the Required Enhancement Amount.
23
<PAGE>
SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates.
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1999-A Certificates to
Trustee (in definitive, fully registered form) for authentication in
accordance with Section 6.1. Trustee shall deliver such Certificates when
authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2. The Class C Interests shall
be issued as provided in this Series Supplement and the Class C
Supplemental Agreement.
SECTION 6. Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates;
Legends; Transfer Restrictions and Procedures. (a) The Class A Certificates
and the Class B Certificates shall be delivered as Book-Entry Certificates
as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.10.
(b) The Depository for Series 1999-A shall be The Depository Trust
Company, and the Class A Certificates shall be initially registered in the
name of Cede & Co., its nominee.
(c) Class B Certificates sold to "Qualified Institutional Buyers"
(as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, "QIB's") in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act shall be represented by one or more
Book-Entry Certificates (the "144A Book-Entry Certificates"), in registered
form, without coupons, which will be deposited upon the order of Transferor
on the Closing Date with Trustee as custodian for and registered in the
name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository.
(d) Class B Certificates sold in offshore transactions in reliance
on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall be represented initially by
temporary Book-Entry Certificates (the "Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry
Certificates"). The Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificates shall be
exchanged on the later of (i) 40 days after the Closing Date and (ii) the
date on which the requisite certifications are due to and provided to
Trustee (the later of clauses (i) and (ii) is referred to as the "Exchange
Date") for permanent Book-Entry Certificates (the "Unrestricted Book-Entry
Certificates," and together with the Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry
Certificates, the "Regulation S Book-Entry Certificates"). The Regulation S
Temporary Book-Entry Certificates shall be issued in registered form,
without coupons, and deposited upon the order of Transferor with Trustee as
custodian for and registered in the name of a nominee of the Depository for
credit to the account of the depositaries for the Euroclear Operator and
CEDEL, which depositaries shall, on behalf of the Euroclear Operator and
CEDEL, hold the interests on behalf of account holders (each a "Member
Organization"), which have rights in respect of the Class B Certificates
credited to their securities accounts with the Euroclear Operator or CEDEL
from time to time.
(e) A Certificate Owner holding an interest in a Regulation S
Temporary Book-Entry Certificate may receive payments in respect of the
Class B Certificates on the Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate
24
<PAGE>
only after delivery to the Euroclear Operator or CEDEL, as the case may be,
of a written certification substantially in the form of a certification in
the form set forth in Exhibit D, and upon delivery by the Euroclear
Operator or CEDEL, as the case may be, to the Transfer Agent and Registrar
of a certification or certifications substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit E. The delivery by a Certificate Owner of the certification
referred to above shall constitute its irrevocable instruction to the
Euroclear Operator or CEDEL, as the case may be, to arrange for the
exchange of the Certificate Owner's interest in the Regulation S Temporary
Book-Entry Certificate for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Book-Entry Certificate after the Exchange Date in accordance with the
paragraph below.
After (i) the Exchange Date and (ii) receipt by the Transfer Agent
and Registrar of written instructions from the Euroclear Operator or CEDEL,
as the case may be, directing the Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or
cause to be credited to either the Euroclear Operator's or CEDEL's, as the
case may be, depositary's account a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Book-Entry Certificate in a principal amount not greater than that of the
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate,
the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall instruct the Depository to reduce
the principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Book- Entry Certificate
and increase the principal amount of the Unrestricted Book-Entry
Certificate, by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate to be so transferred, and to
credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Euroclear Operator,
CEDEL or another Clearing Agency Participant, as the case may be, a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate having a
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate that
was reduced upon the transfer.
Upon return of the entire principal amount of the Regulation S
Temporary Book-Entry Certificate to Trustee in exchange for beneficial
interests in the Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate, Trustee shall cancel
the Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate by perforation and shall
forthwith destroy it.
(f) Transfers of beneficial interests in the Class B Certificates
between different Book-Entry Certificates shall be made in accordance with
this Section.
(i) For transfer of an interest in an Unrestricted
Book-Entry Certificate for an interest in the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate, if the Class B Holder of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate deposited with the Depository
wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Unrestricted
Book-Entry Certificate, or to transfer its interest in the
Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate to a Person who wishes to take
delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate, the Class B Holder may, subject to the rules and
procedures of the Euroclear Operator or CEDEL and the Depository,
as the case may be, give directions
25
<PAGE>
for the Transfer Agent and Registrar to exchange or cause the
exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of the interest for an
equivalent beneficial interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate.
Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of instructions
from the Euroclear Operator or CEDEL (based on instructions from a
Member Organization) or from a Clearing Agency Participant, as
applicable, or the Depository, as the case may be, directing the
Transfer Agent and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate equal to
the beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate
to be exchanged or transferred (such instructions to contain
information regarding the Clearing Agency Participant account to
be credited with the increase, and, with respect to an exchange or
transfer of an interest in the Unrestricted Book-Entry
Certificate, information regarding the Clearing Agency Participant
account to be debited with the decrease), the Transfer Agent and
Registrar shall instruct the Depository to reduce the Unrestricted
Book-Entry Certificate by the aggregate principal amount of the
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate to
be exchanged or transferred, and the Transfer Agent shall instruct
the Depository, concurrently with the reduction, to increase the
principal amount of the 144A Book-Entry Certificate by the
aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate to be so exchanged or
transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account
of the Person specified in the instructions a beneficial interest
in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate equal to the reduction in the
principal amount of the Unrestricted Book-Entry Certificate.
(ii) For transfers of an interest in the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate for an interest in a Regulation S Book-Entry
Certificate, if a Certificate Owner holding a beneficial interest
in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate wishes at any time to exchange
its interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate for an interest in
a Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate, or to transfer its interest
in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate to a Person who wishes to take
delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Regulation S
Book-Entry Certificate, the Class B Holder may, subject to the
rules and procedures of the Depository, give directions for the
Transfer Agent and Registrar to exchange or cause the exchange or
transfer or cause the transfer of the interest for an equivalent
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate.
Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of (A)
instructions given in accordance with the Depository procedures
from a Clearing Agency Participant directing the Transfer Agent
and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest in the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate to be exchanged or transferred, (B) a written order
given in accordance with the Depository's procedures containing
information regarding the account of the depositaries for the
Euroclear Operator or CEDEL or another Clearing
26
<PAGE>
Agency Participant, as the case may be, to be credited with the
increase and the name of the account and (C) certificates in the
forms of Exhibits F and G, respectively, given by the Certificate
Owner and the proposed transferee of the interest, the Transfer
Agent and Registrar shall instruct the Depository to reduce the
144A Book-Entry Certificate by the aggregate principal amount of
the beneficial interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate to be
so exchanged or transferred and the Transfer Agent and Registrar
shall instruct the Depository, concurrently with the reduction, to
increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Book-Entry
Certificate by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial
interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate to be so exchanged or
transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account
of the Person specified in the instructions a beneficial interest
in the Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate equal to the reduction
in the principal amount of the 144A Book-Entry Certificate.
(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
section, a placement agent for the Class B Certificates may
exchange beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary
Book-Entry Certificate held by it for interests in the 144A
Book-Entry Certificate only after delivery by the placement agent
of instructions for the exchange substantially in the form of
Exhibit H. Upon receipt of the instructions provided in the
preceding sentence, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall
instruct the Depository to reduce the principal amount of the
Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry Certificate to be so transferred
and shall instruct the Depository to increase the principal amount
of the 144A Book-Entry Certificate and credit or cause to be
credited to the account of the placement agent a beneficial
interest in the 144A Book-Entry Certificate having a principal
amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the
Regulation S Temporary Book- Entry Certificate was reduced upon
the transfer pursuant to the instructions provided in the first
sentence of this subclause.
(iv) If a Book-Entry Certificate is exchanged for a
Definitive Certificate, the Certificates may be exchanged or
transferred for one another only in accordance with such
procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of
clauses (i) through (iii) above (including the certification
requirements intended to ensure that the exchanges or transfers
comply with Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as
the case may be, and that no transfer is made to a Benefit Plan
unless it is an insurance company meeting the specific
requirements described in subsection (v) immediately below) and as
may be from time to time adopted by Trustee.
(v) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section,
no transfer of a beneficial interest in a Class B Certificate may
be made unless the transferee represents and warrants (and each
transferee of a Class B
27
<PAGE>
Certificate in uncertificated form will be deemed to represent and
warrant) that it is either (A) not an "employee benefit plan"
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (whether or not subject to
ERISA and including foreign and governmental plans), any plan,
trust or account (including an individual retirement plan)
described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, or any collective investment fund, insurance
company separate or general account or other entity deemed to hold
plan assets of the foregoing by reason of any such plan's
investment in such entity (collectively, "Benefit Plans") or (B)
is an insurance company general account that, at the time of
acquisition and throughout its holding of the certificate, is not
a service provider to the trust or an affiliate of the foregoing,
and would not otherwise be excluded under 29 C.F.R.
2510.3.101(f)(1), and each of the accounts to which such
certificate is allocated is an insurance company general account
(1) that is eligible for and meets the requirements of Department
of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 and (2) of
which less than 25% of the assets are (or represent) assets of a
Benefit Plan.
SECTION 7. Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1 through 4.5 shall
read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV (except for
Sections 4.1 through 4.5 thereof) shall be read in its entirety as follows
and shall be applicable only to the Investor Certificates:
ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS
SECTION 4.6 Rights of Holders and the Class C Interest Holders.
The Investor Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust,
consisting of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the
required payments with respect to such Investor Certificates at the times
and in the amounts specified in this Agreement, (a) the applicable Investor
Percentage of Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b)
funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral
Account, the Reserve Account and the Distribution Account. The Class C
Interests shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates to the extent described herein. The Class B Certificates shall
be subordinate to the Class A Certificates to the extent described herein.
Transferor shall not have any interest in the Collection Account, the
Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding
Account, the Cash Collateral Account, the Reserve Account and the
Distribution Account, except as specifically provided in this Article IV.
28
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.7 Allocations. (a) Allocations During the Revolving Period.
During the Revolving Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the Investor
Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class C Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing.
In addition, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Class A
Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in
respect of Principal Receivables on each Date of Processing shall be
treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(b) Allocations During the Controlled Accumulation Period. During the
Controlled Accumulation Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the
Investor Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class C Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing
29
<PAGE>
of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such
Date of Processing; and
(iv) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the amount allocated pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(iv)(A) during
any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Controlled Deposit Amount
for the related Transfer Date (after taking into account any
payments to be made on the immediately preceding Distribution
Date) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount not
allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).
(c) Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During the
Early Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the Investor
Holders as follows:
(i) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of
Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of
Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on
such Date of Processing;
(ii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class C Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;
(iii) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to
the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on
the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
(iv) (A) allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal
to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage
on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (2) the Investor
Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3)
the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that
the aggregate amount allocated pursuant to this
30
<PAGE>
Section 4.7(c)(iv)(A) during any Monthly Period shall not exceed
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of
the prior Monthly Period (after taking into account any payments
to be made on the Distribution Date relating to such prior Monthly
Period and deposits and any adjustments to be made to the Invested
Amount to be made on the Transfer Date relating to such Monthly
Period) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount
not allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).
(d) During any period when Servicer is permitted by Section 4.3 to
make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts allocated
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), (b) and (c) with
respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the Collection
Account or any Series Account prior to the related Transfer Date, and, when
so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts required to be
distributed to Transferor and, if WFN is Servicer, Servicer and (y) shall
be deposited into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case of
Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared Principal
Collections allocated to Series 1999-A pursuant to Section 4.15)), subject
in either case to the proviso to the next sentence. At any other time,
amounts so allocated on each Date of Processing shall be deposited on that
Date of Processing into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in
the case of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1999-A pursuant to Section
4.15)), provided that:
(i) so long as no draw has been made on the Cash
Collateral Account, with respect to each Monthly Period falling in
the Revolving Period (and with respect to that portion of each
Monthly Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period falling on or
after the day on which Collections of Principal Receivables equal
to the related Controlled Deposit Amount have been allocated
pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(iv) and deposited pursuant to Section
4.7(d)), Collections of Finance Charge Receivables shall be
deposited into the Finance Charge Account only until such time as
the aggregate amount so deposited equals the sum (the "Target
Amount") of (A) the amounts of Class A Monthly Interest, plus any
Class A Net Swap Payment, Class B Monthly Interest, plus any Class
B Net Swap Payment, Class A Deficiency Amount and Class A
Additional Interest (if any), Class B Deficiency Amount and Class
B Additional Interest (if any), (B) if WFN is not Servicer, the
Servicing Fee, each due on the related Distribution Date, (C) any
Class C Monthly Interest due on the related Transfer Date and any
amounts that the Transferor or Servicer knows will be required to
be deposited into the Spread Account under (and as defined in) the
Class C Supplemental Agreement on the related Transfer Date, (D)
any amount required to be deposited in the Reserve Account on the
31
<PAGE>
related Transfer Date and (E) any Finance Charge Shortfalls for
any other Series in Group One (as defined in the related
Supplement); and
(ii) with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the
Revolving Period, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) and (iii)
shall (after an amount equal to any Class C Monthly Principal for
that Monthly Period has been deposited into the Principal Account)
be paid to Transferor (or, if the Transferor Amount is less than
the Specified Transferor Amount, deposited into the Excess Funding
Account), but Transferor shall make an amount equal to the
Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer Date
available on that Transfer Date for application in accordance with
Section 4.14.
With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited in
accordance with clause (i) of the preceding proviso, notwithstanding such
limitation: (1) "Excess Spread" for the related Transfer Date shall be
calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to
the Investor Certificates during that Monthly Period had been deposited in
the Finance Charge Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance
with Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b) and 4.11(c); and (2) Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables released to Transferor pursuant to such clause (i) shall
be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Supplement and the
Class C Supplemental Agreement, to have been applied to the items specified
in Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c) and 4.13 to which such amounts would
have been applied (and in the priority in which they would have been
applied) had such amounts been available in the Finance Charge Account on
such Transfer Date. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in the
preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause (c) of the
definition of Class A Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of
Class B Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of Class C Invested
Amount and Section 4.10.
Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if on any Business Day Servicer
determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the Target
Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by Servicer, then
(x) Servicer shall (on the same Business Day) inform Transferor of such
determination, and (y) within two Business Days of receiving such notice
Transferor shall deposit into the Finance Charge Account funds in an amount
equal to the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated
to the Investor Certificates for that Monthly Period but not deposited into
the Finance Charge Account due to the operation of clause (i) (but not in
excess of the amount required so that the aggregate amount deposited for
the subject Monthly Period equals the Target Amount). In addition, if on
any Transfer Date the Transferor Amount will be less than the Specified
Transferor Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that
Transfer Date, Transferor shall, on that Transfer Date, deposit into the
Principal Account funds in an amount equal to
32
<PAGE>
the amounts of Class A Available Funds and Excess Spread that are required
to be treated as Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections
4.11(a)(iii) and 4.13 but are not available from funds in the Finance
Charge Account as a result of the operation of clause (i).
(e) On any date, Servicer may withdraw from the Collection Account
or any Series Account any amounts inadvertently deposited in such account
that should have not been so deposited.
SECTION 4.8 Determination of Monthly Interest. (a) The amount of
monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificates shall equal the
product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of
days in the related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is
360, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A Certificates determined as of the Record
Date preceding the related Transfer Date (the "Class A Monthly Interest");
provided that (x) Class A Monthly Interest for the first Distribution
Period will be $2,102,882.25 and (y) in addition to Class A Monthly
Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid Class A Deficiency
Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Distribution
Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (2) the sum of the Class
A Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any Class A Deficiency
Amount from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not
theretofore been paid to Class A Holders) (the "Class A Additional
Interest"), shall also be distributable to the Class A Certificates, and on
such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent
available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class A Deficiency Amount"
for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate
amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(a) as of the prior Distribution
Period over the amount actually transferred from the Distribution Account
for payment of such amount.
(b) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B
Certificates shall equal the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the related Distribution Period and
the denominator of which is 360, times (ii) the Class B Certificate Rate,
times (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class B Certificates
determined as of the Record Date preceding the related Transfer Date (the
"Class B Monthly Interest"); provided that (x) Class B Monthly Interest for
the first Distribution Period will be $248,074.17 and (y) in addition to
the Class B Monthly Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid
Class B Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (2)
the sum of the Class B Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any
Class B Deficiency Amount from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion
thereof which has not theretofore been paid to Class B Holders) (the "Class
B Additional Interest"), shall also be distributable to the Class B
33
<PAGE>
Certificates, and on such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds,
to the extent available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class B
Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of
the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) as of the
prior Distribution Period over the amount actually transferred from the
Distribution Account for payment of such amount.
(c) The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class C
Interest (the "Class C Monthly Interest") shall equal the product of (i)
(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the
related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B)
the Class C Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related
Distribution Period, times (ii) the Class C Invested Amount determined as
of the Record Date preceding such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.9 Determination of Monthly Principal. (a) The amount of
monthly principal distributable from the Principal Account with respect to
the Class A Certificates on each Transfer Date ("Class A Monthly
Principal"), beginning with the Transfer Date in the month following the
month in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early
Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal
Account with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for each Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the Class A
Scheduled Payment Date, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer
Date and (iii) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date
prior to any deposit into the Principal Funding Account to be made on such
day.
(b) The amount of monthly principal distributable from the
Principal Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on each Transfer
Date (the "Class B Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Accumulation
Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A
Adjusted Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization
Period beginning with the Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested
Amount is reduced to zero (in either case after giving effect to payments
to be made on the related Distribution Date), shall be an amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the Available Investor
Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (B) any Class A Monthly
Principal on such Transfer Date and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount (after
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.
(c) The amount of monthly principal (the "Class C Monthly
Principal") distributable from the Principal Account with respect to the
Class C Interests on each Transfer Date shall be (i) during the Revolving
Period following any reduction of the Required Enhancement Amount, an
amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus on such Transfer
Date and (B) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer
34
<PAGE>
Date or (ii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early
Amortization Period an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement
Surplus on such Transfer Date, (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the Available
Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (2) the sum of
the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal for such
Transfer Date and (C) the Class C Invested Amount on such Transfer Date
(after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14).
SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount. (a) On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class A Required
Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly Interest and
any Class A Net Swap Payment for such Transfer Date, plus (ii) the Class A
Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (iii) the Class A
Additional Interest, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (iv) the Class A
Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period plus (v) the Class A Servicing
Fee, if any, due but not paid on any prior Transfer Date, plus (vi) the
Class A Investor Default Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (vii)
the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount for the related Monthly Period,
exceeds the Class A Available Funds for the related Monthly Period.
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine
the amount (the "Class B Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of (i)
the amount, if any, by which the sum of (A) the Class B Monthly Interest
and any Class B Net Swap Payment for such Transfer Date, plus (B) the Class
B Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date plus (C) the Class B
Additional Interest, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (D) the Class B
Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period plus (E) the Class B Servicing
Fee, if any, due but not paid on any prior Transfer Date, exceeds the Class
B Available Funds for the related Monthly Period plus (ii) the sum of (A)
the Class B Investor Default Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date and (B)
the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount for the related Monthly Period.
(c) If the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B
Required Amount for such Transfer Date is greater than zero, Servicer shall
give written notice to Trustee of such positive Class A Required Amount or
Class B Required Amount on or before such Transfer Date. In addition:
(i) If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and
any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an
amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(a). If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
with respect to
35
<PAGE>
such Transfer Date, the Collections of Principal Receivables
allocable to the Class C Interests and the Class B Certificates
with respect to the prior Monthly Period shall be applied as
specified in Section 4.14.
(ii) If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer
Date is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread
(and any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date
in an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, to the extent
available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the
case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d),
to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash
Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section
4.13(c). If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer Date
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw Amount)
available to fund the Class B Required Amount pursuant to Section
4.13(c), the Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the
Class C Interests (after application to the Class A Required
Amount) shall be applied as specified in Section 4.14;
provided that the sum of any payments pursuant to this paragraph shall not
exceed the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B Required
Amount.
SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to withdraw, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw on such Transfer Date or
the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the extent of available
funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge
Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the
Distribution Account as follows:
(a) An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) on a pro rata basis (A) an amount equal to Class A
Monthly Interest, plus any Class A Deficiency Amount, plus any
Class A Additional Interest (in each case for such Transfer Date)
shall be deposited by Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution
Account and (B) any Class A Net Swap Payment shall be paid to the
Swap Counterparty;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class A Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date plus any Class A Servicing Fee due but not paid
to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date (less, if WFN is Servicer,
amounts previously retained toward payment of such fees) shall be
distributed to Servicer;
36
<PAGE>
(iii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Investor
Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any,
for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated (or deemed, in
accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be treated) as a portion of
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited
into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date; and
(iv) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(b) An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) on a pro rata basis, (A) an amount equal to the Class
B Monthly Interest, plus any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus any
Class B Additional Interest (in each case for such Transfer Date)
shall be deposited by Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution
Account and (B) any Class B Net Swap Payment shall be paid to the
Swap Counterparty;
(ii) an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for
such Transfer Date, plus any Class B Servicing Fee due but not
paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date for such Transfer Date
(less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained toward
payment of such fees) shall be distributed to Servicer; and
(iii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(c) An amount equal to the Class C Available Funds for the related
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent
available, in the following priority:
(i) if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is
Servicer, an amount equal to the Class C Servicing Fee for such
Transfer Date, plus any Class C Servicing Fee due but not paid to
Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be distributed to
Servicer; and
(ii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread
and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section
4.13.
(d) During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available
Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period will be
distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent available, in the
following priority:
37
<PAGE>
(i) an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Principal for
such Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Class C Interest
Holders in accordance with the Class C Supplemental Agreement; and
(ii) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the application specified in Section
4.11(d)(i) shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections.
(e) On each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer Date
falling in the calendar month following the one in which the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period (whichever is earlier)
commences, an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal Collections
for the related Monthly Period will be distributed on such Transfer Date,
to the extent available, in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for
such Transfer Date, shall be (A) with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period, deposited into the Principal Funding Account,
and (B) during the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the
Distribution Account;
(ii) after giving effect to the distribution referred to
in clause (i), an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal,
shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;
(iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer
Date immediately preceding the Series 1999-A Termination Date, in
which case on the Series 1999-A Termination Date) after giving
effect to the distribution referred to in clauses(i) and (ii)
above, an amount equal to Class C Monthly Principal shall be
distributed to the Class C Interest Holders in accordance with the
Class C Supplemental Agreement; and
(iv) an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections remaining after the applications specified in clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be treated as Shared Principal
Collections.
(f) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Transfer Date with
respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Transfer Date
immediately preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, acting
in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Distribution Account the
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account.
(g) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall pay in accordance
with Section 5.1(a) to the Class A Holders from the Distribution Account,
the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section
38
<PAGE>
4.11(a)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date and to the Class B Holders from
the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution
Account pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date.
(h) On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Distribution Date
with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Class A
Scheduled Payment Date and on each Distribution Date thereafter, Trustee,
acting in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall pay in
accordance with Section 5.1 from the Distribution Account the amount so
deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 4.11(e) and
(f) on the related Transfer Date in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class A Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class A Holders; and
(ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period and on or after the Class B Scheduled Payment
Date, after giving effect to the distributions referred to in
clause (i) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on
deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class B Invested
Amount shall be paid to the Class B Holders.
(i) The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at
the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation Date; provided
that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined as described
below) on any Determination Date on or after the August 2001 Determination
Date is less than 12 months, upon written notice to Trustee, Transferor
and, each Rating Agency, Servicer, at its option, may elect to modify the
date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences to the
first day of the month that is a number of months prior to the month in
which the Class A Scheduled Payment Date occurs at least equal to the
Controlled Accumulation Period Length (so that, as a result of such
election, the number of Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation
Period will at least equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length);
provided that (i) the length of the Controlled Accumulation Period will not
be less than two months, (ii) such determination of the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length shall be made on each Determination Date on and
after the August 2001 Determination Date but prior to the commencement of
the Controlled Accumulation Period, and any election to shorten the
Controlled Accumulation Period shall be subject to the subsequent
lengthening of the Controlled Accumulation Period to the Controlled
Accumulation Period Length determined on any subsequent Determination Date,
but the Controlled Accumulation Period shall in no event commence prior to
the Controlled Accumulation Date, and (iii) notwithstanding any other
provision of this Series Supplement to the contrary, no election to
postpone the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period shall be
made after an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and be
39
<PAGE>
continuing with respect to any other Series. The "Controlled Accumulation
Period Length" will mean a number of whole months such that the amount
available for distribution of principal on the Class A Certificates on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date is expected to equal or exceed the Class A
Invested Amount, assuming for this purpose that (1) the payment rate with
respect to Collections of Principal Receivables remains constant at the
lowest level of such payment rate during the twelve preceding Monthly
Periods (or such lower payment rate as Servicer may select), (2) the total
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust (and the principal amount on
deposit in the Excess Funding Account, if any) remains constant at the
level on such date of determination, (3) no Early Amortization Event with
respect to any Series will subsequently occur and (4) no additional Series
(other than any Series being issued on such date of determination) will be
subsequently issued. Any notice by Servicer electing to modify the
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period pursuant to this Section
4.11(i) shall specify (i) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length, (ii)
the commencement date of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (iii) the
Controlled Accumulation Amount with respect to each Monthly Period during
the Controlled Accumulation Period.
SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs. (a) On or before each Transfer
Date, Servicer shall calculate the sum of the Class A Investor Default
Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class
A Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer Date, the Class A Reduction Amount
for the prior Monthly Period exceeds the sum of the amount allocated with
respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(iii), Section 4.13(a)
(including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for such
allocation) and Section 4.14 with respect to such Monthly Period, the Class
C Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class C
Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer
Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by more than
the lesser of the Class A Reduction Amount and the Class C Invested Amount
(after giving effect to reductions for any Class C Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) for such Transfer
Date. If such reduction would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a
negative number, the Class C Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and
the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any
Class B Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections on such Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount by which
the Class C Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If such
reduction would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number,
the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A
Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested
Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class A
Reduction Amount for such Transfer Date (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off").
If the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class
A Investor Charge-Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not
40
<PAGE>
by an amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by
the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for such purpose
pursuant to Section 4.13(b).
(b) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Class B Uncovered
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class B Reduction Amount"). If on any
Transfer Date, the Class B Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Collateral Principal
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant
to Section 4.13(c) (including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral
Account for such allocation) and Section 4.14, the Class C Invested Amount
(after giving effect to reductions for any Class C Charge-Offs and any
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments
with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) will be reduced by
the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the Class B
Reduction Amount and the Class C Invested Amount (after giving effect to
reductions for any Class C Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal
Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments with respect thereto
as described in Section 4.12(a)) for such Transfer Date. If such reduction
would cause the Class C Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class
C Invested Amount shall be reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount
shall be reduced by the amount by which the Class C Invested Amount would
have been reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class B Reduction
Amount for such Transfer Date (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off"). The Class
B Invested Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B
Principal Collections in excess of the Class C Invested Amount pursuant to
Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Class B Invested Amount
allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in the Class A
Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.12(a). The Class B Invested Amount
will thereafter be reimbursed (but not to an amount in excess of the unpaid
principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on any Transfer Date by the
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose as
described under Section 4.13(d).
(c) On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the
sum of the Class C Default Amount and the Class C Uncovered Dilution Amount
(such sum being the "Class C Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer Date,
the Class C Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period exceeds the
amount of Excess Spread which is allocated and available to fund such
amount pursuant to Section 4.13(g), the Class C Invested Amount will be
reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the
Class C Reduction Amount and the Class C Invested Amount for such Transfer
Date (a "Class C Charge-Off"). The Class C Invested Amount will also be
reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to
Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Class C Invested Amount
allocated to the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates to avoid
a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(a), or
the Class B Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(b), respectively. The
41
<PAGE>
Class C Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed on any Transfer Date
by the amount of the Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose
as described under Section 4.13(h).
SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread. On or before each Transfer Date,
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to apply, and Trustee, acting in
accordance with such instructions shall apply (or be deemed, in accordance
with Section 4.7(d), to apply), Excess Spread with respect to the related
Monthly Period, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date
in the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class A Required
Amount and be applied in accordance with, and in the priority set forth in,
Section 4.11(a);
(b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor
Charge- Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated as a
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the
Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
(c) an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class B Required
Amount and be applied first in accordance with, and in the priority set
forth in, Section 4.11(b) and then any remaining amount available to pay
the Class B Reduction Amount shall be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(d) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested Amount
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B Holders (but
not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not
been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(e) an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Interest plus the
amount of any past due Class C Monthly Interest for such Transfer Date will
be paid to the Class C Interest Holders in accordance with the Class C
Supplemental Agreement.
(f) if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Class C Servicing Fees
42
<PAGE>
(less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained towards payment of
such fee) will be paid to Servicer;
(g) an amount equal to the Class C Reduction Amount, if any, for
the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of Investor
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such
Transfer Date;
(h) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class C
Invested Amount has been reduced for reasons other than the payment of
principal to the Class C Interest Holders (but not in excess of the
aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously
reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor Principal Collections
and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization
Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;
(i) an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash
Collateral Amount (determined after all deposits, withdrawals, reductions,
payments and adjustments to be made with respect to such date) over the
Available Cash Collateral Amount (without giving effect to any deposit made
on such date hereunder) shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account;
(j) on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account
Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account terminates
as described in Section 4.17(f), an amount up to the excess, if any, of the
Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account Amount
shall be deposited into the Reserve Account;
(k) an amount equal to all other amounts due under the Class C
Supplemental Agreement shall be distributed in accordance with the Class C
Supplemental Agreement; and
(l) the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made
pursuant to clauses (a) through (k) shall constitute "Excess Finance Charge
Collections" to be applied with respect to other Series in accordance with
Section 4.5 of the Agreement.
SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections. On or before each
Transfer Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to, and Trustee in
accordance with such instructions shall, withdraw from the Principal
Account and apply Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to such
Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date in
the following priority:
43
<PAGE>
(a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread with
respect to the related Monthly Period and (y) the Available Cash
Collateral Amount with respect to such Transfer Date, shall be
applied pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii); and
(b) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the
Class B Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer
Date over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread
allocated and available to the Class B Certificates pursuant to
Section 4.13(c) on such Transfer Date and (y) the amount withdrawn
from the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 4.18(c) which
is remaining after application pursuant to Section 4.13(c) with
respect to such Transfer Date shall be applied first pursuant to
Sections 4.11(b)(i) and (ii) and then pursuant to Section 4.13(c);
provided, that:
(1) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) (the
"Reallocated Principal Collections") shall not exceed the lesser
of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Class C Investor
Allocation Percentage and the Class B Investor Allocation
Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to
such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (B) the sum of the Class C Invested Amount and the Class B
Invested Amount after giving effect to any Class C Charge-Offs and
Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date; and
(2) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables distributed pursuant to clause (b) shall not exceed
the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the Class C Allocation
Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to
such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of Collections of Principal
Receivables for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date
and (B) the Class C Invested Amount after giving effect to any
Class C Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date.
With respect to any Transfer Date, any Reallocated Principal
Collections up to and including the amount specified in clause (2)(A) above
shall constitute "Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections," and any
Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of such amount shall constitute
"Reallocated Class B Principal Collections."
44
<PAGE>
On each Transfer Date, the Class C Invested Amount shall be
reduced by the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections and
by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for such
Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Class C Invested Amount
(after giving effect to any Class C Charge- Offs for such Transfer Date) to
be a negative number, the Class C Invested Amount (after giving effect to
any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) shall be reduced to zero
and the Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the
Class C Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero. If the
reallocation of Reallocated Principal Collections would cause the Class B
Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs
for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number on any Transfer Date,
Reallocated Principal Collections shall be reallocated on such Transfer
Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount which would cause the
Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class B Investor
Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be reduced to zero.
SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account. (a) The Shared
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1999-A on any Transfer Date
pursuant to Section 4.15(b) shall be applied as Available Investor
Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.11 and pursuant to such Section
4.11 shall be deposited in the Distribution Account or distributed in
accordance with the Class C Supplemental Agreement.
(b) Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1999-A with
respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the Principal
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1999-A for such Transfer Date;
provided that if the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections for
all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Principal
Collections allocable to Series 1999-A on such Transfer Date shall equal
the product of (i) Shared Principal Collections for all Series in Group One
for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1999-A for such Transfer Date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Cumulative
Principal Shortfall for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date. On
each Transfer Date, Trustee (in accordance with instructions from Servicer)
shall withdraw Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1999-A from
the Collection Account and deposit the same into the Principal Account.
(c) Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Available
Investor Principal Collections to be treated as Shared Principal
Collections on any Transfer Date allocable to other Series in Group One, on
each Determination Date, Servicer shall determine the Class A Required
Amount, Class B Required Amount, Excess Spread and Reallocated Principal
Collections as of such Determination Date for the following Transfer Date.
45
<PAGE>
(d) The aggregate amount allocable to Series 1999-A and required
to be transferred from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal
Account with respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the
Principal Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1999-A for such
Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to
Series 1999-A from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date;
provided that if the aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the
Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series (whether or
not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date is less than the
cumulative Principal Shortfall minus available Shared Principal Collections
for all Series (whether or not included in Group One) for such Transfer
Date, then the aggregate amount allocable to Series 1999-A and required to
be transferred on such Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) the
aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account
pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series for such Transfer Date and (ii) a
fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall with
respect to Series 1999-A for such Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1999-A from other Series in Group
One on that Transfer Date and (B) the denominator of which is the
cumulative Principal Shortfall for all Series (whether or not included in
Group One) minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series
(whether or not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date.
SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal Account, Principal
Funding Account and Distribution Account. (a) Trustee shall establish and
maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of
the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders,
four segregated trust accounts (the "Finance Charge Account", the
"Principal Account", the "Principal Funding Account" and the "Distribution
Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee
shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from
time to time in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the
Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account and in all proceeds
thereof. On the Closing Date, Servicer shall make an initial deposit of
$[_______] into the Finance Charge Account representing collections of
Finance Charge Receivables into the new Approved Portfolios. The Finance
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and
the Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of
Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If at any time the
institution holding the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the
Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account ceases to be an
Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee upon
being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 Business Days,
establish a new Finance Charge Account, a new Principal Account, a new
Principal Funding Account and a new Distribution Account meeting the
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments
to such new Finance Charge Account, Principal Account, Principal Funding
46
<PAGE>
Account and Distribution Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer,
shall (i) make withdrawals from the Finance Charge Account, the Principal
Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account from
time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Series
Supplement and the Agreement, and (ii) on each Transfer Date (from and
after the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period) prior to
termination of the Principal Funding Account make a deposit into the
Principal Funding Account in the amount specified in, and otherwise in
accordance with, Section 4.11(e). Trustee at all times shall maintain
accurate records reflecting each transaction in the Finance Charge Account,
the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution
Account and that the funds held therein shall at all times be held in trust
for the benefit of the Investor Holders.
(b) Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal
Account and the Principal Funding Account from time to time shall be
invested and reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the
benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or
securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible
Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so
directs and either (i) such disposal will not result in a loss of all or
part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to
the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment
of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible
Investment. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment
earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds (x) on deposit in
the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount
for purposes of this Series Supplement and (y) on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount for purposes of this Series
Supplement and shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.16(c).
(c) On the Transfer Date occurring in the month following the
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period and on each Transfer
Date thereafter with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period,
Trustee, acting at Servicer's direction given on or before such Transfer
Date, shall transfer from the Principal Funding Account to the Finance
Charge Account the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account, but not in excess of the Covered Amount, for
application as Class A Available Funds applied pursuant to Section
4.11(a)(i).
(d) Any Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds shall be paid
to Transferor on each Transfer Date. An amount equal to any Principal
Funding Investment Shortfall will be deposited in the Finance Charge
Account on each Transfer Date from the Reserve Account to the extent funds
47
<PAGE>
are available pursuant to Section 4.17(d). Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered part of
the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for purposes of
this Series Supplement.
SECTION 4.17 Reserve Account. (a) Trustee shall establish and
maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of
the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders,
a segregated trust account (the "Reserve Account"), bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and
interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Reserve Account
and in all proceeds thereof. The Reserve Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Reserve Account ceases to
be a Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee
upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 Business
Days, establish a new Reserve Account meeting the conditions specified
above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Reserve
Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals
from the Reserve Account from time to time in an amount up to the Available
Reserve Account Amount at such time, for the purposes set forth in this
Series Supplement, and (ii) on each Transfer Date (from and after the
Reserve Account Funding Date) prior to termination of the Reserve Account
make a deposit into the Reserve Account in the amount specified in, and
otherwise in accordance with, Section 4.13(j).
(b) Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be invested by
Trustee in Eligible Investments pursuant to the written direction of
Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Transfer Date,
after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Reserve Account on such
Transfer Date, shall be invested in such investments that will mature so
that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the
following Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the
Investor Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if
any, evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each
Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment
expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in
the Reserve Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent
that the Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve
Account Amount) and the balance, if any, shall be deposited into the
Finance Charge Account and included in Class A Available Funds for such
Transfer Date. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the
balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this Series Supplement,
48
<PAGE>
except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings
on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.
(c) On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled
Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Class A Invested
Amount and on or before the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early
Amortization Period, Servicer shall calculate the "Reserve Draw Amount"
which shall be equal to the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall with
respect to each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation
Period or the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization
Period less, in each case, the amount of funds deposited into the Finance
Charge Account on such Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.17(b).
(d) If the Reserve Draw Amount for any Transfer Date is greater
than zero, the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve Account
Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on such Transfer Date
by Trustee (acting in accordance with the instructions of Servicer),
deposited into the Finance Charge Account and included in Class A Available
Funds for such Transfer Date.
(e) If the Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date, after
giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account
with respect to such Transfer Date, is greater than zero, Trustee, acting
in accordance with the instructions of Servicer, shall withdraw from the
Reserve Account, and pay in accordance with the Class C Supplemental
Agreement, an amount equal to such Reserve Account Surplus.
(f) Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the Trust
pursuant to Article XII, (ii) the first Transfer Date relating to the Early
Amortization Period and (iii) the Transfer Date immediately preceding the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, acting in accordance with the
instructions of Servicer, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to
the Series 1999-A Holders that are payable from the Reserve Account as
provided herein, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account and pay in
accordance with the Class C Supplemental Agreement, all amounts, if any, on
deposit in the Reserve Account and the Reserve Account shall be deemed to
have terminated for purposes of this Series Supplement.
SECTION 4.18 Cash Collateral Account. (a) Servicer shall establish
and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the
name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated trust account (the
"Cash Collateral Account") bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor
Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account and in all
proceeds thereof. The Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If
at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Cash Collateral Account
49
<PAGE>
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10
Business Days establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments
to such new Cash Collateral Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer,
shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account in
the amounts and at the times set forth in this Series Supplement and the
Class C Supplemental Agreement. All withdrawals from the Cash Collateral
Account shall be made in the priority set forth below.
(b) On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $15,000,000 in
immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account. Funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time shall be invested
and/or reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. No Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i)
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Trustee shall
maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the
negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible
Investments. On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of
losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date
on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount
and shall be part of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and
Class C Available Funds for such Transfer Date. For purposes of determining
the availability of funds or the balances in the Cash Collateral Account
for any reason under this Series Supplement, all investment earnings on
such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.
(c) On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the
amount (the "Required Draw Amount") by which the sum of the amounts
specified in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 4.13 with respect to the
related Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread allocated with
respect to the related Monthly Period. In the event that for any Transfer
Date the Required Draw Amount is greater than zero, Servicer shall give
written notice to Trustee and the Class C Interest Holders of such positive
Required Draw Amount on the related Determination Date. On the related
Transfer Date, the Required Draw Amount, if any, up to the Available Cash
Collateral Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account and
distributed to fund any deficiency pursuant to Section 4.13(a) through (d)
(in the order of priority set forth in Section 4.13).
(d) If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals
from the Cash Collateral Account and adjustments to the Class C Invested
50
<PAGE>
Amount with respect to any Transfer Date, the Class C Invested Amount has
been reduced to zero and there is an Enhancement Surplus (after giving
effect to such reduction), Trustee, acting in accordance with the
instructions of Servicer, shall withdraw an amount equal to such
Enhancement Surplus from the Cash Collateral Account, and apply in
accordance with the Class C Supplemental Agreement.
SECTION 4.19 Determination of LIBOR. (a) On each LIBOR
Determination Date, Trustee will determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate
for deposits in United States dollars for a period equal to the relevant
Distribution Period (commencing on the first day of such Distribution
Period) which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time,
on such date. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate
for that LIBOR Determination Date will be determined on the basis of the
rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the
Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to
prime banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the
relevant Distribution Period (commencing on the first day of such
Distribution Period). The Trustee will request the principal London office
of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at
least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer
than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major
banks in New York City, selected by Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to
leading European banks for a period equal to the relevant Distribution
Period (commencing on the first day of such Distribution Period).
(b) The Class A Certificate Rate and Class B Certificate Rate
applicable to the then current and the immediately preceding Distribution
Periods may be obtained by any Investor Holder by telephoning Trustee at
its Corporate Trust Office at (312) 461-2647.
(c) On each LIBOR Determination Date prior to 12:00 noon New York
City time, Trustee shall send to Servicer by facsimile, notification of
LIBOR for the following Distribution Period.
SECTION 4.20 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit
or Payment. If Servicer or Transferor fails to make, or give instructions
to make, any payment or deposit (other than as required by Sections 2.5,
2.6 or 12.2) required to be made or given by Servicer or Transferor,
respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement (including applicable
grace periods), Trustee shall make such payment or deposit from the Finance
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account, the
Cash Collateral Account, the Distribution Account and/or the Reserve
Account, as applicable, without instruction from Servicer or Transferor.
Trustee shall be required to make any such payment, deposit or withdrawal
51
<PAGE>
hereunder only to the extent that Trustee has sufficient information to
allow it to determine the amount thereof; provided that Trustee shall in
all cases be deemed to have sufficient information to determine the amount
of interest payable to the Investor Holders on each Distribution Date.
Servicer shall, upon request of Trustee, promptly provide Trustee with all
information necessary to allow Trustee to make such payment, deposit or
withdrawal. Such funds or the proceeds of such withdrawal shall be applied
by Trustee in the manner in which such payment or deposit should have been
made by Transferor or Servicer, as the case may be.
SECTION 4.21 Investments. In no event shall the Trustee be liable
for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon.
The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a
result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its stated
maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide
timely written investment direction. The Trustee shall have no obligation
to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such
written investment direction.
SECTION 8. Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the
Investor Holders:
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO
INVESTOR HOLDERS
SECTION 5.1 Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, Trustee
shall distribute (in accordance with the certificate delivered on or before
the related Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section
3.4(b)) to each Class A Holder of record on the immediately preceding
Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2
respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share (based on the
share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Class A
Certificates represented by the Class A Certificates held by such Holder)
of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the
Class A Holders pursuant to Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class A
Holder (at such Holder's address as it appears in the Certificate
Register), except that with respect to Class A Certificates registered in
the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be
made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.
(b) On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) to each Class B
Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as
provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution)
such Holder's pro rata share (based on the share of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of all Class B Certificates represented by
the Class B Certificates held by such Holder) of amounts on deposit in the
52
<PAGE>
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B Holders pursuant to
Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class B Holder (at such Holder's
address as it appears in the Certificate Register), except that with
respect to Class B Certificates registered in the name of the nominee of a
Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer in
immediately available funds.
SECTION 5.2 Reports. (a) Monthly Series 1999-A Servicer's
Certificate. On or before each Distribution Date, Trustee shall forward to
each Investor Holder and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in
the form of Exhibit C prepared by Servicer and delivered to Trustee.
(b) Annual Holders' Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of each
calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2000, Trustee shall distribute
to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was an
Investor Holder, a statement prepared by Servicer containing the following
information:
(i) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Class C
Monthly Principal, respectively; and
(ii) the amount of the current distribution allocable to
Class A Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A
Additional Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class B Deficiency
Amounts, Class B Additional Interest and Class C Monthly Interest,
and any accrued and unpaid Class C Monthly Interest, respectively.
Such information shall be aggregated for such calendar year or the
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was an Investor Holder,
together with such other customary information (consistent with the
treatment of the Certificates as debt) as Trustee or Servicer deems
necessary or desirable to enable the Investor Holders to prepare their tax
returns. Such obligations of Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied
to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided
by Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 9. Series 1999-A Early Amortization Events. If any one of the
following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:
(a) failure on the part of Transferor (i) to make any payment or
deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series
Supplement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date such
payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) duly to observe or
perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of Transferor
set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement (including the
covenant of Transferor contained in Section 11 of this Series Supplement),
which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 1999-A
53
<PAGE>
Holders (which determination shall be made without reference to whether any
funds are available under the Class C Invested Amount or the Cash
Collateral Account) and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days
after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same
to be remedied, shall have been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to
Transferor and Trustee by Investor Holders representing more than 50% of
the Invested Amount of this Series 1999-A, and continues to affect
materially and adversely the interests of the Series 1999-A Holders (which
determination shall be made without reference to whether any funds are
available under the Class C Invested Amount or the Cash Collateral Account)
for such period;
(b) any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the
Agreement or this Series Supplement, or any information contained in an
Account Schedule required to be delivered by Transferor pursuant to Section
2.1 or 2.8, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any
material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and Trustee by Investor
Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series
1999-A, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the Series 1999-A
Holders are materially and adversely affected (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the Class C
Invested Amount or the Cash Collateral Account) and continue to be
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided that a Series
1999-A Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not be
deemed to have occurred hereunder if Transferor has accepted reassignment
of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable,
during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;
(c) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for
such period;
(d) Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under
Additional Accounts, or Participations, to the Trust, as required by
Section 2.8(b); provided that such failure shall not give rise to an Early
Amortization Event if, prior to the date on which such conveyance was
required to be completed, Transferor causes a reduction in the invested
amount of any Variable Interest to occur, so that, after giving effect to
that reduction (i) the Transferor Amount is not less than the Minimum
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if
any) and (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is not less than the
Required Principal Balance; it being understood that the occurrence of an
Early Amortization Event as provided in this Section shall constitute the
sole remedy respecting any such failure to convey Receivables available to
the Investor Holders (or Trustee on behalf of the Investor Holders);
54
<PAGE>
(e) any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material
adverse effect on the Series 1999-A Holders (which determination shall be
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the Class C
Invested Amount or the Cash Collateral Account);
(f) the Class A Invested Amount shall not be paid in full on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Invested Amount shall not be
paid in full on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date; or
(g) any Swap Counterparty shall fail to pay any Net Swap Receipt
within five days of the day on which payment is due or any Interest Rate
Swap Agreement is terminated, and Servicer fails within 30 days of such
event to obtain for the Trust a substitute Interest Rate Swap Agreement or
other substitute arrangement as to which the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied; or
(h) Moody's, Standard & Poor's or, if rated by Fitch, Fitch
withdraws the short-term rating of any Swap Counterparty or reduces such
rating below P-1, A-1+ or F-1+, as applicable, and Servicer fails within 30
days of such event to obtain for the Trust a substitute Interest Rate Swap
Agreement or other substitute arrangement as to which the Rating Agency
Condition is satisfied.
then, in the case of any event described in Section 9(a), (b) or (e)
hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such Sections,
either Trustee or Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the
Invested Amount of this Series 1999-A by notice then given in writing to
Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Holders) may
declare that an early amortization event (a "Series 1999-A Early
Amortization Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the
case of any event described in Section 9(c), (d), (f), (g) or (h) hereof, a
Series 1999-A Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or
other action on the part of Trustee or the Investor Holders immediately
upon the occurrence of such event.
SECTION 10. Series 1999-A Termination. The right of the Investor
Holders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first
Business Day following the Series 1999-A Termination Date.
SECTION 11. Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to
be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but
one and the same instrument.
SECTION 12. Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
55
<PAGE>
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
LAWS.
SECTION 13. Additional Provisions. The Additional Minimum
Transferor Amount is hereby specified as an additional amount to be
considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (b) of
the definition of Minimum Transferor Amount.
SECTION 14. No Petition. Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, by
entering into this Series Supplement and each Holder, by accepting a Series
1999-A Certificate hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time
institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust
of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Investor Holders, the Agreement or this Series Supplement provided,
however that nothing herein shall prohibit the Trustee from filing proofs
of claim or otherwise participating in any such proceedings instituted by
any other person.
SECTION 15. Amendments. This Series Supplement may be amended
pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Agreement. This Series Supplement may also
be amended by Transferor without the consent of Servicer, Trustee or any
Investor Holder if Transferor provides Trustee with: (i) an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification would (A) reduce
the risk that the Trust would be treated as taxable as a publicly traded
partnership pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 7704 or (B) permit
the Trust or a relevant portion thereof to be treated as a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" and (C) in either case, (1) would not
cause the Trust to be classified, for Federal income tax purposes, as an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and
(2) would not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be
recognized by any Investor Holder; and (ii) a certificate that such
amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any
Investor Holder; provided that no such amendment shall be deemed effective
without Trustee's consent, if Trustee's rights, duties and obligations
hereunder are thereby modified. Prior to the execution of any such
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 13.1(a) of the
Agreement), Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such
amendment to each Rating Agency.
56
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused
this Series 1999-A Supplement to be duly executed by their respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK,
Transferor and Servicer
By: /s/ Robert P. Armiak
--------------------------------
Name: Robert P. Armiak, CCM
Title: Vice President, Treasurer
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely
as Trustee
By: /s/ E. Kay Liederman
--------------------------------
Name: E. Kay Liederman
Title: Vice-President
57
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF CERTIFICATE
CLASS A
Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation
("DTC"), to World Financial Network National Bank or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued
is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as requested
by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede &
Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative
of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY
OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede
& Co., has an interest herein.
No. ___ $_______
CUSIP No._____
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
CLASS A FLOATING RATE
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1999-A
Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of a Portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.
(Not an interest in or obligation of
World Financial Network National Bank
or any Affiliate thereof.)
This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class A Holder") is the
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a Portfolio of all
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"),
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series
A-1
<PAGE>
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one
or more Series of Investor Certificates and (vi) the other assets and
interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and restated as of
September 17, 1999, as supplemented by the Series 1999-A Supplement dated
as of September 17, 1999 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World
Financial Network National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer
("Servicer"), and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (successor to The Bank of
New York), as Trustee ("Trustee").
The Series 1999-A Certificates are issued in two classes, the
Class A Certificates (of which this certificate is one) and the Class B
Certificates, which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates in certain
rights of payment as described in the Agreement. The Trust has also issued
a third Class of uncertificated interests in the Trust, the Class C
Interests, which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates and the Class
B Certificates.
Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1999-A
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1999-A Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor,
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1999-A
Holder (or Series 1999-A Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series
1999-A Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1999-A Certificate Owner, by
virtue of such Series 1999-A Certificate Owner's acquisition of a
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1999-A Certificates (or any
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal,
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net
worth. Each Series 1999-A Holder agrees that it will cause any Series
1999-A Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1999-A
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the
Series 1999-A Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.
To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class
A Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to
time, the Class A Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which the Class A Holder is bound.
This Class A Certificate represents an interest in only World
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class A Certificate does
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer,
and the Series 1999-A Certificates, the Class C Interest and the Accounts
or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series 1999-A
Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain collections
respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove
and in the Agreement.
A-2
<PAGE>
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class A
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be
valid for any purpose.
A-3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank
has caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed under its official
seal.
By:______________________________
Authorized Officer
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
-----------------------------
DATED: September 17, 1999
This is one of the Class A Floating Rate Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1999-A referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:_________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF CERTIFICATE
-------------------
CLASS B
THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR UNDER THE
SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY STATE IN THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE THE HOLDER
OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT TO WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
NATIONAL BANK ("WFN") AND THE TRUSTEE THAT IT IS (I) A "QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT (A "QIB") AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH CERTIFICATE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND
NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH
OTHERS ALSO ARE QIBS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING
MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A OR (II) IS ACQUIRING SUCH CERTIFICATE OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(III) IS OTHERWISE ACQUIRING SUCH CERTIFICATE IN THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT
TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN SUCH
CASE (A) HAS CERTIFIED TO THE TRUSTEE AND WFN IN WRITING THE FACTS
SURROUNDING SUCH TRANSFER, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE
TRUSTEE AND WFN AND (B) HAS DELIVERED A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL
SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AND WFN TO THE EFFECT THAT ITS ACQUISITION WILL
NOT VIOLATE THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (IV) IS WFN.
NO SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE BY ANY
PERSON UNLESS EITHER (I) SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE TO
WFN, (II) SO LONG AS THIS CERTIFICATE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS
MADE TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES AFTER DUE INQUIRY
IS A QIB ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR
AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE QIBS) TO WHOM
NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE
ON RULE 144A, (III) SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES IN
A-2-1
<PAGE>
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (IV) SUCH SALE,
PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE IN THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN SUCH CASE, (A)
THE TRUSTEE WILL REQUIRE THAT BOTH THE PROSPECTIVE TRANSFEROR AND THE
PROSPECTIVE TRANSFEREE CERTIFY TO THE TRUSTEE AND WFN IN WRITING THE FACTS
SURROUNDING SUCH TRANSFER, WHICH CERTIFICATION WILL BE IN FORM AND
SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AND WFN AND (B) THE TRUSTEE WILL
REQUIRE A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF
WFN OR THE TRUSTEE) SATISFACTORY TO WFN AND THE TRUSTEE TO THE EFFECT THAT
SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE THE SECURITIES ACT.
THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER TO
ANY PERSON UNLESS SUCH PERSON REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, AND COVENANTS THAT IT
IS EITHER (I) NOT AN "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION
3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(WHETHER OR NOT SUBJECT TO ERISA AND INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, FOREIGN
OR GOVERNMENT PLANS), A "PLAN", DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE
UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN'S
INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY (EACH, A "PLAN"), OR (II) AN INSURANCE COMPANY
USING THE ASSETS OF ITS GENERAL ACCOUNT THAT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT
AT THE TIME OF ACQUISITION AND THROUGHOUT ITS HOLDING OF THE CERTIFICATE IT
IS NOT A SERVICE PROVIDER TO THE TRUST OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE FOREGOING,
AND WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE EXCLUDED UNDER 29 C.F.R. 2510.3.101(F)(1), AND
EACH OF THE ACCOUNTS TO WHICH SUCH CERTIFICATE IS ALLOCATED IS AN INSURANCE
COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT (1) THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR AND MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS
OF DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 95-60 AND (2)
OF WHICH LESS THAN 25% OF THE ASSETS ARE (OR REPRESENT) ASSETS OF A BENEFIT
PLAN. BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS CERTIFICATE, THE HOLDER HEREOF AND THE
CERTIFICATE OWNER SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED
THAT IT MEETS THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS.
Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation
("DTC"), to World Financial Network National Bank or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued
is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other
A-2-2
<PAGE>
name as requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment
is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an
authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the
registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.
No. ___ $________
CUSIP No.________
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
CLASS B FLOATING RATE
ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1999-A
Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists
of a Portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.
(Not an interest in or obligation of
World Financial Network National Bank
or any Affiliate thereof.)
This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class B Holder") is the
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a Portfolio of all
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"),
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one
or more Series of Investor Certificates and (vi) the other assets and
interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 and amended and restated as of
September 17, 1999, as supplemented by the Series 1999-A Supplement dated
as of September 17, 1999 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World
Financial Network National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer
("Servicer"), and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (successor to The Bank of
New York), as Trustee ("Trustee").
The Series 1999-A Certificates are issued in two classes, the
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates (of which this
certificate is one), which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates in
certain rights of payment as described in the Agreement. The Trust
A-2-3
<PAGE>
has also issued a third Class of uncertificated interests in the Trust, the
Class C Interests, which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates and
the Class B Certificates.
Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1999-A
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1999-A Certificates will
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor,
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1999-A
Holder (or Series 1999-A Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series
1999-A Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1999-A Certificate Owner, by
virtue of such Series 1999-A Certificate Owner's acquisition of a
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1999-A Certificates (or any
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal,
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net
worth. Each Series 1999-A Holder agrees that it will cause any Series
1999-A Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1999-A
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the
Series 1999-A Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.
To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class
B Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to
time, the Class B Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which the Class B Holder is bound.
This Class B Certificate represents an interest in only World
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class B Certificate does
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer,
and the Series 1999-A Certificates, the Class C Interest and the Accounts
or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series 1999-A
Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain collections
respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove
and in the Agreement.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class B
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be
valid for any purpose.
A-2-4
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank
has caused this Class B Certificate to be duly executed under its official
seal.
By:___________________________
Authorized Officer
A-2-5
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
------------------------------
DATED: September 17, 1999
This is one of the Class B Floating Rate Asset-Backed
Certificates, Series 1999-A referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee
By:___________________________________
Authorized Signatory
1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF MONTHLY PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND
NOTIFICATION TO TRUSTEE
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
SERIES 1999-A
MONTHLY PERIOD ENDING ______________, ____
B-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF MONTHLY Series 1999-A
HOLDERS' STATEMENT
SERIES 1999-A
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
----------------------------------------
WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
----------------------------------------
C-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY CERTIFICATE OWNER
[Euroclear [Cedel, societe anonyme
Address:_________________ Address:_______________
Contact:_________________] Contact:_______________]
Re: Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1999-A issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as supplemented by
the Series 1999-A Supplement dated as of September__,
1999, between World Financial Network National Bank, and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee, (the "Class B
Certificates").
This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set
forth below, the beneficial interest in the Class B Certificates held by
you for our account is owned by persons that are not U.S. persons (as
defined in Rule 901 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
The undersigned undertakes to advise you promptly by tested telex
on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification
relating to the Class B Certificates held by you in which the undersigned
has acquired, or intends to acquire, a beneficial interest in accordance
with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not
correct on such date. In the absence of any such notification, it may be
assumed that this certification applies as of such date.
[This certification excepts beneficial interests in and does not
relate to U.S. $_________ principal amount of the Class B Certificates
appearing in your books as being held for our account but that we have sold
or as to which we are not yet able to certify.]
We understand that this certification is required in connection
with certain securities laws in the United States of America. If
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in
connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we
irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy thereof
to any interested party in such proceedings.
Dated: ___________________,*
By:_______________________,
Account Holder
* Certification must be dated on or after the 15th day before the date of
the Euroclear or Cedel certificate to which this certification relates.
D-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR OR CEDEL
[Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee and Transfer Agent and Registrar]
Re: Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1999-A issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as supplemented by
the Series 1999-A Supplement dated as of September__,
1999, between World Financial Network National Bank, and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee, (the "Class B
Certificates").
This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have
received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from
member organizations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to
a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our "Member
Organizations") as of the date hereof, $__________ principal amount of the
Class B Certificates is owned by persons (a) that are not U.S. persons (as
defined in Rule 901 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act")) or (b) who purchased their Class B Certificates (or
interests therein) in a transaction or transactions that did not require
registration under the Securities Act.
We further certify (a) that we are not making available herewith
for exchange any portion of the related Regulation S Temporary Book-Entry
Certificate (as defined in the Series 1996-A Supplement referred to above)
excepted in such certifications and (b) that as of the date hereof we have
not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the
effect that the statements made by them with respect to any portion of the
part submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be
relied upon as of the date hereof.
E-1
<PAGE>
We understand that this certification is required in connection
with certain securities laws of the United States of America. If
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in
connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we
irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy hereof to
any interested party in such proceedings.
Date: _________________ Yours faithfully,
By:____________________________________
[Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, Brussels Office, as Operator of the
Euroclear Clearance System] [Cedel,
societe anonyme]
E-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY TRANSFEREE
OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A REGULATION S TEMPORARY
BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATE
[Euroclear [Cedel, societe anonyme
Address:_________________ Address:___________________
Contact:_________________] Contact:___________________]
Re: Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates,
Series 1999-A issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17,
1996, as supplemented by the Series 1999-A
Supplement dated as of September__, 1999,
between World Financial Network National Bank,
and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee,
(the "Class B Certificates").
This is to certify that (i) as of the date hereof, and except as
set forth below, for purposes of acquiring a beneficial interest in the
Class B Certificates, the undersigned certifies that it is not a U.S.
person (as defined in Rule 901 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended) and (ii) that the undersigned is either (A) not an "employee
benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (whether or not subject to ERISA
and including foreign and governmental plans), any plan, trust or account
(including an individual retirement plan) described in Section 4975(e)(1)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any collective
investment fund, insurance company separate or general account or other
entity deemed to hold plan assets of the foregoing by reason of any such
plan's investment in such entity (collectively, "Benefit Plans") or (B) is
an insurance company general account that represents and warrants that at
the time of acquisition and throughout its holding of the certificate it is
not a service provider to the trust or an affiliate of the foregoing, and
would not otherwise be excluded under 29 C.F.R. 2510.3.101(f)(1), and each
of the accounts to which such certificate is allocated is an insurance
company general account (1) that is eligible for and meets the requirements
of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 and (2)
of which less than 25% of the assets are (or represent) assets of a Benefit
Plan. .
The undersigned undertakes to advise you promptly by tested telex
on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification
F-1
<PAGE>
relating to the Class B Certificates held by you in which the undersigned
intends to acquire a beneficial interest in accordance with your operating
procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date.
In the absence of any such notification, it may be assumed that this
certification applies as of such date.
We understand that this certification is required in connection
with certain securities law and other laws in the United States of America.
If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in
connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we
irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification or a copy thereof
to any interested party in such proceedings.
Dated: ___________________,
By:_____________________________
F-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT G
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR
TRANSFER FROM 144A BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATE TO
REGULATION S BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATE
[Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee and Transfer Agent and Registrar]
Re: Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1996-A issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as supplemented by the Series 1996-A Supplement
(as so supplemented the "Agreement"), each dated as of
April 1, 1996, between First Omni Bank, N.A., and Harris
Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee, (the "Class B
Certificates").
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Agreement.
This letter relates to U.S. $___________ principal amount of
Certificates that are held as a beneficial interest in the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate (CUSIP No. _______) with the Depository in the name of [insert
name of transferor] (the "Transferor"). The Transferor has requested an
exchange or transfer of the beneficial interest for an interest in the
Regulation S Book-Entry Certificate (CUSIP No. _______) to be held with
[the Euroclear Operator] [CEDEL] through the Depository.
In connection with the request and in receipt of the Class B
Certificates, the Transferor does hereby certify that the exchange or
transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set
forth in the Agreement and the Class B Certificates and:
(a) pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and
accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:
(i) the offer of the Class B Certificates was not
made to a person in the United States of America,
[(ii) at the time the buy order was originated,
the transferee was outside the United States of America or
the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the
United States of America,
(ii) the transaction was executed in, on or
through the facilities of a designated offshore securities
market and neither the
G-1
<PAGE>
Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that
the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the
United States of America,]*
(iii) no directed selling efforts have been made
in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable,
(iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or
scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, and
(b) with respect to transfers made in reliance on Rule 144
under the Securities Act, the Transferor does hereby certify that
the Class B Certificates are being transferred in a transaction
permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
(c) the Transferor certifies that it is either (A) not an
"employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (whether or not subject
to ERISA and including foreign and governmental plans), any plan, trust or
account (including an individual retirement plan) described in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
collective investment fund, insurance company separate or general account
or other entity deemed to hold plan assets of the foregoing by reason of
any such plan's investment in such entity (collectively, "Benefit Plans")
or (B) is an insurance company general account that represents and warrants
that at the time of acquisition and throughout its holding of the
certificate it is not a service provider to the trust or an affiliate of
the foregoing, and would not otherwise be excluded under 29 C.F.R.
2510.3.101(f)(1), and each of the accounts to which such certificate is
allocated is an insurance company general account (1) that is eligible for
and meets the requirements of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption 95-60 and (2) of which less than 25% of the assets are (or
represent) assets of a Benefit Plan.
G-2
<PAGE>
This certification and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the issuer and the [placement agent].
[Insert name of Transferor]
Dated: By:________________________
Title:_____________________
* Insert one of these two provisions, which come from the definition of
"offshore transactions" in Regulation S.
G-3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF PLACEMENT AGENT EXCHANGE INSTRUCTIONS
Depository Trust Company
55 Water Street
50th Floor
New York, New York 10041
Re: Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series
1999-A issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, as supplemented by
the Series 1999-A Supplement dated as of September__,
1999, between World Financial Network National Bank, and
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee, (the "Class B
Certificates").
Pursuant to Section 6 of the Series 1999-A Supplement to the
Agreement, _______________________ (the "Placement Agent") hereby requests
that $____________ aggregate principal amount of the Class B Certificates
held by you for our account and represented by the Regulation S Temporary
Book-Entry Certificate (CUSIP No. _______) (as defined in the Agreement) be
exchanged for an equal principal amount represented by the 144A Book-Entry
Certificate (CUSIP No. _______) (as defined in the Agreement) to be held by
you for our account.
Dated:_____________________________
[placement agent]
By:________________________
Title:_____________________
H-1
EXHIBIT 8.1
September 17, 1999
World Financial Network National Bank
800 Techcenter Drive
Gahanna, Ohio 43230
Re: World Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust
Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-998 and 333-85463)
-------------------------------------------------
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special Federal tax counsel for World Financial
Network National Bank, a national banking association (the "Bank"), in
connection with the above-captioned Registration Statements (such
registration statements, together with the exhibits and any amendments
thereto, collectively the "Registration Statement"), filed by the Bank with
the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration
by the Bank of Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates") with a
proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $1,278,900,000. As described
in the Registration Statement, the Certificates will be issued from time to
time in series, with each series being issued by World Financial Credit
Card Master Trust (the "Trust") formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996, and amended and restated as of
September 17, 1999 (the "Pooling Agreement") between the Bank, as
transferor and servicer, and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as trustee and
successor to the Bank of New York. For each series, the Certificates will
be issued pursuant to a Series Supplement (the "Supplement") to the Pooling
Agreement.
In that connection, we are generally familiar with the proceedings
taken in connection with the authorization, issuance and sale of the Series
1999-A Certificates under the Registration Statement and have examined
copies of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we
have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion,
<PAGE>
World Financial Network National Bank
September 17, 1999
Page 2
including the Registration Statement, the Pooling Agreement, the Supplement
created in connection with the issuance of the Series 1999-A Certificates
and the Series 1999-A Certificates themselves (collectively, the "Operative
Documents").
Based on the foregoing, we hereby confirm that, the statements set
forth in the Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement forming part of the
Registration Statement under the captions "SUMMARY OF TERMS--TAX STATUS" in
the Prospectus Supplement dated September 10, 1999 relating to the Series
1999-A Certificates (to the extent they relate to federal income tax
consequences) and "U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES" in the Prospectus
accurately reflect our opinion.
We know that we are referred to under the captions referred to
above included in the Registration Statement, and we hereby consent to the
use of our name therein and to the use of this opinion for filing with the
Form 8-K filing as Exhibit 8.1 thereto.
Very truly yours,
/s/ MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
